Join 7,500+ other subscribers

Expert analysis that helps your team make better branding decisions and build a more resilient business.

*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 068

Why are so many breweries rebranding today?

Morning. 

Over the past year, we’ve rebranded breweries as young as 3 years old and groups that are more than 40 years old. 

And we’ve fielded more inquiries for breweries looking to rebrand than we could actually take on. So, anecdotally, it seems like this topic is top of mind at breweries across the country right now. 

This work has spanned subtle brand refreshes, sweeping rebrands and tactical package refreshes that land somewhere in the middle.

We covered some of the issues driving these moves in our 2024 Beer Branding Trends review. 

Today, I want to dive even deeper and explore a handful of more acute issues, pain points and goals we’re seeing in our project work across the country right now.

If any of this resonates with you, shoot me an email and let’s explore how CODO can help you address them at your brewery.

Let’s get into it.  

(Above): Give Craft Beer, Rebranded a read if you're considering a revamp.



 

1. Sales are flat

We’re handling a lot of rebrands today to directly combat flat (to declining) sales. 

“We’ve been hovering right at 8,500 bbl for the last few years.” 

Or…

“We’re coming back from our 2019 high point of 12,000 bbl but are stuck in a stubborn plateau.”

Another shift we’ve seen is less of an emphasis on branding as a way to make you look cool (so a surface level consideration), and more direct conversations about how this effort should increase sales: So branding as a strategic move—a precursor—to gaining back your lost share. 

I don’t have anything deeper to say here other than I’m glad that people are talking openly about the value of branding and how they expect to see a clear return on their investment. 

(Above): A snapshot of the ROI Prost Brewing saw post rebrand in 2019. They're continuing to grow YOY to this day. 



 

2. Things are going well and you want to capitalize on that momentum 

I’m including this point as a positive counter to the previous one.

Not all of our rebranding work today is aimed at combating slacking sales. We’re actually helping a lot of folks for whom things are going well. Really, really well. 

Sales are trending up, their team is fired up and they’re on a winning streak.

These groups see a revamp as a way to knock off some rough corners and keep the good times rolling.

These sorts of engagements are generally more of a refresh than an outright rebrand (learn about the difference here). 

And as such, they usually aim to address annoying pain points (think inconsistent packaging, a shallow identity system that doesn’t lend itself to merchandising, etc.), more than deep, existential who-am-I?-type issues. 

What’s working? How can we build on that and continue to stay ahead of everyone else? 

(Above): NoDa Brewing was is a great spot when they reached out to discuss a rebrand in 2022. Most of our process centered around refining what was working and jettisoning what wasn't so they could present a clearer story out in retail.

Read more about this project here and listen to a podcast for more behind the scenes project context here. (Also, you love to see it.)



 

 

3. “It’s just time”

"It’s just time. We haven’t updated our packaging in several years and customers just aren’t seeing them on shelf."

We’ve heard this idea from breweries, distributors and retailers across the country on several revamps this year. 

In the past (say, pre-2020), I would hear something like this and take it with a grain of salt. I used to believe that you should aim to have consistent packaging for years so people know what to look for on shelf—so that your packaging becomes iconic in your market.  

But I’ve come around almost entirely to the “it’s just time” argument. 

I now think there’s a lot of merit to refreshing your packaging every 3 or 4 (ish) years just to keep things, well, fresh.

We’re gathering sales data on a few engagements to support this idea (stay tuned for case studies that illustrate this), but for now, I can say that it’s looking like a killer rebrand done once—perfectly executed across the board—followed by package refreshes in 3 to 4 (ish) year intervals seems to be a great way to get a lot of return on your investment. 

So yeah, sometimes it can just be time to knock some dust off and revamp your branding. 

 

4. Rebranding ahead of an important Brand Architecture move

We've run into this several times over the last few years.

Your brewery will want to make some sort of Brand Architecture move, and while planning, realize that you need to readdress your core positioning and brand identity itself first (or alongside that work).

A few examples we've seen include:

– You want to spin a best selling brand into a Sub Brand (Scaling the Sub Brand Ladder).

 – You bought another brewery (or distillery, restaurant, brand, etc.) and now have to figure out how these brands live together.

– You need to bring all of your taproom and/or restaurant locations under a more cohesive brand experience, but found your branding, as is, isn't suited for this. 



Rebranding, and working through your Brand Strategy, is a great time to take stock of everything you've got going on and prioritize. 

What's working well? What could work better if we make XYZ changes? And what should we lose entirely from a Brand Architecture standpoint?

(Above): Fernson Brewing shifted away from a monolithic Branded House and leaned into building unique Sub Brands for each of their core beers. This allows them to tailor marketing and sales programming to each specific SKU and do some fun world building around each brand.


 

5. Cleaning up a poorly performing previous rebrand 

This one’s interesting and we’re seeing it more often today. 

It looks something like this: Your brewery rebranded a while back (say, back in 2017), but the work wasn’t really that good. Or more importantly, it didn’t have the impact you were hoping for. (And that doesn’t even count what the wrecking ball that is 2020–2024 did to your brand and the industry as a whole).

We’ve handled a few of these engagements now and I can confidently say that a poorly managed rebrand may actually be worse than doing nothing at all because: 

– Again, the work can just be bad  🙁

– There’s (usually) no deeper strategy, messaging and positioning work upon which to scaffold everything else

– You likely didn’t clearly define, let alone address your pain points the first time around (so now you’re just stacking on more problems). We see a lot of surface level refreshes that were billed as rebrands, so they didn't actually discuss important underlying issues like positioning, brand voice and portfolio architecture.

A word of caution here: Make sure you get it right this time. 

Rebranding multiple times over the course of a several years is a bad sign. And at the risk of sounding too melodramatic, it’s now do or die. 

We’ve heard from distributors and retailers (on two specific projects now), that it seems like your brewery A) doesn’t know what it’s doing and because of that, is… B) throwing a bunch of shit against the wall to see what sticks.

Not great either way. 

And for your customers, who have (essentially) unlimited options for what beer to buy, why would they stick around for your 3rd revamp? 

Oh, they rebranded again? I guess things aren’t going so hot?

A rebrand is a signal. If handed well, it can be a powerful one.

(Above): Multiple rebrands over a short period aren't a good look. Lagunitas' rebrand (top left) was out in the market for less than two years before they rolled out *another* revamp (top right).




Why are so many breweries rebranding today? 

Because the boom is over. The days of easy, organic growth are long gone and in order to thrive over the next ten years, you need to get your branding—your story and key messaging, your brand voice and identity and packaging—completely dialed in.

This is no longer a nice-to-have. And it’s not even table stakes. Now, it’s mission critical. 

Your competition is already thinking along these lines and I want you to do the same. 

Shoot me an email if you’d like to discuss your brewery’s branding and how you could improve it.

Around the Shop

[Podcast] How we rebranded NoDa Brewing (featuring Jacob Virgil)

Everything is booming at NoDa: Sales are continuing to increase YoY (currently more than 21,000 bbl per year), they're actively gaining new accounts and their team is energized. 

So why rebrand? 

Here's a fun conversation that dives into why NoDa felt now was a good time to freshen things up and how CODO helped them navigate this process.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/why-are-breweries-rebranding-right-now/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss their experience at the 2024 Craft Brewers Conference.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Leverage your brand or start a new one? (CODO’s CBC presentation)

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/codos-2024-cbc-recap/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 067

Don't accidentally reposition your parent brand

Morning! 

Today, I want to discuss the (many) risks, and (few) upsides, of accidentally repositioning your parent brand when releasing an extension.

We've previously covered the possibility of negatively affecting what your brand stands for in people's minds when releasing a budget beer.

And while — spoiler alert — most of the points we’ll explore today are negative, there are a few use cases where an extension can positively reposition your parent brand as well.

To be clear, this risk is present anytime you're extending your brand, whether through a simple Line Extension, Brand Extension, or with some sort of Sub / Endorsed Brand. 

Our goal is to make sure that any shift that happens is not accidental and works to your advantage. 

Let’s get into it. 

What does it mean to reposition your parent brand? 

One of our through lines in The Beyond Beer Handbook was that your brewery can (and probably should) launch new extensions and brands, but not at the expense of your parent brand. 

There’s more that goes into this definition, but for today’s conversation, let’s just say that your positioning is where you sit in people’s minds, relative to your competition.

Read more on positioning here.

You want to set any new release up for as much success as possible while still protecting what your parent brand stands for in people’s minds. 

Repositioning your parent brand is simply that: It is to change what you fundamentally mean to someone by introducing a new thing for them to associate with your parent brand.

A new product, a new category, a new value prop, a new brand voice, a new identity, and so on.

If you don’t carefully weigh what a new extension says about your brewery, your parent brand can lose focus, meaning and value overtime. 

 


It’s easy to understand why inadvertently repositioning your parent brand is harmful, but let’s explore these ideas to drive this home.

 

A misaligned extension can confuse, and alienate, your customers 

If a new product runs counter to what you’ve traditionally stood for, consumers may struggle to connect the new offering with the parent brand they are familiar with.

This can lead to a disconnect in messaging and communication, causing consumers to question the authenticity and relevance of the extension.

Customers who have been loyal to your parent brand may feel alienated if they perceive that the repositioning is a departure from the values and qualities they associate with your brand.

They might feel that the brand no longer resonates with their preferences, which could prompt them to seek alternatives.

Losing loyal customers can be detrimental to the overall success (to put it mildly) of both the parent brand and the extension.

(Above): Is Bud Light a beer brand, or a hard soda / seltzer / lemonade / tiki cocktail / cider brand? 


 

A misaligned extension can wipe out precious Brand Equity / dilute what you stand for 

Your parent brand will establish a specific identity and reputation in consumers’ minds over time. Repositioning the parent brand to accommodate a brand extension can dilute the equity that you’ve worked hard to build, potentially confusing customers about what the brand truly stands for. 

This can erode the trust and loyalty that existing customers have developed, leading to decreased sales and tarnished brand perception.
 

A misaligned extension can cannibalize sales 

Repositioning a parent brand to align with a brand extension might inadvertently lead to market overlap and cannibalization. If an extension targets a similar segment or is too similar to an existing offering, you may urge people (consumers and retailers) to buy the new product in place of your parent brand.

(Above): Bud Light next competes directly with Bud Light. Not to mention Bud Light Seltzer and Michelob Ultra as well as any other low cal / carb Bev Alc offering in AB InBev's portfolio.


 

We’ve spent a good deal of time talking about how you can negatively impact your positioning with a new extension. Now let’s look at how an extension can positively reposition your parent brand.

 

Consider the halo effect & how this can benefit your parent brand 

One way an extension can reposition your parent brand is by coming out of the gate red hot and appealing to a much broader demographic than you've traditionally reached.  

We see this a lot amongst Legacy Breweries

Cody and I were presenting at a conference recently and someone asked us why New Belgium has kept its name on all Voodoo Ranger products, given how big the brand has become. 

It's a great example here, so let's dig into it. 

Take a look at Voodoo Ranger packaging below and you’ll see a small New Belgium endorsement. 

As the audience member was suggesting, I don't see this Endorsement helping Voodoo Ranger (i.e. people buying Voodoo Ranger because they see that it's a New Belgium product). 

I'd go as far as to say that, functionally, this Endorsement brings nothing to the table at this point in terms of nudging people to give the beer a try. Instead, this serves to invite Voodoo Ranger drinkers to look into other New Belgium products.

So it's capturing all the good will and velocity Voodoo Ranger has earned and positively affects the New Belgium parent brand.



This is a good case study for Legacy Breweries. 

If done right (the right style, positioning and marketing), an Endorsed extension can make an older brand seem relevant and cool again and shift what your parent brand stands for in people's minds. 

(Above): Note the subtle New Belgium endorsement on all Voodoo Ranger products.


 

On mitigating risk: Wrapping up with some Brand Architecture options

There’s always a risk of repositioning your parent brand, or harming your overall reputation in some way when releasing an extension.

But if you’re weighing whether it makes sense to launch a new product as an Endorsed Brand or create an entirely new brand in terms of what this can do, negatively, to your parent brand, then building a new brand will generally win. If only because it eschews this subject entirely. 

Creating a new brand, by design, puts more of a buffer between your parent brand and new product. 

But if there's a possibility of reshaping what your parent brand stands for in people’s minds, while also giving this new product a boost due to a seal of approval from your parent, then an Endorsed Brand can be just the ticket.

Around the Shop

The Montucky Effect

It was fun to see Montucky Cold Snacks receive a big investment from Gallo a while back. 

Check out our conversation with MCS co-founder Jeremy Gregory to learn more about how they've approached lifestyle brand building and why it's working so well today.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/repositioning-your-parent-brand-for-better-or-worse/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 066

Do all of your labels have to look the same under a Branded House?

Morning!

Today I wanted to answer a few audience questions we received during our CBC presentation back in April:

1. Do [fancifully] named beers within a Branded House become Sub Brands, or are they still part of a Branded House system? 

2. Do all of our labels need to look identical under a Branded House, or can they take on their own independent look and feel to some extent? 



These are great questions, and it’s easy to see why this can be confusing. 

So let's get to it.

Let’s get some quick definitions in place. From The Beyond Beer Handbook here:

A fanciful name is a unique name to identify a product (that you would usually trademark). That’s it. It’s legal jargon—a churched up way of saying “product name.” (e.g. 60 Minutes. Truth. 805. Red Trolley.)

A Branded House centers around a strong parent brand (corporate name and brand identity) that is prominently displayed on all products.

This creates a consistent experience across all your brands and touch points, building equity and recognition for the parent brand every step of the way. Visually, this manifests in the consistent and intentional use of logos, icons, typography, color and packaging composition.

A Sub Brand is a new brand (name and identity) that is still closely connected to your parent brand; but think of it as a little extra spice given to separate itself from the rest of your portfolio.

A Sub Brand still carries the same overall values that intuitively link it to your parent brand, but targets a specific audience or occasion with further defined attributes and benefits that might not be offered by the parent brand alone.

 

 

An important point here for both of these models: Your parent brand is the main purchasing driver (the reason someone is buying your product) for customers.

(Above): KettleHouse uses fanciful names across their portfolio. But none of these beers are true Sub Brands. (Yet.) 


 

So to question 1: Do [fancifully] named beers within a Branded House become Sub Brands, or are they still part of a Branded House system? 

Answer: They are part of your Branded House until you explicitly decide to scale them into true Sub Brand (or beyond).

A Branded House model means that your products are positioned as being clearly from your brewery. They can have independent, fanciful names and still fly under your parent brand's banner. 

We explored the shift from brand to Sub Brand in depth in last year’s Sub Brand Summer series (specifically, in issue 3).

A snapshot from that series is that every Sub Brand has a fanciful name, but not every fancifully-named beer is a Sub Brand. 

A fancifully named beer is part of your Branded House until you decide to Scale the Sub Brand Ladder.

(Above): Two examples of brands that are currently scaling the Sub Brand Ladder, including Left Field Brewery and Fernson Brewing



 

On question 2: Do all of our labels need to look identical under a Branded House, or can they take on their own independent look and feel to some extent? 

Answer: Your labels do not have to look identical in order to fall under a Branded House. 

Again, the biggest point here is which brand plays the main purchasing driver role.

If a beer has its own unique name and label, but is still clearly positioned as being from your brewery, then your parent brand is the main purchasing driver. This means you’re still rocking a Branded House. 

A semantic point here: We call any system under which your parent brand is the main purchasing driver, a Branded House.

When all of your brands—let's say your flagships—fly under a rigid (nearly identical) template, we call this a Monolithic Branded House.

In its most extreme form, this would look like a rigid template across your packaging and NO fanciful names. So Prost Pils. Or Schlafly Pale Ale. Or Fernson IPA. Or Birdsmouth Black Lager

Your packaging does not have to look rigidly similar to work as a Branded House. It’s more about why someone buys your beer. And specifically, if they’re doing so because it’s from your brewery. 




(Below): Zero Gravity's portfolio is a great example of fanciful names within a Branded House that don't fly under a rigid template. 

None of these are true Sub Brands, but they are positioned to be scaled up the Sub brand Ladder later on if the Zero Gravity team decides to do so.

(Above): A Monolithic Branded House eschews fanciful names altogether, in favor of Brewery Name x Style. e.g. Prost Pils & Prost Dunkel, Birdsmouth Lager, etc. 



 

Wrapping up

Remember your Parent Brand’s role in your Brand Architecture. 

Ultimately, whether or not you introduce fanciful names and run your packaging under a rigid (monolithic) template is a positioning decision. 

If you’re a newer brewery, there may be some benefit to building your parent brand at every touch point. 

If your brewery is growing and you see a path towards building momentum around a horse brand or two, then adding fanciful names can set the stage for scaling that brand when the opportunity arises.

Around the Shop

Q&A Podcast: Can you rebrand in-house? Plus, what do we think about the BA's independent seal?

Speaking of Q&A, here's a recent podcast where Cody and I fielded a handful of BBT-subscriber-submitted questions, including: 

1. Can a brewery handle its rebrand in-house or should this always be outsourced?

2. Does CODO prefer branding new breweries or rebranding established ones?

3. Did CODO ever considering opening a brewery? Plus, what beverage category would we launch right now?

4. Do you think it’s worth putting the Brewers Association’s Independent Seal on packaging these days?

5. How should we deal with a delicate IP / beer naming situation?

6. What are some tips for how to be a terrible client? (???)

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/are-fancifully-named-beers-sub-brands/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to field subscriber-submitted questions on our 2024 Beer Branding Trends review.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

1. Can a smaller brewery actually pull off a craft lager brand?

2A. What’s the best packaging format for Hop Water?

2B. Why hasn’t ABI released a Hop Water?

3. What does the beer industry look like in 2030? (Hot takes only.)

4. Is fudging a beer’s style as a positioning tool disingenuous? 

5. Do you have any thoughts on the Bud Light controversy?

6. Should we feature awards (GABF, World Beer Cup, etc.) on our packaging? 

7. No mention of Cannabis in your report???

8. What are the downsides of building a contract brewed / lifestyle brand? 

9. Do you think we’ll see more private equity in the beer industry over the next few years as there are deals to be had?

10. White Claw NA: Stupid or brilliant?

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/067-2024-branding-trends-report-qa/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss craft lager and how your brewery can nail this positioning challenge.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

2. How we built the Cold Drinking Beer brand

3. Time Traveling with the Beer Can Archaeologist

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/066-the-year-of-craft-lager-the-year-of-craft-lager/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 065

Rebranding to clarify your message, increase sales and maintain momentum

Morning!

A few admin items here before we get started:


1. For a more immersive experience, you can read this entire post over on our blog.

2. We recorded a fun conversation with Jacob Virgil, Director of Strategic Development at NoDa Brewing. He’s got a great voice, and we’re considering having him replace Cody or me (probably me) on the podcast because of it.

Listen for yourself here.

Okay, let's discuss NoDa's rebrand. 
 

 

Legacy Breweries are facing a unique set of headwinds today. 

They’re big enough that they have to compete with much larger Big Beer brands off-premise, but still small enough that they compete with smaller, more nimble (and in many cases, more relevant) local breweries in the on-premise. 

In addition to these challenges, Legacy Breweries are often facing some sort of identity crisis.

This can range from a surface level issue (e.g. a severely disjointed brand identity and packaging where nothing hangs together) to a more existential crisis where founders and leadership are questioning what they stand for, where they want to take the business and even what to focus on on a day-to-day basis.

We’ve made it 15, 20, 30+ years, but don’t know where to go from here.

NoDa Brewing was somewhere in the middle here—not quite wrestling with existential problems, but not quite crystal clear on next steps either—when they reached out to CODO to discuss a rebrand back in 2022.

(Above): NoDa's previous branding and packaging.


NoDa founded in 2011 in a vibrant Charlotte, North Carolina beer scene.

And they’re a perfect example of CODO’s expanded Legacy Brewery definition (founded around the start of the beer boom in a market that has since exploded with new entrants). 

NoDa was dealing with several compounding factors that lead them to the realization that they needed to make some major changes for the longterm health of the business. 

They developed a multi-pronged plan (to address production, distribution and hospitality issues), and tagged CODO in to help frame their Brand Strategy en route to a brand refresh and package design overhaul.

This case study will cover the following:

– NoDa’s background and project context (including pain points & opportunities)

– NoDa’s Brand Strategy (and defining their visual equity)

– A walk through their brand identity and package design process 

Let’s get into it. 

(Above): NoDa's previous branding and (all over the place) packaging.



The situation on the ground (a handful of problems)
 

1. A shifting meaning of the NoDa name

NoDa was founded in the North Davidson neighborhood in Charlotte (hence, NoDa). Or technically, the brewery was founded near the NoDa neighborhood. 

If you want to get really pedantic technical—they’re about a block from the *officially* defined neighborhood border. 

And as they’ve continued to expand, opening additional production facilities and taprooms, being tied to a specific neighborhood became less important.

Overtime, the NoDa name has come to reflect more of the breweries core values (and how they overlap with the broader neighborhood itself) than a particular neighborhood or street.

In Jacob's words:

“What NoDa stands for aligns with the ethos of our brewery and is a big reason why we wanted to refresh the brand. Being the arts district, NoDa has always been an inclusive, creative and edgy spot. 

Our approach to beer, our brand and our taproom has always been to create a quality experience and product that is welcoming and approachable for people from all walks of life.

Beer is our art; regardless of whether or not we're still on North Davidson street.

As our brand aged we felt that it had lost some of the edgy / artsiness that NoDa is known for and we wanted to bring that back by emphasizing street art style illustrations on the packaging.”


 

2. Stock illustrations & dated visuals 

NoDa has used stylized 1950’s illustrations across their packaging for years. 

This Mid-Century aesthetic was very on trend back in the early 2010s.

In 2024, it just feels dusty (and not at all aligned with the exciting things happening at NoDa).

Another issue on this front is that some of NoDa’s primary imagery—including their best selling Hop Drop brand—is comprised of stock illustration that anyone can buy online. And they’ve built several major brands around these assets. 

This means that any other business, including a brewery, can use the same assets on their packaging. 

The takeaway here is that you shouldn’t build your identity around stock assets. You can’t police any of it from an IP standpoint, and you can’t build any unique visual equity either.

Using stock assets in your identity will always be a liability.

 

3. Charlotte as a rapidly changing community 

Two breweries existed in Charlotte when NoDa opened shop in 2011.

Today, there are more than 100.

In that span of time, each new brewery opening meant more niche, more hyper-local and more on-trend craft beer hitting the market.

And elder outfits like NoDa inevitably were seen as less novel and less (for lack of a better word) relevant.

All of this lead to NoDa being regarded as….


4. “Grocery store beer”

NoDa came out swinging and found early success (particularly with their renowned Hop Drop ’n Roll IPA). 

That brand—awarded best IPA in the world back in 2014—allowed their beer to become ubiquitous throughout Charlotte, and eventually North and South Carolina. 

Today, NoDa is widely regarded as making some of the best beer in a state that’s lousy with great beer. 

But, in a weird quirk that plagues anything just outside of the mainstream (music, art, film, fashion), NoDa’s success cuts both ways.

In our field work and interviews, we heard people pejoratively describe NoDa as “Grocery Store Beer,” as in, NoDa isn’t authentic, local, independent (capital C) Craft Beer anymore. 

(Your reward for blazing a trail in a market is that you get punished for being successful. Great.)

Jacob had an interesting perspective on this in our podcast (this topic starts around the 14:30 mark).

He views being carried in grocery stores and chains as a signal that you're reliable—that your brand can be depended upon to deliver. Every time.

(I agree with this, for the record.)

But Jacob and I don’t speak for the broader North Carolina beer drinker.

So the challenge remains: How can NoDa stay relevant while continuing to grow and build a successful business?

(Above): NoDa wanted to move away from stock assets and create unique, ownable illustrations and IP through this process. 



 

Now that we’ve covered NoDa’s primary pain points, let’s explore their Brand Strategy and design process.

 

NoDa’s Brand Strategy & Positioning 

Three big ideas emerged from all of our fieldwork and stakeholder interviews:

1. NoDa is an epicenter for all the cool, creative stuff happening in Charlotte. 

2. NoDa is your reliable, local brewery. No trend hopping here: Just well-executed styles. Again and again and again. 

3. NoDa is your companion for whatever outdoors pursuit you choose in the Carolinas. 

 

 

A quick note on these ideas:

These are all classic craft beer tropes: Celebrating the local community, making quality beer and a love of the great outdoors. 

From a positioning standpoint, hanging your hat on a trope doesn’t mean that an idea isn’t true.

But what’s more likely is that any number of other local breweries can also claim to operate by the same ideas. 

To wit: How many California breweries talk about the beach or surfing? And how many breweries in Colorado adorn their labels with mountains?

There's nothing wrong, or untrue about these things.

But it’s our job to figure out which idea a brewery can most credibly claim, that they’ve historically stood for, and have materially supported over time.

(Oh, and that actually matters to consumers.)

The first Brand Essence — “North Davidscene” — checked all these boxes and resonated the most with the NoDa team. 

They’ve always viewed beer as a through line in the emergent local art, music and food scenes. 

And this idea best aligned with their values (that is, how they operate their business, including behind the scenes moves that no one will ever know about), plus where they wanted to continue taking the brand in the future.

In other words, it is the most distinct, defensible, ownable and true idea that NoDa can build on. 

This direction positions NoDa as a vibrant, confident and progressive voice in Charlotte beer.

(Above): A few pages from NoDa's Brand Strategy doc.

These Brand Essences include a preliminary writeup, including brand voice and personality attributes as well as visual cues.

They also include mood boards to art direct the idea itself so the NoDa team can understand what a direction could look and feel like.




 

Defining NoDa’s Equity & Tackling Their Identity Refresh 

With Brand Strategy and art direction set, we now get to dig into NoDa's brand identity and packaging update. 

Location issues aside, NoDa’s previous logo was somewhat sacrosanct. (They’ve used it since founding, tens of millions of people have seen it and it’s plastered across their market on POS, vehicles and merch). 

Our job was to evolve it in this new brand voice and look and feel: To give it more heft and make it look more intentional.

So how can we beef up their core identity while building out a more utilitarian system of secondary iconography?

Our initial concepts ranged from a straight-line evolution to a more quirky option that leaned into the local art and creativity idea.

The NoDa team favored the more clear evolution so we rolled right into revisions. 





*Note to reader: I’ll fast forward here. Basically, we spent a million hours (approx.) refining their main mark and rounding out their
Modular Brand Identity System.

 

(Above): Initial concepts, including a whoooole lot of rejected work from our first identity presentation.


 

A few things to highlight as we wrapped up revisions: 

– The more expressive colors called out in our Brand Strategy work are now able to come to life in NoDa’s identity. This punched everything up and kept it from being too staid. 

– The core mark became more simplified as we made our way through the revisions. I remember a great conversation with the NoDa team where we discussed how you communicate the idea of confidence. 

Our answer?

Talk less.

Simplify the system.

And let the beer speak for itself.

The Package Design Phase

We kicked off the packaging phase by focusing on NoDa’s best selling brand, Hop Drop ’n Roll.

We explored several different ways to evolve their dated (and stock) late 50’s Mercury illustration style.

It took a few rounds to get the composition and illustration style itself nailed down. But once we got there, knocking out the rest of their portfolio was fairly straight forward. 

Here’s a glimpse at some of what we looked at along the way, including initial sketching, revisions, illustration evolution and several follow on brands (seasonals, variety pack, etc.) we developed after NoDa’s initial scope was wrapped up.

Brand Launch & Beyond

We opened this case study by outlining the (many) challenges Legacy Breweries face every day.

But as we wrap up, I wanted to say that a rebrand is NOT a panacea. A rebrand won’t solve the problem of having too many competitors. And it won’t magically make younger drinkers start clamoring for your beer.

But done properly, a rebrand is an opportunity to concretely define who you are and what your brewery stands for. It's a chance to plant a flag that welcomes all comers to the fold, old fans and new. 

And if you get all that right, a rebrand is an opportunity to drive an increase in sales, even in this challenging market. 

NoDa knew all of this and we're proud to have helped them chart a path for their brand moving forward.

Around the Shop

Dive deeper: NoDa x CODO on the BBT Podcast

We recorded a fun conversation with Jacob Virgil, Director of Strategic Development at NoDa Brewing. 

It's interesting to hear his perspective on why the NoDa team decided to rebrand now (on the heels of a 25% YoY increase in sales and in the midst of a major expansion project).

Feeling warm & fuzzy

We’ve always been bad about asking for client testimonials. It just feels awkward.

“Hey, uhh, can you please give us a few sentences about how much you enjoyed working with CODO? Really lay it on thick. It’s not like you’re busy or anything. Thanks.” 

Anyway, sometimes testimonials come your way unsolicited. 

(And it’s such a nice feeling when they do.) 

Read more about the entire Cold Drinking Beer project below.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/newsletter-draft-enter-title-w-out-numbers/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 064

The year of craft lager? (the year of craft lager!)

Morning!

This is your final exclusive issue from CODO's larger 2024 Beer Branding Trends report. 

If there’s someone on your team who you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

As a reminder, we're currently fielding subscriber-submitted questions for a Q&A podcast episode. If you've got questions on anything in this issue or our annual review, please shoot me an email

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber!

Let's get into it.


There’s a decade-old running joke in the beer industry that next year (at the very latest) will finally be the Year of Craft Lager.

Now, I’m not bold enough to call 2024 the *official* Year of Lager (sorry for the clickbait title there…), but damn if this doesn’t feel close.

Granted, I’m not sure what we were all expecting—craft lager to dethrone IPA as the face of craft beer? Hype breweries to drop $29 4-packs of Czech Dark Lagers??

But for some anecdata here, CODO has branded more all-lager breweries and created more lager brands (Sub Brands and standalone brands) over the last year than at any point in our 15 year history. 

(Above): Birdsmouth Beer is an all-lager brewery out of New Jersey. Read more about their naming, positioning and branding here.




And we’re seeing people approach the segment correctly, with horizontal tanks, step mashing and decoction—all manner of fun, esoteric production techniques to turn out a quality product.

So I can feel it. And I bet you can too.

But why now? Why is lager trending today? 

– Is it because we’re looking at several years of inflation that has consumers pinching their pennies, and your answer to this is to offer a slightly more expensive, yet still craft option for the budget-minded shopper?

– Or is it because breweries are scrambling to find pockets of incremental growth wherever they can, including historically-overlooked, if not outright disparaged segments like light lager?

– Or is it to offer an easy drinking, beer-flavored-beer option to the growing cohort of fatigued craft drinkers who are 1) getting older, 2) having kids, and 3) can’t smash IPAs like they used to?

– Or is it because Montucky Cold Snacks started from scratch and scaled to produce somewhere in the neighborhood of 70k+ bbl over the course of ~10 years (and partied the entire way there)?

– Or is it because your grandpa drank lager? And grandpas (and grandmas!) are universally cool.

– Or is it because modern day craft beer means going to a local brewery and choosing from one of twelve hazy IPAs? (Thrilling.)

Couple this with the mind-melting 4–5 years that we’ve all collectively experienced in this country and I think there’s comfort to be found in making an easy choice.

I don’t want to sort through 18 different beers for this weekend—I’ll just grab Sierra Nevada Pale Ale. Or a Pivo Pils. Or Dead Guy.

Or, choose from a growing contingent of craft lagers that are vying to own this important space—go-to fridge packer brands that still have Craft bona fides without all the Craft baggage. 





Or is it a combination of all of these things?

I don’t have an answer here, but I do know that lager is trending.

So let’s explore a few broad themes we’re discussing in our work branding, positioning and promoting this most lovely of beer styles.

(Above): Lion's Paw Lager from Fernson Brewing.




A quick note on terms

We’re going to speak broadly about lager here, including beautifully made craft lagers and those positioned more in line with domestic light lagers.

Some of what we point out (particularly when it comes to COGS and positioning) will apply more towards craft breweries trying to compete in the Sub Premium space.


But let’s not get too wrapped up in delineating between these (we’ll do that where it makes sense) and look at the overall trend of more craft breweries making more lager as a whole.


Light lager: The positioning challenge 

The value prop of craft light lager is tricky to nail.

Offering a similar beer that is positioned alongside much cheaper, and better known, offerings that is roughly 50% more expensive isn’t the best position to be in. (Who knew?!?)


On one hand, it’s almost impossible for a small producer to compete on cost with the entrenched macro brands. (For reference, Montucky contract brews, so they’re able to price aggressively low, often at or even below common Domestic Sub Premium pricing.)

On the other hand, as we outlined earlier in this report, lager is a brand. A cool one.

So you can create a
somewhat craft, somewhat macro brand that allows drinkers to show that they’re cool (more on this idea here shortly).

From a COGS standpoint, a lower price to consumer means a lower margin on the backend. The goal then is to drive more volume to make everything, not just pencil out, but realize a profit.

And as
we’ve written before, you can’t compete with High Life (or Bud, Miller, Coors) on price. Hell, you can’t compete with the Oskar Blues or Sierra Nevadas of the world on price, so this is a very, very tough space.

The sweet spot appears to be to not try to compete with Domestic Sub Premium brands head on (those in the ~$15–$18 per case range), but land at a final price that’s only a few bucks more but still a touch lower than other craft beers in the cold box.

Bump Williams Consulting gave us a great beer pricing tier breakdown a while back. Check out this conversation for more context here.

But then how do you position these brands? Who should buy them?

And why would a consumer who might usually grab a 12-pack of High Life or Banquet switch it up for your offering at $3–$5 more?  


It starts with what you call the beer itself so people have a touchpoint for comparison. 

 

So what do you call them?

Earlier in our annual report, we made a case for why beer style names are more important as a positioning tool today than they are from a specific TTB style designation standpoint.

And this jostling, myth making, and in some cases, outright mental gymnastics is best exemplified by the various naming conventions we’re seeing in craft lager right now.

Some examples we’ve seen:

– Light Beer
– Classic Light Beer 
– Small Batch Light Beer 
– Beer (bonus points for brevity)
– Premium Beer 
– Premium Lager
– Heritage Lager 
– Light Lager (heads-up: “Lite” is trademarked and policed by Molson Coors)
– Craft Lager 
– Industry Lager 
– American Light Lager 
– Domestic Lager
– Lager / Pilsner / XYZ lager variants
– Cerveza (for Mexican-style lagers, obviamente)

Two quick additional thoughts:

We're starting to see a gradual shift away from the word "Craft." And I think the rise of lagers is actually going to accelerate this. We'll be talking more about this over the coming year in some upcoming case studies. (Stay tuned.)

We're also seeing "Cold" used a qualifier. This is fun in a Big Beer Super Bowl ad kind of way. What kind of beer do you want? A cold one!



There’s a world of difference between a “Light” Lager and a “Craft” Lager, but maybe less so with a “Craft Light” Lager.

Choose whichever nomenclature best serves your positioning goals and lean into it. 

(Above): What do you call lagers, and lager-adjacent crushable beers so that consumers understand what they are and when to buy them?



 

Lager as a Signal 

Let’s talk about signaling and the story that lager allows people to tell themselves, and the world, about themselves. I believe this is an important mechanism that’s driving lager sales right now.

Lager—craft or macro—is a way to signal cool confidence.

In the mid-2010s, if you showed up to a cookout with a special 4-pk IPA, everyone was happy. Now? C’mon, what is this, 2018? It’s 95° out here for God’s sake. Give me something crisp.

(To wit: This is exactly the spot Sierra Nevada Pale Ale occupies—a comfortable, flexible classic.)

But craft lager (and some macro lager brands) rides a fine line where you can show up to a party and not look like a cheapskate but still look cool and in the know.

Plus, lager is blue collar and authentic. It’s a working man’s shift beer—and there’s real cachet there.

This emotional dynamic is tough to balance, but it’ll be well worth the hassle if you’re able to pull it off when building your lager brand.

Now that we’ve given you a lay of the land on positioning and pricing craft lager, let’s look at a collection of visual and branding approaches we’ve seen across the segment.
 

Nostalgic Regional
Lager’s visual canon

“Nostalgic Regional” is a term CODO coined several years ago to describe lager’s de facto visual canon (if you’re feeling spicy, you could less charitably call this aesthetic “fauxstalgia”).

And this look and feel stems from the earliest days of the craft beer boom as breweries were bringing back the well-worn romance of locally-produced beer.

All across the country, people were rehabbing old brick and timber warehouses, decayed factories, and all manner of other buildings that had sat dormant for years.

Visually, this was all wrapped up in nostalgia to speak to the brewery’s authenticity, or to lend a sense of provenance.

While there are no hard and fast rules, the category convention here aims to look old. How old? We’ve predominantly seen the 1940's through 1970’s as the main period of influence. 

This branding can look like an authentically old brand, as though it were picked off of a shelf in a five & dime  in 1960. Or, it can be designed to live as a product of today, but still evoke this bygone era—a contemporary reimagining of something old. 

It tends to be tactile, often evoking a mostly bygone industry: Think automotive, manufacturing, lumber, tobacco, textiles and agriculture.

Check out our conversation with David Maxwell, aka The Beer Can Archaeologist, for more granular details on how beer packaging design and formats have shifted over the decades. 

This positioning works because beer is, historically, a blue collar product. It also works because of nostalgia—harkening back to a “Golden Age” (whether real or imagined) where deals were done on a handshake and good breaks came easier.

Logically, we know that the past wasn’t perfect, but this aesthetic addresses the nagging feeling that things used to be just a little bit better.

And looking around at the world in 2024, who can be blamed for chasing a little bit of this comfort?

(Above): The "Nostalgic Regional" aesthetic is lager's de facto visual canon.




Reviving heritage IP
Instant Provenance 

If the Nostalgic Regional beer branding trend aims to evoke a bygone era with a newly-created brand, then the spate of brewers across the country reviving genuine heritage IP would be its more authentic foil.

This trend started years ago with the resurgence of PBR and High Life, Hamms, Rainier and Narragansett (stuff you’d drink while fishing with grandpa).

On the smaller craft side, we’re seeing breweries across the country obtain IP for a defunct (usually pre- or just post-prohibition) beer brand and faithfully reproduce it, recipe, branding and all. 

This works because it’s fun (!) and brings an instant story to the table—a sense of historicity.

It’s an opportunity to lean into that authenticity and create a connection with your customers.

And from a portfolio and Brand Architecture standpoint, it’s also an opportunity to create a strong brand that can drive incremental growth and travel to markets your brewery’s parent brand might not be able to.

(Above): Fun Heritage IP examples from around the country, including one CODO is wrapping up right now.




Personality plays 

Another approach here is a straight lifestyle appeal, in the vein of PBR or Montucky Cold Snacks.

Heavy on personality (and memes), this targets a specific subculture and a well-defined audience.

This approach takes a lot of effort and continual investment to get right, but can be well worth it if you can pull it off. 

(Above): Personality plays are heavy on social media and lifestyle cues. And if done well, they're a fun way to cut through the noise of today's cold box and connect with people (often well before they even have a chance to buy).

Read more about the Cold Drinking Beer brand here.




Occasion plays 

I would argue that lager is the quintessential occasion beer (it never steals the show or gets in the way).

And this thread highlights some smart on-the-nose naming and positioning we’re seeing to tie craft lager brands to specific activities. e.g., lawn mower beer, at the beach, on the boat, at the cookout, post workout.

I think this can be smart, provided you don’t beat around the bush—tell people exactly what this beer is and when they should drink it.

If your branding and value props are strong enough, then people might reward you for being forthright.

(Above): Lager is the quintessential occasion beer. 




Lager: It’s Brand all the way down

We’ve said this a few times throughout this year’s report, but it bears repeating. In an era where traditionally-defined beverage alcohol categories are blurring, consumer drinking habits are shifting, as are LDA demographics themselves, the beverages you produce—the actual liquid itself—will become less important.

Assuming a baseline level of quality is there, it’s your Brand—your story, your personality, your identity, your reason for existing—that will differentiate you and help you scale moving forward.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/bbt-exclusive-4-the-year-of-craft-lager/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 063

A quick & dirty guide to brewery co-branding

 

Morning!

This is the third of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2024 Beer Branding Trends report. 

We aren't publishing these insights on the main report, so if there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

As a reminder, we're currently fielding subscriber-submitted questions for a Q&A podcast episode. If you've got questions on anything in this issue or our annual review, please shoot me an email

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber!

Let's get into it.





Let’s discuss a fun, emergent trend we’re seeing in the beer industry right now: Co-branding. 

It seems like every other week, a client will reach out to us with a new project on this front (“We’re partnering with XYZ baseball team / XYZ pickleball league / XYZ donut shop and need help with the packaging.”).

I don’t have any deep insight into why this is happening right now, but I can say that I really like it. (Deep observations here at CODO, I know.)

These arrangements are fun and usually produce cool products.

We’ve previously written about stunt partnerships (e.g., a mayo brand partners with a vodka brand and… profit???).

But these sorts of relationships are more meme fuel than a bid to create lasting value (or, “vaporware” as Dave Infante calls them). So we’ll set those aside and instead focus on the rise in craft breweries meaningfully partnering with cool, local institutions. 

So let’s define co-branding, outline the most prominent examples we’re seeing today, as well as some other Brand Strategy considerations to keep in mind as you weigh whether or not this could be a good move for your brewery. 

(Above): Stunt / meme collabs. These *are* co-branding examples, but not the type of meaningful partnerships we’re discussing in today’s BBT issue.


 

What is co-branding?

Co-branding is a strategic partnership between two companies to create a product that bears both of your names.

This move leverages the strength of each brand to create something cool while introducing each company to the other’s customer base.

It can also help you each achieve deeper market penetration within your own respective category or tap into a new category altogether.

Basically, you’re pinning your brand to the associations and goodwill of another brand, and vice versa. And if done well, each party benefits. 

There are a lot of considerations that go into vetting and executing this sort of partnership, but there’s one piece of criteria that is so important, it acts as a go / no-go decision point for whether or not you should partner with a particular group in the first place…
 

Values, values, values (and values)

The most important thing that determines whether or not your brewery should collaborate with another business is how well your values align. Do your teams gel? Are you on the same page? Are you into the same things?  

This is critical because: 

1. Why would you want to work with someone who doesn’t share your values?

2. Why would this other business’ customers care about your brewery if you stand for something that they themselves don’t care about (or disagree with)?

3. Be aware that even a short lived collab can carry long term consequences. A misaligned partnership can harm your reputation long after the fact.

TLDR: If you don’t share the same values as another business, then there’s no way a co-branded product can work.



Types of co-branding we’re seeing right now in beer  

Co-branding can be an overly-complex subject. It’s easy to get lost in the weeds debating the various types of co-branding approaches you can employ (e.g., co-branding vs. co-marketing, ingredient co-branding, same company co-branding, sponsorships, and on and on…).

So let’s bypass that entire conversation—all the theory—and simply highlight a few of the most applicable examples we’re seeing in beer and the broader CPG space that you might consider right now at your brewery.

 

1. Brewery x Local Business 

Partnering with local businesses is a fun way to celebrate your city, tap into new fans and reinforce your local bona fides.

This is a wonderful move for Legacy Brewers and younger outfits alike.

Food partnerships, in particular (e.g. donut, candy and chocolate companies), also present an easy opportunity for fun LTO and seasonal releases. 

Common businesses we see on this front include: 

– Iconic local brands (sky’s the limit here—barbershops, clothing companies, bookstores, tattoo parlors, etc.)

– Coffee roasters

– Donut shops 

– Candy / confectionery companies 

– Orchards / farms / CSAs / farmers’ markets 

– Restaurants / hospitality companies 

This last example is a particularly interesting opportunity that I think more breweries should consider as well. Can you partner with a hospitality group to produce a house beer—something along the lines of a table lager?

We saw this in our field work a few times in the mid-2010s, but it seems to have waned since. (Let me know if your brewery makes a house beer for a local restaurant or hospitality group. I’d love to ask you a few questions about the arrangement.)

(Above): Brewery x local business co-branding examples, including iconic regional beverage brands, small coffee and donut shops, a regional ice cream chain, a casino and a radio station.




2. Brewery x CPG Food / snack brand 

This is a classic co-branding example you see a lot in national consumer package goods (CPG) food and snack categories.

By using the partner brand's product as an adjunct in beer, you give people a quick reference as to what flavors they should expect.  

The big difference between this collab and the previous one is a matter of scale. Think along the lines of a top 50 brewery partnering with a household name brand vs. a 2,500 bbl per year brewery partnering with a local donut shop.

One is not better than the other here, but there will be way more IP and legal work to sort through with the former.

(Above): Brewery x larger CPG co-branding examples, including: condiment brands (olive oil, hot sauce), snack brand (peanuts, popcorn), ingredient brands (pickles, salt, cheese, fish), and larger beverage brands (bourbon, coconut water). 



 

3. Brewery x (usually college) Sports Teams

Another common partnership we're seeing here is craft breweries partnering with sports teams (colleges, pro team franchises, stadiums and esoteric sport leagues).

And this spans beverage alcohol—so craft beer, to RTDs, seltzer and beyond. 

We’re seeing a flood of these sorts of partnerships right now, so much so that I’m wondering if some sort of specific big beer contract sunsetted or a regulation changed. 

Whatever the reason, this is a high profile way that can move real volume and ground your brand in a fun occasion and experience that people can more easily recall.

(Above): Brewery x sports team co-branding examples.



 

4. Brewery x NPO / Charity 

This is similar to co-branding with local small businesses, but with an emphasis on a specific cause.

It's also a great way to get in front of your city’s leaders and enmesh yourself in the community with likeminded people. 

Quick aside: I can hear you out there—shaking your head and grumbling about the horde of (well meaning!) nonprofits requesting donations that may come your way if you co-brand with a local charity.

My best advice to deal with this is to clearly lay out criteria and rules on your website—set an official policy—for how people should send in these requests, when your team will review them and how you decide which groups to support and so forth. 

Common examples we’re seeing here include: 

– Non profits (humane societies, environmental groups)
– Zoos & aquariums
– LGBTQ groups
– Parks
– Civic groups 

(Above): Brewery x NPO co-branding examples, including: veteran causes, humane societies, LGBTQ groups and zoos.


 

5. Clear Lifestyle Plays

A great way to build a Lifestyle Brand at your brewery is to co-brand with similarly-positioned brands outside of the beer space. 

Lifestyle brands hinge on tapping into existing subcultures, so finding a brand that already caters to this group is a great way to put your brewery’s brand in the same mind space.

This can shortcut the process of bringing an aspirational angle to your brand.

There are a handful of evergreen craft beer tropes, including blue collar outdoorsy brands, technical mountain town-y brands, heavy metal skater culture brands, etc.

But don’t limit your partnerships to just these worlds: You can tap into any activity that you find great meaning in.

(Above): Brewery x lifestyle brand co-branding examples, including: clothing companies (wool, boots and shoes), hunting and country living brands, surfing and beach brands and motorcycles.




6. Brewery x Brewery (or beyond beer brand)


Brewery collabs are as old as the modern beer industry.

While these tend to be even more ephemeral than all the other examples we’ve listed here, they still present great opportunities to build your brand and tap into a new audience.

I don’t have any guidelines for what size brewery you should partner with (e.g., same scale, much larger, smaller). In most cases, I think this boils down to either who you’re friends with, or some common cause (and values) between your breweries. 

(Above): Brewery and other beverage co-branding examples.


 

7. Brewery x XYZ Celebrity (band, personality, athlete)

Co-branding with a celebrity (especially a household name) can seem like a no-brainer, though it’s probably not feasible for most breweries.

To wit: Will this be a co-branded partnership where you both have skin in the game, or will this simply be a paid endorsement? There’s a big difference there (and I bet that most folks can spot it).

There's one more important caveat (on influencers) that we'll outline here in a second.

Other than these points, I think this can be fun and a cool branding opportunity, provided your values align with your partner (seeing a pattern here?).

(Above): Brewery x celebrity co-branding examples, including musicians, athletes, and whatever Guy Fieri is.



 

Misc Notes


On measuring ROI / KPIs


Some co-branding opportunities won’t result in a clear-cut ROI. Obviously sales and profit are important metrics, but I think you should consider more qualitative outcomes to evaluate these sorts of partnerships.

– How much positive Brand Equity, reputation and earned media are you each generating?

– What did you learn from working with another corporate team?

– And sometimes, this can just be an excuse to do something fun with your friends and a company you respect. Or a way to raise money or awareness for a cause. There’s a lot of value in that in its own right


Can you retain customer data?

We’ve already talked about why email marketing is an important function that more breweries need to be focusing on right now in another section of this year’s report.

To support this idea, an important thing you should try to capture and retain in any co-branding partnership is customer data. Namely, email addresses and relevant demographic info.

This will be critical for vetting and segmenting your audience by specific interest for future releases, collaborations and more tailored marketing.

So think through how you can best capture people’s emails through this co-branded release. Some quick ideas here:

– Co-brand specific landing page
– Out of stock / restock notification signups 
– Purchase confirmations 
– Sweepstakes / contest entry, etc. 
– QR code / SMS opt-in as part of a broader campaign 

Again, this advice isn’t limited to co-branded releases.

Capturing customer data will prove vital for all of your communications and marketing over the coming years.

But the amount of new customer data you can gather from a co-branding effort can help you determine whether or not it was successful and what you should change / test the next time around.


Tap into a lifestyle brand (or create a lifestyle product)

We touched on this earlier, but it bears repeating. If you’re interested in building a Lifestyle Brand—either by positioning your brewery’s parent brand as such or through a Sub Brand, co-branding with an aspirational brand in another industry is a great way of tapping into those consumers and occasions. 

This is such a valuable return, that it might even trump turning a profit on the partnership.

This doesn’t mean you should set out to lose money, but there’s a lot of value in reaching new audiences who can eventually turn into customers.


Limited Time Only (a powerful nudge)

We talked about this concept in our BBT issue on brewery merch.

But no matter how dead set you are on creating a lasting, year round co-branded product, consider first releasing it as a limited time only (LTO) basis. 

A little bit of scarcity can be all the nudge someone needs to grab a fun LTO product. 

And this approach also gives you valuable data: How well did your first drop sell? Who was buying it? What sort of feedback did you receive? What can you do to improve on the product, customer experience, marketing—anything—next time around?

(Above): This isn't a craft example, but I've been following Miller Lite's influencer partnerships for a while. I think they do a great job of finding well-aligned partners and building a lifestyle angle to their brand.




On Brand Architecture & Intellectual Property

If you’re co-branding with your brewery friends across town, then getting your IP squared away probably isn’t a big deal.

But if you’re partnering with any other business, it’s a good idea to take the time to document the product’s IP in a proper legal agreement.

This can include getting mutual trademark licenses in place to allow your brewery and partner organization to use the other’s IP in their marketing.

This sort of agreement should include clauses defining how long the relationship is in place, how you can renew or sell the IP, how to terminate the partnership, etc. 

But you’re also creating new IP through this product launch, so you’ll want to define who owns what and for how long as well.

And you’ll want to trademark and protect these assets just as you would any of your other IP. 

I’m now firmly outside of my lane, so consult your attorney (and urge your co-branding partner to do the same) so you don’t get derailed by an annoying admin thing, or misunderstanding, down the line.

 

A note on co-branding with influencers 

We wrote earlier about how co-branding with a celebrity can be a good move (sometimes).

One thing to think about when partnering with any person, or brand, is where their audience is.

Yeah, getting The Rock® to hawk your beer could be fun. But can you scale and actually sell your beer to every single one of his followers? (Another important thing to consider here—some of whom might not even be LDA?)

This brings up “nano” or “micro-influencers.” These are generally characterized as anyone that focuses on a specific hobby, topic or interest and has 1k up to 100k followers. 

Social proof is a real phenomenon, so this can be a smart play. 

My caution here would be that you actually meet with this person, in person to feel them out and make sure they’re actually a decent person (not a degenerate who just happens to be charismatic on social media).

There are historically bad examples of celebrity endorsements and co-branding partnerships backfiring.

But I think this threat is just as real for a smaller brewery, and smaller influencers.  
 
Again, this all comes down to values. Does this influencer person align with your brewery and what you stand for? If so, co-brand with them all day long. 

(Above): Co-branding / endorsement disasters. Partnering with a celebrity can be great. Until it isn't 


 

Co-branding = signaling 

Co-branding is a fun marketing strategy. 

And I think the underlying mechanism that makes this really compelling isn’t just slapping another company’s logo on your can.

It’s that co-branding sends a signal that your brewery is cool—that other brands want to associate with you. 

This may seem like it’s putting the cart before the horse, but hear me out.

If your brewery is co-branding with a cool local company, that means that your brewery is also cool.

Beyond sales, profit and all the important business stuff that we track and obsess over on a day-to-day basis, this idea may actually be one of the most valuable results you can get from these relationships.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at CBC in Las Vegas TOMORROW

Cody and I are having fun prowling around the CBC trade show floor and sitting in on other seminars.

But the fun and games stop tomorrow at 1:30pm Pacific when we take the main stage for our presentation.

Just kidding. There will still be plenty of fun and games (and beers) afterwards,

Come join our seminar if you're in town and want to learn how you can use Brand Architecture to scale your brewery and future proof your new product development work.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/bbt-exclusive-3a-quick-dirty-guide-to-co-branding/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 062

The Regional Brewery Playbook (What we're seeing in our Regional branding work)

Morning!

This is the second of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2024 Beer Branding Trends report. 

We aren't publishing these insights on the main article, so if there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

As a reminder, we're currently fielding subscriber-submitted questions for a Q&A podcast episode. If you've got questions on anything in this issue or our annual review, please shoot me an email

Thanks for being a BBT subscriber!

Let's get into it.





The entire beer industry is dealing with a down economy.

But mid-market and Regional Breweries are dealing with a uniquely challenging set of headwinds today.

They’re small enough that they face competition from more nimble, local outfits, but are still big enough that they often compete with Big Beer for placements (and price and distribution channels).

Today's hyper-competitive market sees more breweries than ever in operation while we're also seeing troubling consumer preference shifts (i.e. they're drinking less beer).

Throw in a labor shortage and increased interest rates and it’s not hard to see why so many larger breweries are dealing with flat (to declining) sales.

So, not a super rosy picture.

But take heart—it’s not all doom and gloom.

We’ve worked with several Regional Breweries over the last year who are making smart moves aimed at shoring up their flanks and better positioning their business for the long term.

Here’s what we’re seeing in our projects and field work.

(Above): The Brewers Association (BA) defines a Regional Brewery as any outfit that produces between 15k and 6 million barrels per year.

Internally at CODO, we consider any brewery that produces approximately 7k bbl to 75k bbl per year and distributes across state lines to be a Regional. (This is a little more precise than a 5.9M+ range.)





Brand Strategy as a Diagnostic Tool 

Brand Strategy is an integral part of our branding process, and for good reason: Without framing your brewery’s positioning and differentiators, key messaging, values, personality, voice, vision and essence to guide downstream design deliverables, anything we design will just be pretty form making.

Could it help you sell more beer? Sure, maybe.

But properly defining your Brand Strategy allows us to understand your entire context, including pain points and threats to resolve as well as opportunities to seize.


We usually go into projects with a well-defined scope (e.g., revamping your brand identity, packaging or building a new website), and frame Brand Strategy en route to knocking out that work.

Today, we’re seeing a rise in Regional Breweries who are wanting us to frame their Brand Strategy as a diagnostic to figure out where they currently stand, pain points they can address and opportunities they should consider targeting.

As we mentioned earlier in our annual review, there can be a sense amongst older breweries of having no idea
where the hell they even are right now.

And a Brand Strategy process can be an insightful way of bringing in an outside set of eyes to size up your situation, tell you where you sit relative to your competition, and make recommendations that you might explore based on what we’re seeing.

(Above): Several Brand Strategy, Brand Essence and art direction docs, including one for Birdsmouth Beer.



 

Less rebrands & more brand refreshes

We’re seeing less wholesale rebrands amongst our Regional Brewery clients and more brand identity and package refreshes.

Read more about the differences between these approaches here.

There are a few reasons why this could be—rebranding is never without risk, and people are becoming more risk averse and budget conscious due to the economic environment we’re in. 

And unless your brand identity and positioning poses an immediate and existential threat, it can be easier, faster and less risky to look for opportunities to drive incremental growth.

What are some quick wins you can rack up this year, or next?

So, a brand refresh that addresses annoying inconsistencies, or a core package refresh that breathes new life into your on-shelf presence may be a better investment than burning everything to the ground and starting fresh 29 years in (even if that's what your heart really wants). 



Heavy rationalization & package refreshes

The last several years have seen breweries dramatically revise and decrease the size and range of their portfolios.

But we’re seeing this even more aggressively amongst our Regional clients. 

We’ve seen figures like 50+ brands removed from rotation last year with 50+ more slated to be retired this year.

And this makes sense in a tighter market.

Can you afford to make an amber ale that may be a fan favorite, but only accounts for 6% of your revenue?

You have to set emotion aside here and be craven when defining your priority brands moving forward. 

 

We’re seeing them re-entrench on current footprint

This point often goes hand in hand with heavy SKU rationalization.

We’re seeing Regional Breweries pull out of lower performing markets in favor of doubling down on their current footprint and/or home market.

2024 is not a time to be a mile wide and an inch deep.

Owning your backyard will be crucial moving forward.

(Above): Smart Brand Architecture moves from leading Regional breweries, including lots of Sub Brand development, Line Extensions, co-branding and variety packs. 



 

Growing via Brand Architecture

Most of our Regional Brewery work over the last year has included a heavy Brand Architecture component. A few examples:

Brand Architecture to guide future innovation: That could be Brand Architecture mapping to get a sense of all of a brewery’s brands, locations and as a tool to guide new product development.

Building new brands and Sub / Endorsed Brands: We’re helping a lot of our Regional clients launch entirely new brands (lager, hazy IPA, Hop Water, NA beer) and/or taking a best-selling brand and spinning it out as a Sub Brand (or, scaling the Sub Brand Ladder).

Beyond Beer: I still believe the future of beer is, well, beer. But a diversified portfolio, to include non-alcoholic products, RTDs and FMBs and spirits, will be crucial to recruiting new drinkers and staying relevant for your current fans moving forward.

Mergers & Acquisition (M&A) City: We’re seeing a lot of M&A activity this year, to include: Breweries buying other breweries, buying (or selling) brands, creating new concepts / brands to serve as a beachhead in a new market, selling off brands or forming joint ventures to find more scale.

(Above): This Brand Architecture Map charts out short and medium term category opportunities this brewery could explore based on our broader Brand Strategy recommendations.



 

A final note here for Regional & Legacy Breweries: On acting your age

We’ve had several philosophical conversations with Regional Brewery founders and CMOs recently on the idea that everyone is looking for the next moon shot.

In the words of one of our clients, “You’re seeing a lot of breweries flailing around and throwing stuff at the wall.

Maybe we should launch a hard tea? Or a hard juice? How can we find our own Voodoo Ranger? How can we attract younger drinkers?”

A quick note on this, if I may:

I agree with this sentiment. It’s a tough market right now, but rather than throwing a bunch of new products out into the world to see what sticks, I’d suggest taking a more clinical look at your brand and acting your age.

In this context, acting your age means bringing to bear all of your experience—all of your QA/QC and innovation capabilities, and your marketing and sales resources, and your distribution network—to fundamentally reimagine your portfolio. 

What have you historically stood for? What do you stand for today? And where do you want to take your business moving forward?

Is there an opportunity to dip into your back catalog and re-introduce an old favorite? Or treat a bygone brand as an LTO offering?

And on new product development, specifically, where can your brewery credibly play? What new products will track with your current fans, and what would just confuse people?

New beverage categories will rise and fall.

Acting your age means being thoughtful about how you innovate, where you take your brand and how you build your brewery’s business for the long haul.




(Below): Legacy Breweries who are only getting better with age.

Around the Shop

CODO is headed to Vegas for CBC

CODO Design will be in Las Vegas next week to host a seminar on Brand Architecture. 

Shoot me an email if you'll be there and want to grab a beer and talk shop.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/bbt-exclusive-2-the-regional-brewery-playbook/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 061

Tools & tactics for defining your brewery's Brand Equity

Morning!

This is the first of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2024 Beer Branding Trends report. 

We aren't publishing these insights on the main report, so if there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

As a reminder, we're currently fielding subscriber-submitted questions for a Q&A podcast episode. If you've got questions on anything in this issue or our annual review, please shoot me an email

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber.

Let's get into it.


Defining your Brand Equity is an important part of successfully rebranding your brewery. 

Which existing elements stay and which can be jettisoned often provoke some of the liveliest debates during our work. But the frustrating thing about this entire subject is that *concretely* defining which visual signifiers are mission critical for your brand, and which aren’t, is more art than science. 

We've fielded a nonstop stream of brewery rebrands and refreshes since 2018 and this refrain has been a through line in a lot of that work:

“We want to build on what we’ve developed over the years, but we’re not quite sure what to build on.”

So, for this 2024 Beer Branding Trends Exclusive issue, I wanted to outline some of the ways that we measure visual and Brand Equity.

This will give you some different perspectives to consider and tools to use to define your own equity, for if or when you embark on your brewery’s rebrand.

(Above): Dogfish Head has refreshed its packaging several times over the years. A constant through all of these updates has been there iconic shark and shield badge. This is a powerful piece of visual equity that, if lost, would likely result in a drop in sales.




On Brand Audits

The first step in framing your equity is a brand audit.

This is a rigorous examination of all of your brewery’s internal and external communications going back to your earliest days. This includes any existing positioning and brand strategy work (brand guidelines, style guides, Brand Architecture maps), identity and package design (primary and secondary formats, tap handles, merch), digital assets (website, social media, email), events (parties, beer festivals, tap takeovers), relationships, news and earned media.

Through this, we’re working to define your visual and Brand Equity.

We’ve defined these before, but as a refresher:

Brand Equity is the total amount of goodwill your brand has with your customers. This is more brand-level stuff focused on your messaging, positioning, values, value props, personality, voice and key communication pillars.

How do people talk about your brewery? What role do you play in your community? Are you generally top of mind?

Like your brand itself, these connotations, associations and stories live inside your customers’ minds. They inform your visual identity and packaging but are upstream of them.

Visual equity are all the cues that, if lost through a rebrand, could set you back in the off-premise (e.g., people may not be able to easily find your iconic packaging because you’ve changed it too drastically).

This can include things like SKU-specific colors that you've used for years, unique packaging hierarchy, naming conventions, your interior design style, an illustration style, custom typography and other iconography.



 

Brand Equity, while the fuzzier concept of the two, is actually easier to frame.

Consumer surveys and stakeholder interviews can quickly suss out how people perceive your brand, what associations they make with your brewery, your overall reputation, where you sit relative to your competition, and so forth. 

But your visual equity is where you’re kind of guessing (or at least, leading with your gut). 

So, let’s now examine some of the ways we’ve helped our clients define their equity ahead of a rebrand.

(Above): Prost Brewing had zero Visual Equity to carry forward through their rebrand. This allowed for a more profound break from their previous identity and packaging.





How we determine what visual and Brand Equity is actually valuable 

 

1. The value of consistency over time

A lot of our brand audit conversations center around the value of consistency over time. If you’ve consistently used a particular illustration style, or brand voice, or packaging format, then there can be important equity there.

We generally give more weight to an element’s visual equity if you’ve been consistently using it for several years, during which you saw growth. 

This qualifier is important: No matter how you define growth—top line revenue, profit, annual bbl production, whatever metrics you choose to look at—you should see an overall upward trend in those figures. 

Why? 

Because if you’ve used the same look forever but haven’t seen growth, then who cares how much recall it might have? (This is like continuing to eat Doritos when you’re trying to lose weight, because, well, you’ve always eaten Doritos. Ahh, Cool Ranch Equity®.)

Important Brand Equity almost always includes your brewery name and beer names. It often includes composition components of your logo, so maybe not the entire logo itself, but its general shape and format. 

And it usually includes SKU-specific colors and iconography. e.g., “We’ve used the same color on this IPA for 12 years, so at a minimum, this is what people would look for on the shelf.”

(Imagine for a moment if Sierra Nevada changed its iconic Pale Ale packaging from green to a vibrant purple? How does that make you feel?)

It’s also common to see illustration style here, though it’s been our experience that the fact that you use illustrations itself carries its own equity rather than a particular illustration style.

This may seem counterintuitive, but you may have a good amount of leeway in how you update an illustration so long as you don’t completely jettison the use of illustrations altogether. (Of course, YMMV.)


2. When you just *know* something is important

When rebranding a brewery, it’s common to hear some version of, “We can’t change X because it’s important” without any real data to back up the claim. 

While this perspective is qualitative (and therefore unfalsifiable), that doesn’t mean we should discount it. And we rarely do in our work.

We’re hesitant to cast aside anyone’s gut feeling, particularly a long-tenured marketing director or brewery founder.

But you should never accept something at face value without interrogating it with a few of the other concepts we’ll outline here shortly. 

And another point to consider here: It’s worth mentioning that this idea can fall victim to normalcy bias (e.g., you’ve been looking at the same logo or can design for X number of years and you can’t imagine a world where this is substantially changed).

Again, that doesn’t mean you’re not right, but make sure you're thinking through whether your own biases and concerns might be clouding this process and getting in the way of moving your brewery’s brand forward.

Be as objective as you can here.


3. Ball parking the cost associated with changeover

The actual cost to pull off a huge visual changeover is about as concrete a metric as you can get. If it will take you $2M+ to change over all your vehicle wraps, distributor assets, tap handles and so forth throughout your market, then this has to be considered when defining your visual equity. 

We hear this concern a lot from CFO and COO-types during rebrands, and for good reason.

What’s the point of rebranding if you can’t afford to roll out your new look?

This point shouldn’t have the final say in which elements have more equity than others, but it can often serve as a tiebreaker in the decision or at least shape your thinking.


4. Trademark / Trade dress / IP considerations

Intellectual property (IP) is an important consideration in the rebranding process as well because updating a mark, even subtly, can have downstream legal consequences. 

I know just enough here to be dangerous, so in the interest of not sounding like an idiot, read this chapter from Craft Beer, Rebranded for more info on managing your IP during a rebrand. 

And here’s a great conversation with CODO’s IP attorney (and brewery founder), Matthew McLaughlin on this subject as well.


5. Category conventions & competitive set considerations

These considerations are more external than internal, but they should still be considered as you weigh your brewery’s visual and Brand Equity.

I’ll touch on them both together since we view them as two sides of the same coin.

On category conventions: Have category conventions evolved since you came to market in a way that might make any of your visual equity obsolete?

Is there a way to adhere to your category’s must-haves, but rise above them in a differentiated, delightful way that builds on any of your existing equity? 

On your competitive set: How has your competitive set evolved over the years?

If so, how could this affect what value you place on certain elements of your visual and Brand Equity?

A common scenario we’ve seen in our work, particularly among CPG food and Bev clients is that you come to market and completely define a category’s look. (Our work with Sitka Salmon Shares is a good example here.)

What this means is that you may have tons of visual equity, but that this has been eroded by myriad copycats.

This doesn’t mean you have to cede your ground here, but you do need to consider whether a substantial pivot might be a better move to get clear of the crowd once more.





(Below): Defining Left Field Brewery's visual equity was a straight forward process. They came to CODO with a clearly defined positioning and point of view in place. Our job was to build on their visual equity in a subtle way that helps them better tell this story in retail.

(Above): The Recall Test: Could someone recognize your packaging at a quick glance in retail, even if blurred?



 

The Recall Test (or, how to measure your Brand Equity, Fast and Slow)


Our Craft Beer, Rebranded Workbook includes a series of Recall Tests that aim to capture peoples’ most basic understanding of your brand identity and packaging.

This is one of the most concrete ways we've found to quantitatively measure visual equity. 

What have people come to instinctively recognize—without thinking—as your brand identity and packaging indicators.

Could someone recognize your packaging or logo, even if blurred?

(Daniel Kahneman’s work on System 1 vs. System 2 thinking inspired us to create this in case you want more background on our approach here.)

As a preview, we (or, you) direct your taproom customers to draw different components of your Brand Identity and packaging from memory.

The Craft Beer, Rebranded Workbook includes worksheets with various blank formats for this (12oz and 16oz cans, 6-pack carriers, bottle labels, tap handles and merch). All you need to add in are markers or pencils.

(Pro tip: Catch people earlier in the night vs. later for more, let's say, efficacious results.)

Our goal with this exercise is to gather several dozen examples from real world customers. 

Once you’ve gathered everything, review to see what common elements people drew. Is there a particular color people overwhelmingly associate with your brand? Is there a distinctive element on your packaging that people picked up on? Or an icon or interesting typography build from your logo? 

These are the sort of elements that could be considered more sacrosanct as you continue through your rebrand.

Wrapping up

Unfortunately, there’s no magic bullet for defining your brewery’s visual equity. 

We’ve worked with several top 50 breweries and a few $500M+ consumer packaged goods (CPG) food and bev brands, and even at this level, with all the money in the world (metaphorically speaking) to throw at expensive surveys and tests and studies and focus groups, I’m still not sure you can ever define your equity with 100% certainty.

But don’t let that slow you down.  

These decisions come down to what you want to build your brand around. 

– What is your story? 

– What are your unique differentiators? 

– And what existing stuff—iconography, colors, taglines, etc.—will help you build your brand moving forward?

Define those as best as you can and move forward with confidence.

Further reading

1. Here's a good overview of Tropicana's disastrous (and short-lived) 2009 rebrand. This little maneuver cost them more than $50M and is estimated to have cost more than $30M in sales.

2. Here's our take on Anchor Brewing's rebrand. To be clear, this move didn't cause Anchor to close down after more than 125 years in business. But it was still an abject failure.

(And since we're here, I might as well put this out into the universe: If you, or someone you know, ends up buying Anchor's IP, or overseeing its comeback, please reach out to CODO. We'd love to right that wrong.)

Around the Shop

Catch out CBC presentation live

CODO Design will be in Las Vegas here in a few weeks hosting a seminar on Brand Architecture. 

Shoot me an email if you'll be there and would like to grab a beer and talk shop.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/bbt-exclusive-1-defining-your-brand-equity-fast-slow/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 060

CODO's 2024 Beer Branding Trends Review is out now!

Good morning!

I'm excited to share our 2024 Beer Branding Trends Review with you. 

This is our annual deep dive on what we see shaping the beer and Bev Alc space (from a branding perspective) right now.

1. Read the report here.

2. If audio is more your speed, Cody and I recorded a companion podcast that serves as high-level overview of this piece. Listen to that here.





As a thank you for being a subscriber, we've pulled out 4 specific portions of this report and sending them to your inbox only over the coming weeks.

These issues include:

1. Defining your Brand Equity: Fast & Slow (April 9)

2. The Regional Brewery Playbook (April 16)

3. A Quick & Dirty Guide to Co-Branding (April 23)

4. The Year of Lager? (April 30)

These issues are newsletter exclusives, meaning they won't be published in our broader report.

So you can brag to your colleagues who aren't BBT subscribers about how much more informed you are on all things beer branding and marketing. 

Or you can just use these insights to build a stronger brand and outcompete them. (Your call.)



If you're reading this, then you don't have to do anything to receive these exclusive emails—you're already in.

If you'd like to make sure your team member(s) receive these exclusive insights, please forward this email to them (or have them subscribe here).



We're also planning to record a Q&A podcast on this year's report in a month or so.

Please email me any questions you have on anything we cover here and we'll field those on the show.



Here's an outline for this year's report:

Section 1: Beer Branding & Positioning

Rebrands & Refreshes: Why are breweries rebranding right now?

• Rebranding to figure out where to go from here
• Rebranding to address Brand Architecture issues
• Refreshing their packaging after heavy SKU rationalization 
• Rebranding a specific beer
• Legacy Breweries are rebranding to find their third wind 
• Breweries are preparing for a change of the guard 
• Defining your Brand Equity: Fast & Slow (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)

Websites

• Your website as a content marketing hub
• An exciting rise in email marketing

Lifestyle Brands, Revisited
 

• Own an occasion 
• Blue collar Lifestyle Brands
• Lean into local pride

What's in a (style) name?
 

• IPA vs. Hazy
• Lager as a Brand

Breweries are taking their merch seriously
 

• Your merch is a direct reflection of your business
• Your merch should reinforce your positioning and story
• Give your fans winks and nods
• Create merch drops and scarcity 
• Please exit through the gift shop
• Driving revenue vs. Branding building

Hospitality-focused Breweries: Taprooms & Brewpubs 
• Multi-use spaces 
• Create a killer bar experience 
• Food as a differentiator

The Regional Brewery Playbook  (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)
 

Section 2: Brand Architecture 

The continued march of Sub / Endorsed Brands

• Sub Brands. So hot right now.
• How to Scale the Sub Brand Ladder
• First Steps: Create a Platform
• Intermediate Steps: Give it some gas
• Final Steps: Take "the Leap"

Restaurant vs. Brewery

A Quick & Dirty Guide to Co-Branding (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)

Section 3: Beer & Beyond (Exploring the Fourth Category)

The year of lager? (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)

The curious case of ABV

Hop Water (+ NA Beer)


• On categorical differentiation 
• How do you position Hop Water?
• Hop Water's Brand Architecture 
• A quick note on NA beer

Hard Cider

• Parallels between cider and beer
• Cider's halo effect
• Cider as a beverage platform 

Teas & RTDs (+ FMBs & Juice)

Section 4: Branding & Package Design Trends

Nostalgia 
• Overview + 70s, 80, 90s/00s

Even more mascots

Dimensional Typography

Gloopy Typography 

Vibrant & Neon

Around the Shop

[Podcast] 2024 Beer Branding Trends Overview

Here's a fun companion podcast that Cody and I recorded that covers everything we see shaping the beer and Bev Alc industry right now.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/2024-beer-branding-trends-is-out-now/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss Co-branding in craft beer, and why this is such a fun strategy right now.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/065-a-quick-dirty-guide-co-branding/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down with Jacob Virgil to discuss their recent rebranding project with NoDa Brewing.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Rebranding NoDa Brewing [Case study]

2. NoDa Brewing

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/rebranding-noda-brewing-feat-jacob-virgil/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss what they’re seeing in their Regional Brewery branding work.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/063-the-regional-brewery-playbook/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how to actually frame your visual and Brand Equity

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/062-defining-your-brand-equity-fast-slow-podcast/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss CODO’s 2024 Beer Branding Trends review.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Craft Beer Branding Trends

2. Join the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter to receive exclusive insights

3. How to design better merch

4. How to scale the Sub Brand Ladder

5. Modular Brand Identity Systems

6. Hop Water

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 7,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/061-2024-beer-branding-trends-report-overview/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 059

Let's talk Hard Cider

Morning!

Quick admin note here: We’re less than 2 weeks out from launching our 2024 Beer Branding Trends review. 

All 23,000+ words of it. 

Stay tuned.

In the meantime, I wanted to give you a preview of a segment from this report on one of CODO’s favorite beverage segments.

The hard cider market has been interesting to watch.

It’s been quietly growing in the background for as long as the contemporary beer industry, and has actually outperformed beer sales as of late (driven in large part by imperial ciders).

Along the way, several cider outfits have built up impressive empires spanning multi-regional footprints and posting production figures that would put them amongst the top 50 breweries by volume.

And cider itself is an interesting category that mirrors a lot of the self-examining questions the craft beer industry wrestled with in the early 2010s as the category began its rocket ship growth path.

Namely, a (sometimes) heated conversation surrounding defining what hard cider even is.

(Above): Brewery > Cider — I bet we'll see more breweries release Hard Cider brands over the coming years.

Read more about Good George Brewing's cider program here

And the City Roots Cider (formerly Harpoon Craft Cider) is a good example of a brewery scaling the Sub Brand Ladder.



 

What is hard cider?

– Is it a cloying, apple-forward commodity CPG product with a surly tree adorning each bottle? 

– Or is it an artisan product, made from only the finest fresh-pressed juice and served locally in the Old World tradition? 

– Does independence and ownership matter? 

– Do you have to grow your own apples to be authentic?

– Does hard cider have to be apple-based, or can it follow in beer’s footsteps by continually stretching the bounds of what constitutes the category itself?

This latter point is more compelling when you look at broader Bev Alc trends of setting aside quaint notions like category conventions and TTB classifications to focus more on flavor (!) and ABV (!!) and attitude (!!!).

I could go on and on about this category (I love, love, love) hard cider, but I’ll stop now and outline a few big points we’re seeing in our project work in this space.

(Above): Imperial ciders, like imperial IPAs, are a major category growth driver.




Parallels between beer and hard cider

We’re seeing a lot of the same trend lines driving growth in cider that are at play in the beer industry, including:

– Flavors, novel and bold, are driving consumer trial. 

– Imperial Ciders are a big growth driver. 

– Adjuncts (especially non-Apple fruits) are expanding cider’s reach. 

– NA ciders could be a viable segment to explore (though, make sure you mind your Brand Architecture in these cases). 

– Better for you / functional ciders (with esoteric ingredients like Adaptogens & Nootropics) could see growth. 

– Light ciders (low cal and crushable) could see growth. 

(Above): Lagers are trending right now as beer consumers look for familiar, easy drinking options. 

Is there an opportunity for light ciders to see the same growth?




 

Cider’s halo effect

From a messaging standpoint, cider benefits from a perceived “naturalness.” 

This can’t be bad for you, it’s just apples.

Cider’s innate agricultural provenance and orchard connection lends a halo effect to the category as a whole. 

It’s not quite better for you, though there is an angle here to reach consumers who are looking for a healthy, honest drink.

The same can be said for cider’s gluten free claim. 

This value prop punches way above its weight. (i.e. in CPG packaging, if a consumer sees that something is gluten free, they assume it’s a healthier product overall.)

While not necessarily true (e.g. gluten free Oreo’s exist. lol.), this perception does exist. 

And this is a good thing for folks who are building hard cider brands. 

(Above): We're seeing a lot of the same Fourth Category exploration from cideries as we are from breweries.



 

Cider as a beverage platform: Opportunity and risks

We’re seeing the same push into Fourth Category beverages from cideries as we are across the rest of beer and Bev Alc (e.g. cider brands producing sodas, teas, functional beverages, pre and probiotic sodas, RTDs, seltzers, beer, wine and spirits). 

On one hand, I think it’s smart to view cider as a platform for innovation and exploration.

But on the other hand, you have to wonder: 

How far can you push hard cider [away from apples] before a consumer is just buying another (commodity) FMB or RTD cocktail?

I think experimenting with non-apple fruit is a natural, credible play for most cideries, but beyond that, you should think carefully about the positioning and Brand Architecture implications of launching non-cider and further afield products. 

The further away you get from apples as a base, the further you get away from what makes the segment special in the first place.


— 


Wrapping up

We’ve helped breweries launch basically every type of beverage you can dream up at this point—seltzer, RTDs, coffees, kombucha, NA beer, Hop Water, teas, punches, spirits, and on and on. 

But we haven’t seen too many breweries release hard ciders. 

Yet.

I think hard cider could be a great category for more breweries to explore as they look to diversify their portfolio and find incremental growth.

Conversely, for the cideries and cider industry itself, I think that if (or as) beer’s collective share continues to slide, this is all the more opportunity you need to continue ascending and stealing overall share. 

Either way, I bet we see more breweries get into cider over the coming years. 

And I’m here for it. 

Around the Shop

How to produce 100k+ bbl of cider with Schilling Hard Cider

We had a fun conversation with Eric Phillips, CCO of Schilling Cider a few years back. 

This interview touches on:

– Brand Values, and how Schilling invests in its team 
– The benefits of a multi-regional footprint 
– Fourth category options for the cider industry 
– Who's drinking hard cider
– Cider value props
– Expanding by "drafting" into new markets 
– Hard cider in the on-prem vs. off-prem

And much, much more. Such a great conversation.

CODO x CBC

Cody and I have been selected to host a seminar at CBC this year titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop and/or discuss working together.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/lets-talk-hard-cider/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 058

Cold Drinking Beer: Building a Sub Brand that can travel




A few admin items before we get going here:

1.
Click here to read this post on our site (and see much larger images).

2. Cody and I recorded a fun podcast with Robby and Michael from Virginia Beer Co. on building the Cold Drinking Beer Sub Brand. Listen to that conversation here.





Morning! (Glad you're here.)

Today, we’re going to walk through a recent project that sits firmly at the intersection of a few major trends that are happening in craft beer right now.

Namely: Building Sub Brands, the rise of craft lager and lifestyle positioning. 

In mid-2023, Virginia Beer Co. (VBC) reached out to CODO for help branding a new product called Cold Drinking Beer.

Their team was excited about an opportunity they saw to create a standalone beer brand that could travel beyond Virginia state lines.

A few breweries in the mid-Atlantic market are making easy drinking, light(ish) beers, but none that stood apart from their brewery’s parent brand.

So other than a handful of products in that camp, and the entrenched macros, they felt that this was a great opportunity to create something fun that everyone (drinkers, retailers and wholesalers) could get excited about.

This project entailed Brand Strategy and Brand Architecture (so, where does this brand live within the VBC portfolio), brand identity, package design, web design and initial launch / sales assets. 

Let’s walk through the process, highlighting a few important points along the way.

Brand Strategy & Positioning

Brand Strategy is an important part of bringing any new brand to market, but for Cold Drinking Beer, it was mission critical.

This is a very specific play, and if we whiff on any of these foundational pillars, the entire thing won’t go. 

Through this work, we’re framing the following:

– What is Cold Drinking Beer? 
– What style is it? (more on this in a minute…)
– What’s the format / price point?
– How is it positioned?
– What are the brand’s key messaging, tone of voice and personality?
– Who will drink it & what role does it play in their life?
– [In a sea of options,] why does this beer matter?  
 

Here are a few highlights pulled directly from our Brand Strategy work: 

 

On audience definition: 

Cold Drinking Beer will cater to the Fatigued Craft Drinker. “This is a craft beer that doesn’t go out of its way to bill itself as a (capital C, capital B) Craft Beer. We want to appeal to craft drinkers who want a quality beer, but are fatigued by IPAs, industry gimmicks, or scorchingly high ABV. They’re looking for a breather beer that matches their changing palate and lifestyle.” 

 

On messaging & imagery to avoid: 

This is not a brand ripped from the 1970s; we’re not trying to evoke a sense of forced nostalgia (“fauxstalgia”), and we’re not trying to sell the past. Legacy nostalgia brands can come off feeling kind of cheap; this should be the craft answer to that. 


Brand Essences 

We developed three unique Brand Essences to pull all of this messaging and strategy work together for art direction. These included: 

– “Your Old Pal” 
– “Take a Breather” 
– “Celebrate Each Other” 

The feel of the “Old Pal” direction combined with the tone and personality of “Celebrate Each Other” immediately resonated with the Virginia Beer Co. team.

But there were a few other concerns to work through before moving onto design: 

– Make the colors cooler (we skewed warmer in the mood boards to connote warmth and approachability, but the VBC team wasn't feeling it). This beer is cold, after all. 

– Make sure that the beer name is super legible at a glance.

– “We want this beer to have a humble confidence, but are these directions too humble?"

Great feedback here, and it highlights why Brand Strategy and art direction are an important first step in any project.

Had we jumped straight into concept development without these conversations, we would’ve ended up presenting a bunch of stuff that wasn’t right.

And then people’s feelings are hurt and the whole project can go sideways real quick.

Properly framed Brand Strategy prevents this. 

Okay, onto initial concept development (a very churched up way of saying "sketching.")

(Above): Snapshots from our initial sketching. Most of this didn’t make it into the first presentation.

 

Initial concepts 

We shared three initial concepts, and there were a few through lines in this work: Minimal, typography-driven, familiar and slightly nostalgic (without trying too hard).

But each direction still had its own special something. 

– The first direction centered around this grocery store window painted sign vibe (e.g. ice, beer, bait)

– The second direction was the most contemporary of the bunch. It was bold, punchy and really, really proud of itself. “As proud of yourself as you can get without being an asshole,” as someone put it during the presentation.

– The third direction was understated and confident. It was supposed to look like it’s existed for decades without trying too hard to evoke that connection.

After a lively conversation, it turned out we were pretty close to the mark, as-is, with direction 2. 

(Cue awkward-CODO-high-fiving montage followed by shuffling to the kegerator for a well-earned lager at — checks watch — 10:45am?)

Onto revisions.

The Revisions Phase

We were in a good spot after our initial presentation, but there was still a lot of work, internal critiques, and several rounds of revisions to get Cold Drinking Beer where the Virginia Beer Co. team was happy and it met CODO's standard. 

We worked through a lot of stuff here: Dialing in the colors and typography, finessing the packaging composition (primary vs. secondary), developing taglines, iconography and other important trade dress to round out the brand identity.

Rather than bore you with 600 variations of slab serifs and tagline build options, here’s a montage gif to give you an idea of how much ground we covered through the revisions phase.

Sweating the (not so) small stuff 

There were a few important points that we discussed in our initial Brand Strategy work that we couldn’t answer early on.

Instead, we had to see how the design took shape and work through them as we went. 

We dialed these in through the revisions phase, so let’s talk about them now.  

 

On Brand Architecture 

We built Cold Drinking Beer as a standalone brand with zero connection to Virginia Beer Co. (We discussed this decision at length in our companion podcast.)

There were two big reasons for this: 

1. VBC wanted to appeal to a broader audience. And tying this product to a respected (capital C) Craft brewery might narrow their reach. 

2. VBC has regional aspirations for this brand. This is one instance where their (otherwise great) name is a hindrance. 

With so many local options to choose from, why would someone in North Carolina or Delaware or Florida care about a beer from Virginia Beer Co.? 



What’s Cold Drinking Beer's style nomenclature? 

This was an important challenge from our earliest conversations.

Cold Drinking Beer isn’t a lager (it’s more of a Cream Ale). But we wanted to position it like a familiar light beer (so, lager-ish) since it would be vying for similar occasions.

So, what do we call this beer? 

Here, we’re not so much concerned with TTB style designations as we are with how beer styles have evolved as a tool for positioning beer brands.

You know what you’re getting with a light / premium / classic / craft lager.

"Lager" is a brand and it immediately orients you so you understand what type of beer this is and where and when you should drink it.

But anything other than that (e.g. Golden Ale, Blonde Ale, Cream Ale) might just get in the way.

Again, we're not positioning Cold Drinking Beer as a traditional Craft Beer. It’s made with craft ingredients, by a well-respected craft brewery, but that’s not the play here.

So the usual craft beer trappings (IBU, SRM, etc.), including esoteric style designations might just get in the way of what we’re trying to accomplish.

Cold Drinking Beer is your classic beer flavored beer. 

But that term is already done to death.

(Quick aside: I remember working with a brewery back in 2012 who wanted to make beer flavored beer to stand apart from other craft breweries. lol.)

So, again, what do we call it?

Is it a Fridge Beer? A Stocker Beer? A Yellow Fizzy Beer? A Light Beer? A Classic Light? A Domestic Beer? A Premium Light?

Our answer: Beer. 

It’s just beer. If you want to get technical, it’s a Cold Drinking Beer. 

We’ll see how people respond to this and adjust as needed moving forward, but our teams really like the simple confidence of this designation.

 

Taglines

The Cold Drinking Beer name itself does a lot of heavy lifting here, but we still felt that an additional qualifier would be helpful for marketing and messaging.

This tagline and accompanying secondary icon ended up being quizzically challenging (maybe only slightly more so than nailing the style designation).

We ended up looking at more than 30 different icons, lockups and taglines before we got it where it needed to be: Serve cold. Chill together. 

Some of my favorite options (that were summarily vetoed) include:

– Chill before serving.
– Just Be(er) Cool
– Keep it cold / cool
– Snap into a Cold One (???)



Once we had this all wrapped up, we knocked out some other important touch points to help the Virginia Beer Co. team prep for brand launch. This included:

– Initial distributor and chain retail pitch deck support (an oft-overlooked step in this process)
– Sell sheets & POS materials
– Merch mockups 
– Brand Guidelines
– A Microsite

Wrapping up

It’s easy (and fun) to focus on branding and package design. And these things are important. 

But if you’re not getting out there and building a brand day after day, it just won’t go anywhere.

The Virginia Beer Co. team knows this. 

​They’ve already secured several great chain placements (ahead of launch!). Their wholesalers are fully bought in. And they’re going to hit the ground running with heavy on-premise programming. 

So keep your eyes peeled. You may see Cold Drinking Beer in your neighborhood sooner rather than later.

Around the Shop

CODO x Virginia Beer Co podcast: Building the Cold Drinking Beer Brand

Cody and I sat down with Robby (Co-Founder) and Michael (Director of Sales), of The Virginia Beer Co. to discuss the genesis of the Cold Drinking Beer brand. 

Their team has been kicking this idea around for a year or more, and this provides an interesting glimpse at how a brewery takes an idea from pilot batches all the way through to recipe development, brand building, earning wholesaler buy in and launching into both the on- and off-premise.

We're 1 month out from CODO's CBC presentation

Cody and I are hosting a seminar at CBC this year titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop and/or discuss working together.

Countdown to CODO's 2024 Beer Branding Trends Review

Speaking of countdowns, we're less than 4 weeks out from dropping our annual beer and beverage branding trends review. 

Nothing actionable for you here, other than to tell your coworkers to join the newsletter so they don't miss out.

Also, if you made it this far into today's issue, shoot me an email with the subject line "peaches." The tenth person to do so will receive a free copy of our Craft Beer Branding Guide

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-we-built-the-cold-drinking-beer-brand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss all things Hard Cider.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Our wonderful travel experience headed out to CiderCon.

2. Hard Cider segment overview

3. There are several multi-regional cideries that would land in the top 50 breweries by production volume

4. All eyes on Angry Orchard (and Boston Beer’s quizzical lack of investment in the brand)

5. Defining Hard Cider

6. Should your brewery launch a Hard Cider?

7. Brand Architecture & Fourth Category beverages we’re seeing in cider

8. How far away from apples can you get and still claim to be a cider?

9. Parallels between beer and hard cider

10. NA cider’s are an interesting positioning challenge

11. Exploring cider’s halo effect (an inherent naturalness that comes from being tied to agriculture)

12. Gluten free as a secondary benefit

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/hard-cider-branding-and-positioning/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down with The Virginia Beer Co. to discuss their recent collab: Cold Drinking Beer.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Building the Cold Drinking Beer Brand. [Case Study]

2. The Virginia Beer Co.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/059-how-we-built-the-cold-drinking-beer-brand/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 057

How should a newer brewery think about Brand Architecture?

Morning! 

Most of our Brand Architecture work over the last several years has been with established breweries.

We’ve handled Brand Architecture as part of larger rebranding projects, we’ve developed Sub Brands within a brewery’s portfolio, or more often than not, we’ve simply helped to launch a product in a new category. 

And all of these examples are a given: Brand Architecture is an important tool for scaling your brand and exploring new categories—for finding new relevance and growth, incremental or otherwise. 

But what role does Brand Architecture play in a startup brewery’s go-to-market plan?

Does this concept matter for a nascent brewery? 

My (wishy washy) answer is that, well, it depends. 

 


Historical context 

We’ve seen a sharp rise in inquiries from breweries in planning, and newly-established breweries over the last year or so, that explicitly need Brand Architecture.

This is a marked difference from, say, five years ago. 

(Though, with the proliferation of Fourth Category products, this isn't surprising.)

Brand Architecture for breweries in planning has traditionally been a straight forward concept.

In almost all cases, you would build a monolithic Branded House out of the gate.

This allows you to build your parent brand and brand equity as early and often as possible—a crucial endeavor for a new business in a competitive market. 

The Branded House model made a lot of sense when breweries were predominantly making beer.

But more often than not, the startups we’re talking to and working with today have plans that span beyond beer.

So it’s usually not a question of if, but when these new releases will happen. 

This opens up an entirely new context and is more challenging than simply building a monolithic brewery brand.

Now, you have to consider which consumer these new products will target, which categories you want to live in, and which occasions and lifestyles you might want to target.

And whether or not your parent brand could credibly stretch to meet all these impending demands  

All of these present interesting Brand Strategy and Brand Architecture problems to work through earlier in your business life cycle. 

Three current client examples 

Here are three start up brewery concepts that we’re working with right now (or have branded over the last year).

1. “We’re opening a traditional taproom model brewery (7 barrel system, 12 taps) and plan to sell 90% of our beer across our bar. But we’re also interested in canning a line of tequila RTDs and possibly a few other tequila beverages (likely a year or so in).”

2. “We’re going to contract brew two different beer brands. We think these could relate in some manner, but we’re planning to target specific lifestyles, and positioning opportunities with each one, so I’m not so sure on how much they need to hang together.”

3. “We’re opening a brewpub and will need flagship packaging (plus a crowler and one-off template) intended for sale as carry out only. We’re more interested in opening additional taprooms than we are getting into distribution.”
 




I'm not highlighting these examples because they run the full gamut of the various Brand Architecture approaches you might need to consider (they don't), but because they're indicative of the types of conversations we’re having with new breweries every other week.

It’s rare that we talk to or work with a brewery that is planning to make only beer out of the gate.

Almost all of our projects these days include some sort of Brand Architecture component.


 

Now that we’ve established that today’s start up brewery isn’t the same as yesteryear’s, let’s use each of these examples to examine how Brand Architecture can shape a brewery in planning’s Brand Architecture.

Above: Birdsmouth Beer Co. has a singular focus on lagers. This approach lends itself well to a monolithic, parent brand-forward naming convention. (e.g. Birdsmouth Pils, Birdsmouth Dunkel…)



Scenario 1: You’re opening a taproom-focused brewery to start, and are planning to eventually package / distribute beyond beer offerings. 

In this case, I still think it makes sense to focus on building your parent brand to start, and consider an overarching Branded House model for your beer releases. 

Yes, you have plans for eventually exploring other categories, but we have no idea to what degree your parent brand will (or should) influence these products yet. 

It is worth thinking about how your parent brand could extend into another category during your foundational Brand Strategy work, but you don’t need to focus too heavily on this now because you need to build a strong foundation first in order to have a brand (and brand equity) that is capable (and worthy) of being effectively leveraged down the line. 

If you’re early enough in the process where you’re still considering a corporate name, it could also be worth considering how a particular name could potentially extend it to other categories.

There are important Intellectual Property considerations here (e.g. can you actually trademark one name in different classes), but you should focus more so on how the messaging might shift as you flex into a different category. 

But here again, you should be focusing on your parent brand first and I’d caution you against making decisions that might not end up serving your parent brand long term.

Don’t let the tail wag the dog here.

 

Scenario 2: You’re contract brewing multiple distinct brands, each with their own audience, occasion and lifestyle focus. 

In this case, it sounds like a true House of Brands model makes the most sense.

Assuming these products are different enough (and target different enough audiences, categories and occasions), then there’s no reason to force them to relate to each other.

And doing so might actually undercut the overall effectiveness of your portfolio.

At the top level (behind the scenes incorporation and legal stuff), you’ll likely form a holding company or “Corporate Brand” vs. a “Parent” Brand.

This entity might not even require branding and just live as an LLC. 

A quick excerpt from The Beyond Beer Handbook on this topic:

In this approach, each brand has its own value proposition, messaging, and positioning, and is completely independent as far as the consumer is concerned. We say “corporate” in this case because “parent” denotes some manner of a relationship with an extension. In a House of Brands model, there is no parent brand connection whatsoever.




One downside of this approach is that it is OpEx inefficient (an churched up way of saying it’s expensive and takes a lot of effort to execute correctly).

Remember, you will be building completely independent brands.

And you’ll have to maintain and market them separately, each with their own digital footprint and eventually, their own teams.

That doesn’t mean this approach isn’t valid, or highly effective. But make sure you know what you’re getting into before diving head first into this model.

Above: Left Field Brewery has leaned into Sub / Endorsed  Brand development as a portfolio strategy over the last few years. (Note the Ice Cold Beer line extension—a "lime" extension, if you will.)




Scenario 3: You’re opening a brewpub and intend to sell almost all of your beer across your bar. You will have packaged beer, but this is for carryout and will not end up in distribution.

This is another case where building a monolithic parent brand (aka a Branded House) will likely make the most sense. 

This scenario also induces an interesting question on the importance of package design.

If you’ll be selling your packaged beer solely as carryout—so it won’t end up in retail vying for attention amongst hundreds of other offerings—do you need to invest a significant amount of capital into your can design?

Look, I run a beer and beverage branding firm. 

So I think that everything you put out into the world should properly reflect your story and your positioning and become a special artifact that your customers can enjoy. 

But if you’re not competing out in the off-prem market, it might make more sense to spend your money on your overall brewpub brand and brand experience than on getting gorgeous cans.

(*This isn’t an excuse to produce ugly, shitty packaging. Just consider where your dollars can be better spent.)

Above: Fernson Brewing made a concerted shift away from their parent brand-forward flagship system and towards building Sub Brands within their portfolio.

Read more about this shift here and listen to a podcast conversation with Fernson for even more context here





Closing thoughts

 

On building your parent brand

Unless you’re building a true House of Brands out of the gate, you will want to focus on building a strong parent brand.

Over time, your parent brand will become your most important asset.

It can drive long term growth, and eventually be leveraged into new extensions and categories. 

So even if you intend to explore other beverage categories, make sure you get your parent brand right before you start getting distracted by other opportunities.

Further reading

1. Take the Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.) to quickly sketch out which Brand Architecture system could work for your brewery and planned extensions.

2. Revisit our thinking on monolithic, parent brand-forward naming conventions vs. fanciful names and Sub Brands.

Around the Shop

NoDa Brewing just launched their rebrand! 

Shoutout to the entire team at NoDa Brewing for launching their rebrand.

We've been working with NoDa on this for nearly a year and it's exciting to see everything start to rollout.

We’re building a full case study on this project. For now, here’s a glimpse at what went into this.

CODO is presenting at the Craft Brewers Conference in Vegas

Cody and I have been selected to host a seminar at CBC this year titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop and/or discuss working together.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/brand-architecture-for-a-newer-brewery/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 056

How to Line Extend (while maintaining your audience's trust).

Morning.

We had a great question come in from a subscriber and I wanted to field it here.

Feel free to shoot me an email if you have a question that you’d like us to tackle on the newsletter or podcast.

(*Note, I've anonymized this email a touch, so apologies if it reads kind of weird. That's on me and not the sender.)



Hi, Isaac.

Our brewery has a popular Hazy IPA Sub Brand with an Imperial Line Extension. We've heard from our customers, and seen in taproom trials, that people want more variations of this beer. 

After reading your Sub Brand Summer series, our team has been toying with the idea of pushing this brand even further, possibly beyond the IPA category (would that be a Brand Extension?).

We're not sure how far we want to get away from IPAs (or if we should at all), but would like to release seasonal variants under this Sub Brand, as Line Extensions, that riff on this brand—so a wheat in the summer, a Märzen in fall, etc. 

And that brings us to our issue: Our team is split completely down the middle on this. One half thinks we shouldn't create any non-IPA beers under this brand, and the other half (which includes me), thinks we've built the brand to be broad enough that we could expand it to offer a more diverse range of styles. 

We’ve seen a few other brands do this: Dale’s Pale Ale > Dale’s Lager and Voodoo Ranger > Voodoo Ranger Hard Tea. 

I know we can do this, but want to make sure we're not setting ourselves up for some bigger issue down the line.

What do you think? 

– Jamie



This is an interesting question and one that I think more breweries should think about as they continue to build and scale Sub Brands within their portfolios. 

Let's start with some quick definitions and then dive into this.

A Line Extension is a strategy for extending a brand within the same family or category. This is usually done with a new flavor, style or seasonal variant. (e.g. Sculpin, Grapefruit Sculpin, Aloha Sculpin)

A Brand Extension is when you use your brewery’s name on any product in a non-beer category. (e.g. Dogfish Head Brewing > Dogfish Head Distilling)

For Jamie’s question specifically, these new releases would be Line Extensions since they still fall within the beer category (though I understand her confusion since they are considering venturing into different beer styles).

If she wanted to push this brand into an RTD cocktail, or some other non-beer category, then this would be a Brand Extension.

(Above, Top): Line Extension examples from Ballast Point.

(Above, Bottom): Brand Extension examples from Dogfish Head and Rogue Ales & Spirits.




There are no hard and fast rules here, but I will offer a few thoughts. 


Be careful not to reposition, or dilute, what your Sub Brand stands for

One of our main through lines in The Beyond Beer Handbook was that you can launch extensions, but not at the expense of your parent brand’s reputation and positioning.

Your parent brand is your most important asset and needs to be protected at all times, especially when leveraging it to launch new products. 

This isn’t meant to steer you away from releasing new products. Far from it. But it is a warning to take this all seriously. 

And we should apply this same line of thinking to extending your Sub Brand.

Your (Sub) Brand has specific connotations and values (and messaging, positioning, voice and personality), no different than your parent brand.

And the beer style itself—in this case, a Hazy IPA and an Imperial Line Extension—can be a big part of this overall perception.

So we should treat these sorts of decisions like any other Brand Architecture consideration.

– What does releasing this product (say, a Märzen) say about your parent brand (or in this case, the Hazy IPA Sub Brand)?

– Can my Sub Brand credibly release this new variant? Does it align with what your Sub Brand is known for?

– Will releasing this product tied to your Sub Brand brand help or hinder the Sub (or parent) Brand?

– Are you reaching out to your existing audience or branching out to new drinkers with this new product?

– Could this new release cannibalize sales from the original brand (or any other brands in your portfolio)? 

If your Sub Brand is primarily known as an IPA brand, then IPA extensions (hazy, imperial, west coast, etc.) will be an easier leap than a non-IPA style extension.

Again, this doesn’t mean this isn’t possible.

But you have to carefully weigh the upside, and downside, of the move. 

​Can incremental growth be enough to offset any potential longterm damage / confusion you cause to your Sub Brand by extending into a new style?

(Above): The Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.) will help you navigate these sorts of decisions.



 

Trust is a precious commodity

Your brand, and brand identity, is an assurance that you’ll always deliver.

Your word is bond; a promise.

Your brand is your reputation. And with thousands of options a beer drinker has to choose from today, your reputation is more important than ever. 

Allow me to set a dramatic scene for you to illustrate the risk of Line Extending beyond your Sub Brand's style, and how this can break your brand's promise and harm your reputation.

 

 

Maddie has been a loyal customer of yours ever since releasing your XYZ hazy IPA brand. (It's what introduced her to IPAs in the first place.)

She's been happily buying every variant you’ve released for the last few years.

And this Thursday afternoon is no different, as she grabs your new 6-pk from Kroger along with a few odds and ends she needs for this weekend's meals.  

Later that evening, after dinner (and baths, and reading, and story time) and *finally* getting her daughter to bed, she slips downstairs to have a drink and plan for tomorrow. 

She grabs a can from the fridge, cracks it open and takes a long draw and WHAT THE XXXX IS THIS?!? 

She looks at the label and sees that this isn't the Hazy IPA she's accustomed to.

It's not even a West Coast IPA. Upon further inspection, it’s… a… Sour Ale?

Maddie finishes the can because she’s a hard working mom and was looking forward to her night cap. But she won't be drinking the rest. 

And the next time around, she won't be so open to buying what you're selling. 

This brief moment—an important ritual for her—was a let down.

A broken promise. 

Your brand failed to deliver what it has worked so hard to stand for in Maddie's mind.

*end scene*

 

 

You get my point here: Your brand, including your Sub or Endorsed Brands stand for something in people's minds.

And beer style—along with guardrails around what’s allowed and not allowed from an accepted flavor profile standpoint—is a big part of this.

It's important to give your customers great products and service that live up to their expectations.

(Above): A few examples of Sub Brands that have ventured beyond their original style.

Sierra Nevada's Little Thing started out as a Hazy IPA brand and has grown to include a Sour Ale, a Wheat Ale and a Light Lager.

Oskar Blue's Dale's Brand has been retooled as a Sub Brand and now includes their eponymous Pale Ale as well as a Double IPA and a Light Lager. (Over/under on seeing a Dale's Hard Tea in 2024?)





Let’s now look at a few of the examples Jamie mentioned, including Dale’s and Voodoo Ranger, as well as a few other Sub Brands that have expanded beyond their initial style.

– Sierra Nevada's Little Thing line (a hazy IPA brand family) extended to include a Wheat Beer, a Light Lager and a Sour Ale.

– New Belgium's Voodoo Ranger (an IPA brand family) extended to include a Light Lager, a Hard Tea and a pumpkin beer.

And if you want to really get in the weeds, we could even count their Fruit Force as an entirely different style (IPA used to stand for something, man).

– Oskar Blues expanded Dale's from its flagship Pale Ale to include an Imperial IPA and Light Lager extensions. 



A few notes on these: 

 

On Dale's 

Oskar Blues is actively Scaling the Sub Brand Ladder by spinning the Dale's Sub Brand into its own brand family.

​A quick snapshot of this move: 

– They've bumped Dale's up to the Sub Brand level (acting as its own parent brand).

– They've Line Extended with two new variants (an Double IPA and a Light Lager), in addition to their flagship Pale Ale. 

– They've also created a standalone Dale's website, social channels and hashtag.

– And I suspect that they will have Dale's-specific sales reps and ABPs in the coming years, separate from their overarching Oskar Blue's programs, (if they don't already). 

This is a good move right now, or at least it's in-line with what we're seeing some of our biggest clients, and the largest breweries in the country building today. 

The big challenge for Oskar Blues is whether or not they'll be able to break nearly 30 years of people associating Dale's with Pale Ale (say it out loud, it's actually hard to not automatically finish the name: Dale's…).

(Above): A handful of Voodoo Ranger Line and Brand Extensions.



 

On Voodoo Ranger

Voodoo Ranger is in a choice position where they've grown so successfully, that a lot of these seemingly weird choices (pumpkin, light lager, hard tea) are likely just their team exploring where they can credibly take the brand. 

As an example, I'm not sure the Voodoo Ranger Devilishly Light Lager ever made it out of trial. (And if this is the case, I’m going to bet that’s not because the quality of the beer, but that the positioning ended up not aligning with the broader Voodoo brand. Not to mention how challenging the light lager segment is).

At this point, Voodoo Ranger is its own brand that has eclipsed New Belgium in every metric that matters.

Yes, there's a small New Belgium Endorsement on pack, but I imagine that this has no real bearing on people's purchasing decisions in 2024.

I think of Voodoo Ranger as an IPA brand, but I imagine they're known more for flavor, novelty, high ABV and fun branding (and brand voice) than that style alone.

In other words, if it hasn't already, Voodoo Ranger has transcended style and become a Lifestyle Brand

Again, Voodoo Ranger has the credibility and license to play in whatever categories it wants.

And right now, hard tea is a good bet. (Especially in the convenience channel where they already dominate.)

And if this is the case, that gives their team more freedom to extend into other emergent categories, and do so at scale.

So does a Voodoo Ranger hard tea make sense?  

That's up to Voodoo Ranger drinkers (many of whom are younger and looking for more flavorful, novel, higher ABV options) to decide. 

 

 

We've been talking about behind the scenes Brand Strategy and Brand Architecture stuff today, but it's important to not lose sight of your customers in all this.

And especially so with any sort of extension.

​If you're considering a move like this, pause and ask yourself:


Is a —— drinker a —— drinker?


– Is a Voodoo Ranger drinker a Hard Tea drinker? 

– Is a Dale’s Pale Ale drinker a Light Lager drinker?

– Is a Hazy Little Thing drinker a Sour Ale drinker? 

If you think so, and it won't affect your Sub Brand's positioning, then you can move forward and Line Extend with confidence.

Around the Shop

CODO Design is speaking at CBC!

Cody and I have been selected to host a seminar at CBC this year titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop and/or discuss working together.

Nice article on CODO client Forest Road Brewing

Here's a cool feature on how Forest Road Brewing bought Russian River's brewhouse and then shipped it all the way around the world to London.

It's wild that this happened. And wilder still that the entire plan actually worked and they're now kicking out some of the best beer in the UK. 

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/can-you-line-extend-to-a-different-style/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 055

How to make your packaging work harder for your brewery.

Morning! 

Before diving into today's issue, I wanted to announce that CODO will be presenting at CBC in Las Vegas this April.

This is a huge honor, and we'll have more details on the seminar in the coming months.

I'll include a brief overview in the resources section at the bottom of this email in case you'll be there and want to attend our talk or grab a beer.

Anyway, couldn't wait to announce this.

But enough about us. Let's talk about you (and your brewery's packaging).





I was on a call with a brewery to discuss a package refresh recently and heard something interesting. 

“We’re not sure what we should feature most prominently on our packaging. We’re all over the place now and can’t decide if it makes sense to highlight our brewery’s logo, or the beer name and illustration, the style or some combination of these things.” 

This is actually a common pain point we hear in our work.

And if properly sorted, it can help you sell more beer. 

So that’s what I want to talk about today: Some thoughts on managing your package design hierarchy based on what we’re seeing in our daily project work here at CODO. 

We’ll start with a few strategic considerations and then get more tactical and immediately actionable.

This will give you some things to think about in case you’re considering a package refresh sometime soon. 

Let’s get into it.

(Above): Fernson Brewing had a clear understanding of what issues they wanted to address and what opportunities they saw in their market. Read more about how we helped them pivot their portfolio from a monolithic Branded House towards a series of Sub Brands.




Getting started: Identify your pain points, opportunities and goals

Before making any decisions, you first need to understand your pain points and goals.

You’ll likely do this before deciding that you need to refresh your packaging in the first place. But in case you haven’t, stop and answer the following questions:

– Why are you refreshing your packaging? 

– What isn’t working? 

– What would you like to do better?

– What opportunities do you see to improve things, in small ways and big? 

This may seem like an obvious point, but if you take some time to shake out what exactly it is that you want to address and accomplish through your revamp, you’ll have a clearer road map for how to get there. 

 

You need to understand your broader brand and portfolio strategy, positioning and Brand Architecture

Once you’ve framed your pain points and opportunities, you need to work through your overarching Brand Architecture.

In the interest of not adding another 1,200 words to this issue, you can learn more about this entire subject in our latest book, The Beyond Beer Handbook.

But at a glance, this is an important step because understanding whether you should build a monolithic Branded House vs. a series of Sub / Endorsed Brands vs. a portfolio of standalone brands will drive different design and hierarchy decisions. 

 

 

Once you have these initial strategic parameters defined, you can dig into the nuts and bolts of sorting out where all these info types should go on your packaging.
 

(Above): A look at the various info types you'll have to prioritize and layout across your packaging.


 

How to organize & prioritize your content

For a quick lay of the land, let’s take a look at all the information you have to balance on your packaging:

– Your brewery's brand identity (your core logo)
– The beer’s fanciful name (if applicable)
– The beer’s style
– The beer’s specific art, e.g. colors, illustrations and iconography (if applicable)
– The beer’s tasting notes and/or description
– The vessel size (e.g. 12 fl oz)
– Tagline / ethos statements
– Misc. violators (e.g. Awards, BA Independent Seal, specific health claims, provenance claims, etc.)
– Admin panel (e.g. Government warning, barcode, Brewed & Canned by statement, adjunct or special ingredient declarations, "please recycle,” be kind, rewind, etc.)
– Born on / best by dates 
– Nutritional Facts (if applicable)
– Quantity (for cartons, if applicable)
– Printer / can manufacturer indicia (if applicable)






So… that’s a lot of info to fit on a 12 or 16oz can. And even tougher if you’re bottling (which is essentially a business card-sized canvas). 

Here are a handful of things to think about as you set out to organize and prioritize all of this.

(Above): Bottles present another challenge due to their small canvas size. This usually means the carrier has to carry a lot more info (story, beer description, secondary iconography, etc.). 


 

Visit your retail partners and look at packaging in context (how will your beer be merchandised?)

This point has two benefits. 

1. It gives you a zoomed out view of your competitive set. You can see how your competition looks, what strategies (if any) they’re using and spot opportunities for differentiation.

2. It gives you a real world, unglamorous view at how your packaging will be merchandised. 

Why is this important? 

Because you sell beer in the real world (and not the hermetically sealed, and perfectly designed confines of Adobe Illustrator).

Example: There may be lip on a cooler rack that covers up an important piece of info on your packaging (e.g. your beer style or brewery name). 

Similarly, if you’re lucky enough to get a floor stack, will any critical info on your cans / cartons be cut off by the a ~3” side of your tray. (Also, design your trays. I know this is a throwaway piece here, but sweat the details.)

This is also an opportunity to see (and ask) how retailers will merchandise your beer.

Do they orient your 6-pk perfectly up right so the main hero side panel faces out (like you so lovingly envisioned during the design process)?

Or do they shove it in the cold box however, and wherever, it fits? 

A tactical note here: We’ve started making all 6-pk / 12-pk cartons more flexible for this very reason. Our goal is to give a retailer multiple merchandising opportunities, so that wherever, or however they stock your beer, the most pertinent info will be displayed. 

An example is swapping the orientation on each end—so one end of your carton can be displayed upright and the other can work horizontally.

Those, along with a well-designed side and top panels should cover you in all use cases. 

This asymmetry may hurt your sensibilities as a designer (it did ours, at first), but we’re designing this packing to work in the real world and sell more beer, so don’t pull any punches.

Get the important info out front and center where it needs to be.

 

Primary vs. Secondary Packaging

If you don’t use cartons, skip right ahead to the next section. But if you do, then you have a wealth of options when organizing all this information. 

Three points to start off:

1. Your cartons do all of your selling. It’s important to design a beautiful can that can stand on its own, but your carton is what people will see in retail. 

2. Each format has a different use case.

Your cartons need to billboard and jump off the shelf. Whereas your cans (or bottles) provide a more intimate experience (imagine someone drinking it and spinning it in their hand to read the back, or peeling the label, chucking it at a passing train, etc.) 

3. Your cans and cartons can, and likely should contain different information. They don’t have to be identical. 

What this means is that your cartons can be more brand forward—so taking advantage of color blocking, pushing your brewery’s brand (if appropriate), highlight the beer’s style and ABV (if these are important value props), etc.

You have to decide what your most important info is—what you want a consumer to see and immediately grasp so they pick your beer up. 

That’s usually your brewery’s brand, beer name, style, ABV and overall vibe.

Anything beyond this (the more technical / admin TTB-type stuff) can live on your cans (or elsewhere on your carton). 

This also allows you to expand on an illustration or some visual elements that may otherwise be hemmed in on a smaller can. 

And finally, think through how your cartons can billboard on shelf to punch above their weight in retail.

So make sure you think about your portfolio's broader gestalt across your different cartons as you’re designing them—how can they work together to better stand out from the set?

(Above): Your primary and secondary packaging can, and often should contain different information. Your carton is an opportunity to reach out across the aisle and grab someone's attention whereas your can offers a more detailed, intimate experience.

Read more about Good George Brewing's branding and package design process here.





The bottom of your carton is NOT a junk drawer 

Speaking candidly here: The bottom panel of your cartons can turn into a junk drawer where we throw all the other stuff that didn’t make it into the main panels (sides, ends, top) of your carton, but that you still insist we include.

Don’t do this if you can help it. (We try not to.)

Design your bottom panel with as much intention as the rest of your packaging. 

A few things we like to include here include:

– Your brewery’s story 
– Social media handles / activations 
– A map highlighting various taproom locations (if applicable)
– The barcode (if your retail partners allow you to put it down there)
– Best by / born on date codes (if you have an efficient way to add these to your cartons)
– Some sort of coupon / nudge to get someone to visit your taproom (if legal)
– Easter eggs. Something funny for people to find and share with friends. (Any opportunity to bring more wit and delight into this dark world should be taken. Give your fans a fun aha moment.)

Anything more than this can just clutter everything up. 

Avoid the junk drawer.

(Above): How does your packaging billboard? And how does it hang together if it's not merchandised together (if a retailer organizes beer by style vs. brand)?

You need to plan for all of these use cases and design your packaging to hang together (if strategically appropriate). 





On Duping (a tactical point here…)

Another tactical point here: If you’re using Paktechs, Hi-Cones, or any similar can ring packaging, you’ll inevitably run into facing issue in retail (where your cans spin around, preventing a customer from seeing the “front”).

One way we combat this is by “duping” the can design, that is, putting the exact same art on the “front” and “back” of the can.

You’ll still have an admin panel to contend with, but this gives you a much better shot at displaying what you want people to see. 

This isn’t always appropriate, given your can design, goals and competitive set, but it’s a good move if it is.

A final thought: If everything is important, then nothing is important

There’s a meme in the design industry: "Make the logo bigger."

And we’ve seen this in our work as well. 

Can we make the beer name bigger? And our logo? And can the style size be bumped up a bit?

Properly designing your packaging involves determining what info is most important so your potential customer knows why they should grab your product. 

So think about your customers. Create a clear hierarchy that they can easily decipher.

Make their decision easier. 

And sell more beer.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at CBC this April!

Cody and I are honored to be presenting at this year's CBC. 

Our seminar is titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

(New record for longest seminar title in CBC history???)

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop.

Otherwise, learn more about the presentation at the link below.

Shoutout to CODO client Prost Brewing

Congratulations to David and the rest of the Prost team on opening their North Glenn production facility.

This move has been year's in the making and we're excited to see how they scale with this new capacity in place.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/get-your-packaging-hierarchy-dialed-in/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 054

When should you endorse, and when should you just launch a new brand?

Morning (and happy new year!).

We’re written before about the nuances between Brand Extensions and Sub Brands, as well as the fine line between Sub and Endorsed Brands

Today, I want to talk about Endorsed Brands vs. creating a new, standalone brand, and use cases for when you might consider one approach over the other. 

We’re seeing this decision come up more often in our work these days as breweries launch new products (beer or beyond), or bring a new taproom concept online, or figure out how to handle the branding for a business they recently acquired.

This is an interesting topic that you may encounter this year, so let’s get into it.

(Above): Today's issue focuses on the right side of the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum.




First, a few quick definitions. From The Beyond Beer Handbook here:

An Endorsed Brand is built to stand mostly on its own, but with some sort of endorsement—an assurance of quality, trust and credibility—from your established parent brand. An Endorsed Brand leverages the mind share and reputation of your parent brand while insulating it to varying degrees.


A standalone, or new brand has zero connection with your parent brand. Under this approach, each brand has its own positioning, brand identity, personality and voice, value props and messaging, and is completely independent as far as the consumer is concerned.



Now that you've got a lay of the land, let's explore when an Endorsed Brand can make sense.

(Above): Endorsed Brand examples.




An Endorsed Brand can make sense when:


When you are a specialist and planning to make something markedly different than what you’re known for

This point is so important, that it acts as sort of a go / no-go question on our Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.). Meaning, if you’re a specialist brewery, that is, you’re known for making a singular style (all lagers, all sours, etc.), then anything you release that runs counter to this style risks muddying your parent brand’s positioning.

So an Endorsed Brand (at the very least) can make sense for your new product if there’s a compelling reason to maintain some tie to your parent brand. That could be that you’re targeting the same audience, but maybe a markedly different occasion, or you want to take advantage of existing distribution channels, or if you expect your parent brand to see a nice boost (the halo effect) by being associated with this exciting, new product.

 

Consider the halo effect & how this can benefit your parent brand 

One of the biggest risks of overextending your brand, via Line / Brand Extensions and overall category creep, is changing what your brewery stands for in people’s minds. This is a phenomenon we refer to as repositioning your parent brand. (E.g. is Bud Light a beer brand, or a hard soda-seltzer-lemonade-cider-chelada brand?)

We’re currently writing a standalone BBT issue on this topic—stay tuned—but we can touch on it here briefly. 

Repositioning your parent brand (due to misaligned extensions) is almost always framed as a negative thing. But there are instances where you can positively reposition your parent brand via association with a wildly successful new product.

And this is one variable you may consider when deciding between launching a new product with an Endorsement vs. as a standalone brand. What benefits can your parent brand see from this association? 

I use (and will continue using—see below) Bud Light as an overtly negative example here.

A positive example would be Voodoo Ranger, which still maintains a small Endorsement from New Belgium even though, I would wager that functionally, this brings nothing to the table at this point in terms of nudging people to trial the Voodoo line itself.

Instead, this Endorsement exists to invite Voodoo Ranger drinkers to look into other New Belgium products.

(Above, Top): Note the simple New Belgium Endorsement on all Voodoo Ranger products.

(Above, Bottom): 
Is Bud Light a beer brand, or a hard soda-seltzer-lemonade-cider-chelada brand? ABI has hollowed out this brand with countless Brand and Line Extensions. An Endorsed approach could have taken some of the sharper edges off of some of these new products (Bud Light Seltzer Hard Soda… what are we doing here?).


A standalone (new) brand can make sense when: 

 

A link to your parent brand just doesn’t make sense 

An obvious point here is when any tie to your parent brand will hurt the credibility of the new product, or your parent brand 

This can be due to misaligned values, target audience, occasion, category, price point—whatever the reason—a connection doesn’t make sense.

 

When you want to create a brand that can travel 

We’re seeing a small trend right now, especially amongst our Legacy and Regional Brewery clients of re-entrenching in their home territory. That is, pulling back from further afield markets to focus on their backyard. 

And this makes perfect sense in a world with ~10k breweries. But even with these moves happening, there’s still a desire to find growth by reaching into neighboring markets, if you have a product that consumers actually want—that has an actual reason for existing—and if that brand can credibly travel into those adjacent markets to serve them.

One specific tactic we’re seeing here is launching a new brand, with zero tie to your parent brand, specifically to go out into neighboring markets in a way that your parent brand might not credibly be able to do. 

Here, you're still facing the long term work of building up a new brand, but at least you're not doing so under the yoke of your parent brand's reputation.

(Above): Sierra Nevada's growing beyond beer range gives us some great examples of these different Brand Architecture approaches. 

Their Little Thing line is an Endorsed Brand, whereas Strainge Beast Kombucha is an entirely new brand. The former is a beer that aligns well with their current positioning, whereas the latter is an entirely new product. And Kombucha, in particular, is a tough positioning challenge, at the category level. So much better to swing wide and not tie this to their parent brand.





Some finer points & caveats 

 

Is there a cost difference between these approaches? 

Functionally, an Endorsed Brand and a new standalone brand will require the same level of budget and time and energy to get off the ground.

Counterintuitively, an Endorsed Brand may be more difficult (from a design perspective) because you have to sort out to what degree you bring the parent brand into the fold vs. creating a new brand where you can just design something to stand on its own from the jump without having to resolve this relationship.


Do you have the capacity to pull this off? 

One reason you might choose a Sub Brand vs. an Endorsed Brand is that you generally don’t need as much capacity (time, budget, staff) to promote and build a brand that is closely aligned with your parent band. This is one of the Sub Brand's main draws—any move you make to build your parent brand, or the Sub, can work hand-in-hand to raise awareness of your entire enterprise. 

This becomes an important distinction for considering an Endorsed Brand or a standalone brand. In either case you'll have to bring the same resources to the table to build this brand as you do your parent brand.

That means you’ll need people and budgets and annual planning to build a new brand.

So if you’re a smaller brewery with limited resources, you may want to consider some level of Endorsement instead of creating a new brand (at least initially) because this gives you an important connection with your parent brand that can act as a force multiplier for a smaller team. 

Though if you're really resource strapped, it may make more sense to firmly align this new release with your parent brand as a Sub Brand (assuming doing so won't harm your parent brand and will set up the new brand for success).


Be wary of Brand Dilution

A final caveat here: As with any of Brand Architecture move (e.g. Line and Brand Extensions, Sub Brands, Hybrid Brands), balance is key. An Endorsed Brand can be a great way to extend into another category, but if you overuse this and launch dozens of Endorsed Brands, you can start to weaken the strength of the parent brand in the minds of your customers, no different than if you release a series of misguided Line Extensions. 

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at CiderCon!

Cody and I will be taking the main stage at CiderCon this year to discuss how Brand Architecture can help you scale your cider business. 

We'll be meeting with several clients, and prospective clients, while out there, but we should still have time to hang if you'll be at the conference.

Shoot me an email if you're in Portland January 17–19 and want to talk shop.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/endorsed-brand-vs-new-brand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to field our latest round of listener-submitted questions.

Episode Notes

Listener submitted questions:

1. Can a brewery handle its rebrand in-house or should this always be outsourced?

2. Does CODO prefer branding new breweries or rebranding established ones?

3. Did CODO ever considering opening a brewery? Plus, what beverage category would we launch right now if we were in the market to?

4. Do you think it’s worth putting the Brewers Association’s Independent Seal on packaging these days?

5. How should we deal with a delicate IP / beer naming situation?

6. What are some tips for how to be a terrible client? (???)

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/058-can-you-rebrand-in-house-plus-what-do-we-think-about-the-bas-independent-seal/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss qualitative and quantitive reasons for rebranding a brewery, and why all roads ultimately lead to increasing revenue.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Should all brewery rebrands lead to growth?

2. On Fat Rare and Samuel Adams’ recent rebrands.

3. Various reasons for rebranding we’ve heard from our clients:

– “Our packaging is all over the place visually. And with 25+ new releases per year, it’s always getting worse.”

– “We’ve got multiple locations now and want to develop a consistent look and experience that spans the entire company.”

– “We’re not really sure what our story is. Sure, we’ve grown a lot and people love our beer, but I feel like we could be so much further along if we actually spent time dialing in our marketing and branding.”

– “We’re shifting to a new format (moving from 12oz to 16oz cans) and want to make everything hang together on shelf.”

– “We’re buying a brewery and, other than the name, think everything about the existing branding and packaging needs to change.”

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/all-rebrands-should-lead-to-growth/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the merits of a Branded House Brand and why this could be an important part of your brewery’s portfolio.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What is a Branded House?

2. In defense of the Branded House [BBT Newsletter]

3. Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum

4. The Branded House for the new brewery

5. The Branded House for an established brewery coming out of a rebrand

6. Mission Brewing’s rebrand as an example

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/in-defense-of-the-branded-house/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the nuances between a rebrand and a brand refresh (and why your intent matters more than anything).

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. “Do you think this will be a rebrand or a refresh?”

2. Craft Beer, Rebranded

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/rebrands-vs-brand-refreshes-revisited/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 053

Year end action items to set yourself up for a stronger 2024.

Morning!

If you haven't already, please take our year end survey (less than 3 minutes).

This will help to shape our content in 2024.

And as a thanks for your time, we'll give you a code for 20% off any of our books.

Okay, let's talk year end planning.
 


 

I wanted to talk with you one more time before CODO goes dark for our year end break. 

Year end is always an interesting time: I personally go back and forth between wanting to burn the ships and sprint into the new year like a maniac aaaaand not doing anything but hang out with my kids and catch my breath.

No matter where you fall on that spectrum, this is a good time to look ahead to the new year.

I originally sat down to write about how CODO conducts its annual business review, but figured that would be boring. And besides, we’re a branding firm and not (checks notes) a brewery. So I'm not sure how useful our process would be for your business.

Instead, I want to give you a few valuable things you can do to improve your branding and marketing as you head into 2024. These are all ideas that we’ve run across in our project work this year with breweries and Bev Alc companies across America and around the world.

Call these gifts to yourself and your team, or, new year’s resolutions. However you want to frame them, these items will help to make your brand and marketing stronger next year. 

Check this all out and share with your team if you see anything you want to act on (have them subscribe to the newsletter here).

And in case you don’t make it all the way to the end of this issue, I wanted to thank you for reading BBT this year.

It’s rewarding hearing back from you after sending these out each month. I appreciate you being here, and I hope you have a lovely, restful holiday break.

Let’s come back recharged and get after it in 2024.

!!! Please take our year end survey (& save 20%) !!!

1. Start building your newsletter subscriber list

I believe we're going to see a bevy of new regulations on how Bev Alc companies can market themselves in the coming decade, including which social channels they can and can't use, specific language requirements, new rules on how they're merchandised in retail, and so forth.

Through these changes, it will become more critical than ever to stay in contact with your customers. And I believe email marketing will be one of your most important promotional channels because of this.

But you can't can't begin email marketing unless you have a list of subscribers (revelatory insights here at BBT, I know). 

That makes building your email marketing list one of the most valuable things you can do in 2024. 

Even if you already have a healthy number of subscribers—2k, 5k, 10k+, you need to continually be building (and maintaining) your list. I’m starting with a low bar here: At a minimum, you need to be collecting email addresses. This should be a central CTA on your website and through your POS system if possible.


2. Create a rough content marketing plan / engine (& define your key communication pillars)

This idea can be intimidating when you’re first starting out. What channels do we use? What do we write about? Do we need to use video? Etc.

And indeed, many of our clients have multiple employees on their marketing team (CMO, brand director(s), in-house designer(s), social media lead, eComm lead) to share the load.

But let’s set all that aside and in a broad strokes way, sketch out the 3 or 4 big messages that you want people to take away from your brewery's marketing.

What do you want people to think about when they hear your brewery’s name? How do you want them to describe your brand to their friends?

Have everyone on your team answer this question: If you could go into someone’s head and put 3 or 4 big messages about your brand in there, what would those be?

Once you’ve defined these points, create a note (in whatever app you prefer: e.g. Apple Notes, Drive, Evernote, Notion) and begin charting out all the different topics and ideas that you could write about that fall into these buckets. 

Here’s an example: 

Pillar 1: We make world class barrel aged beer.

Content ideas to support this message:

– What is the history of barrel-aged beers? 
– Why are you passionate about this program? 
– What is a Cooperage?
– Brandy vs. Whiskey barrels
– What is char?
– What is a bung? (lol)
– What is the best type of lumber for barrels? 
– Why is barrel-aged beer so expensive? 
– How does time in the barrel affect flavor?
– Why does barrel aged barley wine make me want to fight my uncle?
– Food & barrel aged beer pairing ides


… you get the idea, and you can probably come up with 15 more compelling ideas on this in the next three minutes.

Continue building this list daily. Anytime an interesting idea pops into your head, you have to write it down or it will disappear forever.

Once you have a system for documenting your ideas in place, your next step is to figure out how you want to craft these stories and where you should put them (newsletter vs. social channel vs. blog vs. podcast vs. YouTube vs. …)

I’m going to cut this short here because actually implementing this plan is a major investment in time and energy. 

Some homework for you: Look into how to develop an Editorial Calendar. This can make your content planning a much easier process.

But for now, just start collecting ideas and organizing your thoughts on what sorts of stories interest you and your team.


3. Start emailing your list 

Notice I didn’t say, “start email marketing.” No, just email your list, and do it in a way that’s sustainable for you.

This can be once a month, daily, every two weeks (like we try to do)—you pick the cadence. But whatever it is, make sure you can keep it up over the next year. 

What should you send them?

There are two big buckets you can start with. Eventually, these can be broken into different segmented lists that people can join over time: 

– Utilitarian Info = new beers, menu changes, news & events 

– Lifestyle Stuff = behind the scenes, stories about your people and products, how you shape your community, any interesting stories (especially from that list you made in the last point)

This is all broad stroke. Eventually, you'll have a well thought out content marketing plan and a clearer picture of what you need to be sending, when you need to be sending it, and get more granular with your segmentation.

But worry about that later. For now, just get going.


4. Build your media library 

Here’s a small, tactical point that can make your life easier: Create a central repository for all of your important digital and marketing assets. 

This can include sales sheets and label die lines and working files, typography files, Brand Guidelines—all the things you need to effectively run your brewery's marketing. 

But more germane to our conversation here would be clearly labeled folders with product photography, videos, text docs—anything you use to sell your beer and tell your story, put it here so you can go back and reference it later. 

You’d be surprised just how much good content you can accrue over a year and this will come in handy down the line when you go to redesign your website, or put together new posters, etc. 

Where do you put this info? This doesn't really matter so long as it's on the cloud and accessible by everyone on your team (and shareable). So that can be Dropbox, Drive, Brandfolder, or any other relevant DAM system. 


5. Intellectual Property (IP) Hygiene

One of the more common issues we run into during the course of our work is IP troubles. And unfortunately, this is usually uncovered later in an engagement.

Example: we’re working through Brand Strategy as part of a rebrand and it turns out that the name for your best selling IPA isn’t federally trademarked. Oh, and there’s a brewery who did trademark that name a few states over. (Cue foghorn)

If you've got an IP issue that you’re aware of, and have been kicking it down the road until now, you should consider tackling it today.

Yes, knockout searches and trademark work costs money. But this is an investment that protects your most important asset as you grow. 

Shoot me an email if you’d like a beer & beverage IP attorney referral. We work with one of the best and would be happy to pass their info along.


6. Take your brand and Brand Architecture seriously

I know, the beer and beverage branding firm guy telling you to consider updating your brand is like asking a barber if you need a haircut. But hear me out.

We're seeing a litany of complex Brand Strategy and Architecture issues in our work right now. And we're helping breweries across the country unspool issues that, in some cases, have been building for decades.

If you have, over the last few years…

– Opened a new location 
– Purchased another brewery (or a brand)
Built a Sub Brand
– Launched a beyond beer product 
Rationalized your portfolio
– Experienced a change in leadership 
– Tried to evolve your eCommerce platform 
– Signed with a new distributor 


… and you haven't paused to think about how these changes impact your brewery's brand and positioning, you may want to consider doing so. 

Does your current portfolio align with your brand story and positioning? (Do you know your brewery's brand story?) Does your messaging support these things? Do you have a clear idea of your brewery's values?

I want you to take your brewery's brand seriously in 2024.

Think about where your business is today, and where you want to take it over the coming years.

And take the steps to begin that journey.

(Above): Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion workbook are a step-by-step guide to help you map out a successful strategy for rebranding your brewery.


 

Some quick hits here: 


If you’re thinking about a rebrand…

If you’re thinking about some sort of refresh in 2024—a subtle brand evolution, a package revamp or a wholesale rebrand, here are a few things you should be thinking about now.

– What do you want to accomplish? What pain points are you trying to address and/or what opportunities are you wanting to move on? 

– You should think about your teamWho needs to be involved to ensure a successful project?

– You should think about your visual and Brand Equity: What visual signifiers and reputational considerations do you own that are sacrosanct? And what can be jettisoned? 

– Start thinking about how you will launch your rebrand. (Yes, even before kicking the project off.).

– Read Craft Beer, Rebranded for a complete roadmap for this process.

(Above): How we refreshed Fernson Brewing's packaging.  




If you’re thinking about launching some sort of Extension… 

– Get a handle on your overall Brand Architecture system. Our Beyond Beer Handbook will make quick work of this. 

– If you're considering some sort of Sub Brand (e.g. Sub / Endorsed Brand), revisit our Sub Brand Summer series. Read issues 1, 2 and 3.

– If you have a drilled down product idea and just need quick orientation for how to launch it within your portfolio, take the Beverage Extension Assessment Tool.
 

If you might buy a brewery or brand (or form a JV)…

We're fielding several new inquiries each month from brewery owners who have acquired another brewery or specific brand. This has been happening steadily for the last 18 months, but we're seeing (anecdotally) a major uptick in this activity. 

There are deals to be had if you're looking. And if you are, here are a few resources to make sure you go into this situation with a better idea of what you want to accomplish: 

– Revisit our thinking on buying a brewery.

– Read about our work with Mission Brewing after their ownership changed hands. And here's a companion podcast if you'd prefer that medium.

– We're working on a deep dive series on this topic slated to roll out in summer 2024. It's gonna be a good one. Stay tuned.

(Above): Some fun feedback on our post-acquisition rebranding work with Mission Brewing.




(and finally) Take care of yourself

I'm not going to be so bold as to tell you how much alcohol you should or shouldn't drink, or how many times per week you should work out, or how much screen time you should get. (I'm still figuring these out myself.)

But do make sure you’re taking time away from work to recharge regularly—to fill your cup. Whatever that means to you, take this seriously.

In the end, all we really have is our health and our family anyway. So make sure you practice whatever self care you need to to better show up wherever you're needed.





Thanks again for reading BBT this year. We'll catch back up with you after the new year.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at Cider Con in Portland

CODO will be out in Portland, Oregon this January to present at CiderCon. 

We've been immersed in hard cider (not literally, though that could be nice?) over the last year and are excited to step on stage to discuss how Brand Strategy and Architecture can help you scale your cider business.

We'll be meeting with several clients while out there, but should still have time to hang. Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and want to talk shop.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/year-end-action-items-2/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss action items to set yourself up for a strong 2024.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Cody is too jacked. It’s distracting.

2. Start building your email newsletter list.

3. Start emailing your list. (Revelatory!)

4. Build a *rough* content marketing plan.

5. Build your media library

6. Intellectual Property hygiene

7. Take care of yourself

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/year-end-action-items/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 052

How to make your Brand Strategy actionable (on Brand Essences & alchemy)

Hi, there.

If you get a chance, we'd love if you could take our year end survey (~3 minutes). This will help to shape our content in 2024.

And as a thanks for your time, we'll give you a 20% off code applicable to any of our books.

Or if you already have all of our books, I can email you the joke my 6 year old gleefully told me the other day (it's a banger). 

Okay, let's discuss Brand Strategy and alchemy. 

Defining your brewery’s Brand Strategy is a critical business function. This process will map out how you intend to differentiate your business in the long term, and outlines all the components your team needs to help you achieve that objective—so how to get from here to there. 

A proper Brand Strategy process will frame things like your positioning and key differentiator(s), brand personality and voice, your brand values (all three levels), your key messaging as well as your day-to-day mission.

But from a practical standpoint, all of this work doesn’t help you if it’s not wrapped up in a story and art direction. Even the best documented, all-killer-no-filler 2 or 3 page Brand Strategy doc won’t give your team anything to execute against if it’s not accessible and immediately actionable. It’ll just join the other digital miscellanea you've collected over the years, and languish in the cloud. 

The lynchpin that allows your team to put this strategy into action is your Brand Essence.

So I want to explore this today, in case you’re thinking about rebranding, or bringing a new brand to market in the coming year.

Let’s define Brand Essence and examine the role it plays in your Brand Strategy and positioning process as well as its role in art directing your identity (via creative alchemy!).

(Above): The top image is how we initial shared the 'Utilitarian Beer' Brand Essence to the Birdsmouth Beer team. And you can see how that idea evolved and took shape as we made our way through their brand identity and package design process. 

Read more about our work with Birdsmouth here.



 

What is your Brand Essence?

Your Brand Essence is a distillation of the most compelling idea behind your brewery. It’s your why and your mission, vision, values and positioning all wrapped up into a concise statement. 

It is mostly an internal tool used to capture the spirit of your brewery as opposed to a public-facing statement or tagline (though it can transform into a public-facing asset in some contexts—we'll circle back to this in a bit). Think of it as a way of driving every decision you make from the moment of its definition through the entire (re)branding process. 

It serves as a touchstone against which we can weigh any design concepts. (e.g. Does this packaging direction reinforce our essence, or does it stray?) If we can get super-specific and granular on your messaging now, it will make all downstream branding work—the graphic design portion—more consistent and clear.

Here are a handful of brand essences we’ve developed over the years:

– Squared Away Advocate
– Relaxed Fit
– San Diego Icon
– Here Be Dragons
– Your Favorite Uncle
– PNW Provenance
– Cider Renegade
– Flyover Craft
– Indiana Jones, Minus the Tweed 
– Blue Collar Scientists
– Working Class Hero 
– Relentless Tinkerer

(Above): Prost Brewing's Brand Essence, Berlin Modern, blends traditional German aesthetics with more contemporary trappings to immediately convey their core differentiator (authentic German-style beer) in a way that resonates with younger Colorado (and now far beyond) drinkers. Read more about how we blended these ideas here.




Some notes on format ( + blending compelling ideas )

Our first major presentation during a branding, or rebranding project, is Brand Strategy. This includes all of our due diligence—notes, findings and recommendations—from our field work and research. Along with this, we’ll usually share two or three Brand Essences. 

But if a Brand Essence is the single most compelling idea behind your brewery, why would you show two or three options? 

That’s a great question (and I’m glad you asked). 

It almost all projects, multiple compelling ideas will emerge from our research. And they are often all contenders for viable differentiators and Essences. So by pulling these out and examining them individually, we can weigh the merits of each one on its own, and then blend the other ones in from there as needed.

This is the first bit of alchemy that occurs during the branding process: Where we’re codifying and putting onto paper something that has, here-to-fore, lived entirely in your team's head(s). 

From a process standpoint: This also allows our clients to weigh in at a critical juncture and gut check everything. Are these ideas good to go or have we missed something important along the way?

In either case, this gives us a good opportunity to make sure we’re aligned as we move into the next phase of the process: Visual art direction.

(Above): Here are several examples of how we present initial Brand Essences. You’ll see a title—the Essence itself—the beginnings of a brand story (so what problem are you solving for people, what role will you play in their life, what is your point of view and how are you uniquely different from your competitors) as well as your brand personality and visual cues.

 

Moving from concept to visuals ( art direction, rapid prototyping & alchemy

If defining your Brand Essence is the first bit of alchemy that happens during the branding process, then the next piece of alchemy—the real magic—lies in actually figuring out what these ideas should look and feel like. 

The leap from a well defined Brand Strategy and creative brief to developing a Modular Brand Identity System and packaging that works in the market and helps you build your business is a major (major) hurdle. 

Imagine going straight from a kickoff conversation to looking at initial logo concepts a few weeks later. That doesn't leave a lot of wiggle room to make sure your branding partner understands what you're trying to accomplish (or even what your team is envisioning). 

It’s this point in the creative process where most of your process hiccups (i.e. seeing stuff you don't like) will occur. 

Mood Boards allow us to smooth over this transition and once again ensure that we’re aligned with our clients as to what your brand should look like.

 

Mood Boards 

A Mood Board is a collage that art directs what your brand could look and feel like.

The type of imagery we curate will shift depending on what we're slated to tackle once we're wrapped up with Strategy. e.g. If we're revamping your entire portfolio from the ground up, then we'll gather more packaging and print examples to demonstrate what a particular direction can look like. A website revamp will include more digital examples, and so forth.

This approach has two benefits: 

1. From a process standpoint ( emotional intelligence + aligning your team )

Your team has a vision in mind (often, different visions amongst the various stakeholders). And our team, as external subject matter experts, will also develop a vision and point of view for what your brand should look like as we progress through the process. 

Once we’ve defined your Brand Essence, the next challenge will be to work together as a team to art direct that idea. And sharing and discussing multiple Mood Board options is a great way for your team to weigh in and shape the process (and more often than not, work through any disagreements you may have amongst your group). 

Some of the liveliest debates in our work happens in these presentations because now it’s time to put up or shut up. We’ve worked through Brand Strategy and defined your Essence, an now your team has to fully commit: What does this all look like? And do we all still agree that this is the correct path?


2. Mood Boards as a rapid prototyping tool 

The second major benefit of using Mood Boards to transition from strategy to visual art direction is that it allows you to rapidly prototype what your brand identity (or packaging, merch, website) can look and feel like without spending weeks and tens of thousands of dollars to get to that initial (shiny) presentation.

If your Mood Boards are built properly, you can get a sense of how your logo and typography and colors will look and feel. And you can quickly determine what feels right and what feels wrong. 

Again, this gets everyone on the same page so you know what to expect when we doing finally get to share (graphic) design work.

(Above, Top): Mood board examples.

(Above, Bottom):
A few examples of how we document the final Brand Essence in our Brand Guidelines. We're constantly tinkering with how we design and deliver these docs so that they're more useful. Here's a fun podcast we recorded on guidelines a while back if you want our unvarnished opinion on this subject. 




Wrapping up


I mentioned earlier that your Brand Essence is usually an internal process tool—a way to put name to an idea so that we can efficiently move onto art direction and build your identity.

But sometimes, your Essence can become public-facing. Though it's worth mentioning that developing a tagline is an important process in its own right—one that blends your Essence with a direct value prop in a short, quippy, available-to-be-trademarked way. So it's never a guarantee that your Essence can be pressed into service this way. 

Whether or not your Essence becomes public, I think the most important role this concept plays is as an internal battle flag for your team.

Your Brand Essence should serve as an ongoing touchstone that guides important business decisions (Where do we open our next taproom? What sort of extensions should we consider? What sort of businesses and/or brands could it make sense to acquire down the line?). 

And many of our clients have used this language to recruit and train new employees, wrapping it up as part of their larger indoctrination onboarding process to teach people (this can be C-suite hires down to taproom staff) why their brewery is so special and how to tell that story to everyone they meet. 

This gets everyone rowing in the same direction and can engender a powerful esprit de corps throughout your business.

And with enough of that, you can conquer the world.

Around the Shop

CODO is headed to Oregon to speak at CiderCon

CODO will be out in sunny Portland, Oregon this January to present at CiderCon. 

We've been immersed in hard cider (not literally, though that could be nice?) over the last year and are excited to step on stage to discuss how Brand Strategy and Architecture can help you scale your cider business.

We'll be meeting with several clients while out there, but should still have time to hang if you'll be there. 

Please shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and want to talk shop.

What is Gender Neutral Design?

Gen Z's values and habits are miles away from craft beer's traditional audience. So how can you stay on your toes and continue to bring these new, younger drinkers to the fold? 

One way is to make sure you’re not excluding anyone from the jump with your packaging. 

This conversation with Chloe Gordon, Content Editor at The Dieline, examines Gender Neutral Design, and how you could roll this into your packaging to make sure you're speaking to a wider array of potential fans.

A lovely look at KettleHouse

Good Beer Hunting ran a nice piece on longtime CODO client, KettleHouse. This is a good look at how their brewery has weathered the last few years and continues to evolve after more than 28 years of business. 

Read more about our Brand Refresh work with KettleHouse here.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-make-your-brand-strategy-actionable/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss Legacy Breweries: What are they and what unique challenges do they face today?

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What is a Legacy Brewery? [BBT Newsletter]

2. Traditionally defined as ~25+ years old

3. CODO defines a Legacy Brewery as any group that came to market around the start of the craft beer boom in 2010

4. The amount of breweries that opened in your market after you is more important than your overall age

5. Advice for Legacy Breweries

6. Lean into your historicity

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/what-is-a-legacy-brewery-2/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss why the way we help our clients launch their rebrands has shifted so dramatically over the last few years (and how to best announce yours moving forward).

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. XX

2. XX

3. XX

4. XX

5. XX

6. XX

7. XX

8. XX

9. XX

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/embracing-the-staggered-rebrand-launch-3/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 051

In defense of the
Branded House

Hi, there. 

We’ve spent a lot of time focusing on how your brewery can build Sub Brands this year. This was spurred by two major trends:

1. Shoppers are increasingly buying beer based on brand more than style (e.g. “I want a 6-pk of Voodoo Ranger,” vs. “I want a 6-pk of IPA”), a concept that supports building more individualized brands within your broader portfolio. We first detailed this shift in our 2023 Annual Beer Branding Trends Review

2. Anecdotally, we’re seeing this every day in our project work here at CODO. After brewery rebrands and package refreshes, building some sort of Sub Brand (e.g. an IPA family, a craft lager or a Hop Water) has been one of our most common engagements over the last year. 

So Sub Brands have been top of mind around the shop for a while now. (Revisit our Sub Brand Summer series for a full run down on this subject.)

And while this is an important Brand Architecture strategy for craft breweries right now, I worry that by focusing too heavily on this specific idea, you may lose sight of the importance of continuing to build your brewery’s parent brand itself. 

And there’s no better way to do that than by building a robust Branded House, for at least part of your portfolio.

So that's what we're going to discuss today: The merits of the Branded House Brand Architecture model. What is it, when does it make sense, and why should your brewery—whether you're 25+ years old or still in-planning—might want to consider it as you build, or rebuild your portfolio.

(Above): Your brewery's parent brand is most prominent on the left side of the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum, under the Branded House model.

As you make your way further to the right on the Continuum, into Endorsed Brand and House of Brands territory, your parent brand's role diminishes until it's no longer present anywhere.



 

Starting out: What is a Branded House? 


From The Beyond Beer Handbook:

A Branded House architecture centers around a strong parent brand (corporate name and brand identity) that is prominently displayed on all products.

A Branded House creates a consistent experience across all your brands and touch points, building equity and recognition for the parent brand every step of the way. Visually, this manifests in the consistent and intentional use of logos, icons, typography, color and packaging composition.

Under this approach, your parent brand is the main purchasing driver (the reason someone is buying your product) for customers.

Read more about the role your parent brand plays in your Brand Architecture here.

(Above): A brewery with a clear point of view and positioning is in a good place to fly under a Branded House, so long as any new products align with their established messaging.

Great examples:

– Dogfish Head focuses on culinary ingredients and processes, and this approach (and brand) naturally extended to their distillery business. 

– Prost is an all German-style brewery, so their flagship line can safely carry the same identity across the board.

– Athletic Brewing is 100% NA, so you know exactly what you're getting if you see an Athletic can in the cooler.




When can a Branded House make sense for your brewery? 
 

For the new brewery / brewery-in-planning (a Branded House offers recognition through clarity and repetition)

A Branded House is the most common Brand Architecture system in the craft beer industry, and it’s particularly valuable for startup breweries. 

And this isn’t by accident. 

As a new brewery, you're fighting a pitched battle from day one. You're competing with established local breweries, not to mention Big Craft, Big Beer and beyond beer products for customer mindshare (general awareness), draft lines and space in the cold box.

(You’re also competing with local bars and restaurants, though that’s a conversation for another day.) 

By uniting all of your products under your single parent brand—under a singular banner—you can make a bigger impact at launch. Through repetition and consistency, a Branded House will lend a feeling of reliability over time.

In other words, whenever someone comes across your brand in the wild (online or on a draft list), they will see your parent brand (again and again and again…). And all of these impressions add up to help you stay top of mind next time they go out to buy beer.  

This is such an important benefit that, unless you have a clear vision for a single product brand, or you intend to build a true House of Brands (a portfolio of disparate products with zero tie to each other), then the Branded House should (in almost all cases) be your default operating system when coming to market.
 


When you have a crystal clear point of view and will use that idea to guide future new product development (NPD)

If you have a well known point of view and positioning (e.g. Athletic Brewing's focus on NA beer or Prost's all-German-style portfolio), then a Branded House can be an effective way of uniting everything you do under that idea. 

Another great example here is Dogfish Head's historic focus on culinary ingredients and boundary-pushing product development. This differentiated point of view lends itself well to a Branded House that starts at their flagship beer portfolio and seamlessly carries through (via Brand Extensions) to their distillery and canned cocktails.


For the established brewery with too many disparate offerings that have become unwieldy to manage

A Branded House can also be a great model for an established brewery that wants to rein in and focus its portfolio.

This is a common pain point we see in our brewery rebranding work. If you’ve spent years releasing beers with fanciful names and marketed more on their own, you may have skipped over building your parent brand equity along the way. 

Throw in a few broader economic drivers like SKU rationalization, changing consumer preferences and breweries taking a hard look at their COGS to determine which beers they can (or can't) continue to profitably produce, and you have an opportunity to restructure your portfolio. Sometimes dramatically. 

And segmenting your lineup, if even partially, can allow you to build a more consistent “house” look so that you show up more consistently in retail.


Sub point to this last idea:


A Branded House can be a great way to re-introduce a brewery's portfolio coming out of a rebrand

While every brewery will have a different competitive set, project context and Brand Equity to consider, rolling out your flagship packaging under a monolithic Branded House after a rebrand can be a great way of introducing your new look and feel to your fans. 

We wrote about this tactic specifically in our Mission Brewing rebrand case study: "This first wave of package design is purpose-built to reintroduce Mission Brewing to the market, and to help customers become acquainted with the revived look and feel."




(Below): We built Mission Brewing's flagship lineup specifically to introduce their updated brand identity. We'll push this look for a few years before considering any updates (e.g. fleshing out additional Sub Brands and extensions).

(Above): Big Lug Brewing released their flagship line under a Branded House model explicitly to leverage their renowned brewpub experience—to better connect their own-premise vibe with the off-premise. 





On the Branded House: A few benefits + a drawback 

 

A benefit: A Branded House allows you to quickly (and affordably) generate new brands and labels

A Branded House, or more specifically, a global label template, can be valuable when your brewery team has limited internal capacity and needs an efficient way to generate ongoing new packaging on tight timelines.

From an internal process standpoint, rolling out new products is easier (than, say, developing a Sub Brand) under a monolithic Branded House because you’re never starting from scratch. Your messaging is already defined and customers know what to expect. You may already have a package design template set up, or at least know the cues that need to be present in order to carry the message of the parent brand.

And all of this helps you more effectively manage tight timelines.

A quick note: It's important not to conflate a label template system with a Branded House. To wit, you can build a Branded House without using templates and while still using individualized labels. However, your lineup will lose some of its punch, and perceptual billboarding ability, out on shelf without some semblance of consistency.

Read more about the pros and cons of creating label templates here.

 

A benefit: A Branded House allows for greater economies of scale

Focusing all of your effort and budget into building your parent brand can help you gain traction sooner than if you're dividing your time (and resources) across multiple brands. 

Every packaging decision you make, every event you host, every community partnership you make, every beer you release—all of these things help to develop your parent brand’s reputation and solidify your positioning.

This makes the Branded House the most cost-effective operating expense (OpEx) model available.

 

A drawback: If one touch point falters, your entire brand can be affected

A Branded House approach can be a double-edged sword.

It can help you efficiently build a strong brand and gain consumer mindshare. But an otherwise annoying issue—PR blunder, QC problem, etc.— can cause your broader portfolio to take a hit simply by association.

Fair or unfair, this is an important consideration to keep in mind when building a Branded House.

(Above): Good George Brewing reined in their expansive portfolio by introducing a Branded House at flagship level. Then, they extend via Sub or Endorsed Brands depending on which category they're entering and consumer group they're targeting.





Conclusion (On Branded Houses and Hybrid Brands)


Your brewery's Brand Architecture will rarely present a black or white decision.

Are Sub Brands a prevalent and important strategy in craft beer right now? Yes. Is the Branded House still an important foundational pillar for most craft brewery's portfolios? Yes!

I wanted to close here by mentioning the Hybrid Brand Architecture system. (We're dedicating a future BBT issue to this topic, so stay tuned.)

A Hybrid Brand Architecture model gives you the leeway to blend whichever Architecture strategies make the most sense for your parent brand and a given new release. E.g. You can have a flagship lineup that falls under a Branded House as well as an Endorsed Brand with its own series of brand-specific house-branded Line Extensions. And so on. 

This insight isn't an excuse to take your branding and positioning decisions lightly—let's just create a new brand. It doesn't matter, we're Hybrid now!

Far from it. 

A Hybrid model better equips your team to make the right decisions that honor your parent brand while also setting your new products up for as much success as possible.

And I bet if you look at your brand, and your positioning, and your competitive set, and your customers, that you'll find a place for a Branded House somewhere in your portfolio no matter which other strategies you already have in place or intend to build.

Worth a listen

BBT Podcast Episode 50(!): Designer Q&A

We haven't had a podcast episode come out and hit 1k downloads on day one in a while, so I think this episode resonated. 

Episode 50 of the BBT podcast focuses entirely on designer-specific questions (from in-house designers, marketing directors, freelancers and other agency owners). 

Here's a preview of what we covered: 

– Did design school prepare you for running a business? (lol)
 
– How many options do you present when naming a brewery? 

– Do you enjoy the sales process? 

– How important has writing books been for your business? 

– What are 3 design/business books every new designer should read? 

+ an important question from a young in-house designer about the culture at her brewery.

An important conversation on the ongoing draft declines

Here's a great BrewBound Brew Talks panel from GABF on the (declining) health of draft beer. 

This is a big deal and something that the entire industry, from Big Beer on down, and across all 3 tiers, needs to address. 

I don’t have a solution for this problem, but am sharing this to signal boost the issue. 

(Fast forward to the ~40 minute mark for the panel conversation.)

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/in-defense-of-the-branded-house-2/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how to design better merch and make millions of dollars along the way.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How to design better merch [BBT Newsletter]

2. Your merch is a direct reflection of your business

3. Your merch can reinforce your positioning and brand story

4. So what style of XYZ (a shirt or hat) should you offer?

5. Think beyond your primary logo (give your fans winks & nods)

6. Create merch drops & scarcity

7. Create a beautiful retail footprint (please exit through the gift shop)

8. Should you sell your merch online?

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-design-better-merch-2/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 050

What are some situations where it can make sense to disregard your brand equity? 

Morning!

We were on a call with a brewery recently to discuss a possible rebrand. 

They’ve been open for 13 years and have a very distinctive look (character-driven and heavily-illustrated). They’ve partnered with the same illustrator since day one, and have built up a lot of visual equity because of this.

But none of that look feels right anymore. 

Even though their aesthetic has major recognition and equity—it's been plastered all over their market and vehicles and packaging for more than a decade—they’re not sure they want to stick with this look moving forward. And that’s an important question:

When can it make sense to jettison your Brand Equity?

This is a situation we’re seeing more often in our brewery rebranding work today as people are look to reinvent themselves for the next phase of their business. To that point, what if you’ve built up a phenomenal amount of visual and Brand Equity over the years, but…

1. You’re not sure it makes sense to build on this equity (identity, packaging, story) given where you want to take your business, but… 

2. You’re also afraid that you'll lose a good portion of your current fans if you walk away from this (hard earned) equity.

This is a great question and legitimate concern for any brewery that is considering a rebrand.

So let's get into it.

(Above): Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion workbook lay out a step-by-step guide to help you map out a successful strategy for rebranding your brewery.




First, some definitions: 

Brand Equity is the total amount of goodwill your brand has with its customers. This is more brand-level stuff focused on your messaging, positioning, values, value props, voice, personality and key communication pillars. How do people talk about your brewery? What's your reputation? What role do you play in your community? 

Like your brand itself, these connotations, associations and stories live inside your customers’ minds. These things inform your visual identity and packaging, but are upstream of them.
 

Visual equity are all the cues that, if lost through a rebrand, could set you back in the off-premise (e.g. people may not be able to easily find your iconic packaging because you’ve changed it too drastically). This usually includes things like SKU-specific colors, unique packaging compositions, custom typography and other iconography.



Your visual equity and Brand Equity are different things, however I’ll use these terms interchangeably throughout this issue as a catchall phrase to mean how people generally recognize your brand in the market. 

It’s also worth revisiting our writing on rebrands vs. refreshes here, a concept we framed as “Evolution vs. Revolution” in Craft Beer, Rebranded

 

 

Okay. So Brand Equity and visual equity are both important to weigh and consider through your rebrand. 

Generally, the more Brand Equity you have, the more likely you are to refresh your brand (so, evolution more so than revolution). 

But when can it make sense to jettison your equity—no matter how well-recognized it is—during a rebrand? 

The following points are all situations where it might make sense for your brewery to disregard its equity, no matter how recognized it is. 

(Above): Prost Brewing had built up 6+ years worth of visual equity around their packaging's flag patterning. But even though their customers knew to look for this element out on shelf, we determined that it was too kitsch and misaligned with their overall quality and vision for the brand. Read more about Prost's rebrand here.



 

1. 

If your current look is actively hurting your business

Let’s start with an obvious point: If your current identity and packaging are actively harming your business, then you should consider a dramatic shift, no matter how much equity you’ve banked. 

A few examples we’ve seen where a brewery’s branding was actively hurting its business:

– Poorly done (ugly) illustrations 

– Sexist / immature names 

– Problematic labels or elements that have aged poorly (depictions of people, particularly women, are a common one here) 

– Basic, illegible typography in a logo or on packaging 


Some ways this can harm your business include:

– Flat sales due to never attracting new customers

– Retailers are reluctant to carry your beer

– Prevents you from attracting top talent 

– Attracts the wrong type of attention to your business 
 

If any of these apply to your brewery's branding, then walking away from your Brand Equity becomes a more viable move.

 

2.

If your current identity doesn't accurately represent where you want to take your business in the future 

So you've built up a lot of Brand Equity over the years. Great! But does this look and feel align with your vision for where you want to take your business? 

If not, you need to consider whether or not it makes sense to continue building on it, or just ripping the bandaid off and repositioning yourself for the next phase of your business.

Our work with Fernson Brewing (below) is a good example of this dynamic. Read more about their package refresh here.

3. 

If you're making, or planning to make major changes within your company 

This is related to the last point, but we'll pull it out here to expand on it.

Your branding is your story and reputation—and it's how you shape how you're perceived in the world. And if you're making major internal changes—shifting your positioning, rebuilding your org chart, or restructuring your portfolio, then you need to consider whether or not your Brand Equity is still relevant to the new you. 

 

4. 

If you’re self conscious of your branding or packaging 

We’ve heard this many times over the years, either sheepishly mentioned in a meeting or implied, as we kickoff a brewery rebrand. 

Sometimes, you can read between the lines when you hear things like, “I hate wearing our shirts to festivals and conferences,” or “Our festival setup looks terrible compared to everyone else.” There’s no need to be shy about this. You care about what you do and should want to put your best foot forward. If you don’t feel like your identity is doing that for you now, it could be time to make a change, no matter how recognizable your packaging is. 

 

5. 

You're making some Brand Architecture moves

If your brewery is planning to make some important Brand Architecture shifts, such as:

– Acquire another business

– Open a new concept or location 

– Launch a beyond beer product 

– Launch a Sub Brand (or scale an existing one

… then you need to take a harder look at your Brand Equity to determine whether or not it will serve your business as you step into these more evolved strategies. 

Will your identity—built for a specific brewery concept—work across multiple locations and businesses and categories? Will it support a Sub Brand?

If not, then any equity you've built up may not be as important to retain.

(Above): I've been in dozens of conversations with clients, or prospective clients, where someone has cited Anchor's rebrand and its panned reception as something they were worried about for their update.





Let's discuss a sacred cow: What about losing your current fans through a rebrand?

I've lost count of how many conversations we've been in where a brewery's marketing director will mention Anchor’s rebrand as a major concern. "We don't want to do that." (It’s actually become a shorthand for a worst case scenario—the sort of thing that keeps people up at night.)

But Anchor didn't go out of business because of their rebrand, no matter how terrible it was. And they probably didn't lose scores of customers because of it either. And while this is an edge case: High profile, beloved brewery + terrible rebrand = sad outcome—I bring it up to address the idea of losing your current customers after a rebrand. 

Allow me to address a sacred cow here. 

Not updating your brand identity and packaging—so undergoing a formal rebrand—when you need to because you’re worried about losing your current customers isn’t a compelling enough reason for retaining mis-aligned Brand Equity.

Here's the thing: If it's a substantial enough change, you'll always (always) upset some people through your update. But you shouldn't worry about those folks. You should worry about the new people that you could be reaching out to and turning into customers that currently aren’t considering you.

This doesn't mean you completely turn you back on your current customers. But if your sales are flat, and you're struggling to turn things around, then you likely need to expand your reach anyway.

So you should honor your current customers with great beer and experiences. But you’re not beholden to them with regard to how you position your brewery's identity and packaging.

(Above): KettleHouse had built up a lot of visual equity with their typography, illustrations and homespun logo. But these elements, if subtly updated, still wouldn't have billboarded on shelf and represented their brewery the way their team envisioned. Read more about how we managed KettleHouse's visual equity here.




In closing

Your visual and Brand Equity are important.

But if that equity isn't serving you, then why are you hanging on to it? 

Rebranding is a balancing act: You're honoring your past and all the hard work that got you where you are today, but you're also looking ahead to where you want your business to be in the coming years. 

Don't sacrifice your brewery's future on the altar of Brand Equity.

Around the Shop

Does Gen Z drink?

There's an arms race happening in the Bev Alc industry today to understand, segment and court legal drinking age Gen Z members.

But with as much focus as there is on defining Gen Z's values and purchasing habits, there's a lot that we actually don't know about them. 

Namely, do they drink? 

Here's an insightful conversation with CODO friend, Mike Kallenberger (from First Key Consulting) that explores this question.

Come see CODO live at the Vermont Craft Brewers Conference

Cody and I are honored to be presenting at the 1st annual Vermont Craft Brewers Conference this November. We'll be giving a guided overview on Brand Architecture and how you can use these concepts to extend your brewery's brand (via launching Fourth Category products, opening a new taproom, acquiring other breweries or brands, etc.).

If you'll be at the conference come say hi (please email me to let us know ahead of time).

Or, try to catch us drunkenly roaming the beautiful Vermont countryside visiting ~20 breweries, ~10 cideries and continuing our hunt for the best indie book store in America.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/when-to-jettison-your-brewerys-brand-equity/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to field questions from in-house designers, freelancers and marketing pros from around the beer industry.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

Cody and Isaac remark on CODO’s 14th anniversary without much fanfare.

Q1: Did design school prepare you for running a business?

Q2: I just got done listening to your podcast episode on naming a brewery. My question to you is how many names do you provide a client? I recently provided 35 to a client for their own personal brand. Do you think that’s too many or too little? I personally think I probably could have gotten away with just providing 15-20 But I’m just curious to hear what your thoughts and approach to the amount of names provided are.

Q3: Wanted to ask a business question (sorry, this isn’t beer related!) Do you enjoy sales? I struck out on my own back in 2020 and it’s been going fairly well since then. But I find sales to be the hardest part of growing my practice. Any help here would he appreciated.

Q4: Do you ever worry that by releasing books that deep dive into your process, breweries will no longer need your services?

Q5: Do you find that your team ever gets tired only working on beer branding projects? I run a small agency myself (currently 3 people) and we have an ongoing debate about whether or not we should focus on one particular industry like you all have.

Q6: How important has writing books been for your business?

Q7: What are 3 design/business books that every recent grad should read?

Q8: I’m an in-house designer at X. I recently brought an idea for a new product to our marketing director and head brewer and they basically laughed it off without any consideration. I won’t get into specifics, but I believe it’s a smart move based on what I’m seeing around the industry (including reading in your newsletter). So my question is, how can I get my team to listen to my ideas? I’m young, and new to this position and the beer industry (coming up on my one year anniversary), but I’m passionate and learning as much as I can. I figured you might have some insight here since you’ve previously talked about showing work and selling your ideas when you were a younger designer.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/designer-question-and-answer/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 049

Who should you involve in your rebrand? And why?

Good morning. (And happy Spooky Season to those who observe.)

We’ve written a lot about brewery rebrands this year and today, I wanted to discuss a somewhat unsexy, yet extremely important element of making sure these projects are successful: Organizing your internal and external team.

It’s easy (and fun!) to look at the beautiful identity design and packaging work that can come out of a brewery’s rebrand. But none of that can happen if you don’t have a solid project team in place as well as identify other key stakeholders to engage throughout the process.

This is important for research and gathering project context as well as critical emotional intelligence considerations later on.

So let’s discuss the various stakeholder groups you need to engage throughout your project to ensure your rebrand (or new product launch) is set up for success.

(Above): We dive into more detail on today's topic in our Craft Beer, Rebranded book and companion Workbook.




It all begins with your Executive Team 

The most important group of people involved in your rebrand will be your Executive Team. These are the folks who are directly responsible for approving and/or vetoing strategic recommendations and design concepts throughout the project. 

Among this group will be a project sponsor (or "driver")—usually a Marketing Director—whose role is to champion the project internally, remove barriers, gather feedback and build consensus along the way.  

Each brewery will have a different management makeup, and titles, but we usually see people from the following roles on the Executive Team:

– CMO (marketing lead)

– CSO (sales lead)

– COO (logistics lead)

– CEO (vision & culture lead)

– XYZ other communication person (Head of Brand, eCommerce lead, Brand Director, In-house designer(s), etc.)

+

– Founder(s) and/or Owner(s)* (*if they’re still involved in the brewery’s day-to-day goings-on)

 

How big should your Executive Team be?

One of the biggest threats you’ll face during your rebrand isn’t your competition, or rapidly shifting economic market forces, or even losing your long time fans as you roll out the update. 

No, the biggest foe you’re squaring up against will be the dreaded committee. 

Whether this is an actual committee who has to approve design work (or a board of directors), or just something that arises organically as a desire to make everyone on your team happy (usually via compromise), any decision made by committee will drive great creative work into the ground until it is heartbreakingly bland if not outright bad. 

How do we prevent this?

By making sure that the number of real decision makers—your Executive Team—is small. How small?

As small as possible.

Smaller. 

Yes! That’s it!!

We like an Executive Team to be somewhere between 4–6 people. 5 is better than 6. And 4 is better than 5. Anymore than 6 people and you run the risk of designing by committee. 

I can keep beating this drum, but you get my point. The larger your Executive Team gets, the harder it becomes to make bold decisions and create work that is strategically-sound and beautiful and that stands out and that will help your brewery move the needle. 

Your Executive Team (along with your branding partner) sets the tone for this project—what do you want to accomplish? What pain points are we working to resolve? What are your broader positioning and messaging goals?

Don’t compromise on these important objectives. 

Keep your Executive Team small. 

 


There are other important stakeholders who can offer valuable insights and opinions through this process as well. But before we outline those groups, let’s stay in quasi-Executive Team territory and discuss the Shadow Council.

Hidden Stakeholders (aka, the Shadow Council)

OooOooh the Shadow Council. (Does this sound menacing? I’m going for menacing and foreboding here.)

A hidden stakeholder (or, the Shadow Council) is anyone whom you don’t want directly involved at the Executive Team level, but whose opinion still carries enough weight to alter the course of the project.

This can include a founder or owner, a key investor(s), your board or possibly even a committee within your business. (We’ve even seen people’s spouses in this role, which is always delightful and not at all awkward to navigate.)

In the past, we’ve described this scenario as the “swoop.” As in, someone can swoop in at the last minute and ruin six months of strategy and design work simply by saying they don’t like something. 

We don’t use the “swoop” language when discussing this with clients anymore because it’s just too cutesy.

And in case I’m not being clear here, if there are people who fall into this category in your business, and if they’re not engaged early, often and throughout the creative process, I can almost guarantee that your project will, at best, hit the rocks at some point.

At worst, this can lead to a terminated contract and even worse than that, depending on how you look at it, this can lead to subpar design work that doesn’t help you grow your brewery’s business. 

Identifying anyone that could fall into this category isn't fun, and this sometimes involves a little behind the scenes politicking and tap dancing, but it's a necessary step in the onboarding process to ensure your project is set up to run as smoothly as possible.

So this is a serious topic, but completely surmountable. I’ll outline some ways we manage this near the end of this piece. 

 

 

Okay, super serious and scary detour over. Now let’s discuss the other stakeholder groups you should interview through your rebranding process.

(Above): Awkwardly holding hands is the fastest way to unlock new synergies between our teams. Also, why would we use a perfectly good table when the floor is right there?




Internal stakeholders to include

Your Executive Team is involved throughout the entire course of your rebrand. But there are several other important people with valuable insights who need to be interviewed during the research and strategy phase to ensure your branding partner has an informed lay of the land. 

You will generally see department leads (sales, marketing, design, etc.) on the Executive Team itself. But it can also be valuable to speak with other folks from those departments as well. 

So in no particular order, we like to speak with people from the following functions / roles:

– Marketing (including field marketing staff, social media managers, etc.)

– Sales (including field sales reps / national accounts / chain leads—whatever level of hierarchy your business has in place, it's good to talk with someone at each level.)

– In-house creative team (creative director, designers, social media folks, etc.)

– Production & brewery staff (head brewer, innovation folks, logistics & packaging people can become important later on as you plan to roll out new packaging, etc.)

– Front of House / taproom folks (long time servers, hospitality managers, etc.)

+

– Emeritus leadership: This includes folks who may have moved on from your brewery to work at another company (or more often, retire), that have valuable historic institutional knowledge about your business and are still interested in helping it succeed. This usually includes past CEOs, COOs or founders who are no longer in the business.

Your brewery may have other important positions that fall outside of these roles. If that's the case, add those people to your list so your branding partner knows to interview them as well.

Now let's outline some valuable external stakeholders you need to engage through your rebrand.

 

External stakeholders to include

 

Key Accounts / Retailers 

We love talking with key retailers when possible. These folks are often your loudest evangelists and do more selling than most breweries may realize.

I witnessed this firsthand at a liquor store just last month. I was looking at the cold box when a young guy came in and asked the person behind the counter if they had any local porters. (Yes, porters—I time traveled to 2006!) The clerk walked them over to the beer aisle and offered his opinions on 2 or 3 options. It was fun to watch. (I'm an Ethnographer now.) 

Beyond this role, key accounts and retailers are also a wealth of qualitative data.

They have a bead on which styles are trending and what people are coming in and asking for. And what sorts of other products are they buying alongside your beer. Etc.

We like to talk to retailers to get a sense of how they see the market evolving and the role your brewery plays in it.

Plus, involving them in the process shows them that your brewery respects their opinion (and can lead to even more evangelizing later on).

 

Distributors 

We’ve met some phenomenal distributors over the years who have offered invaluable insight into the local market. We’ve also met some less than stellar ones.

Quick aside: I love bringing distributors up with our clients to see how they react—does a vein pop out of their forehead? No… Cool, let's schedule a conversation. 

Assuming you have a productive relationship with your distributor, they can be great for providing invaluable insights on the local market and all manner of quantitative data. 

They can tell you exactly how many cases of each SKU is moving per week, whether or not you're hitting depletion targets, which products are moving and in what market and format, and how that all ebbs and flows with seasonal changes and stacks up against the broader market. They can also spot opportunities for marketing and emergent beer trends.

This all provides valuable hard data to balance the fuzzier, qualitative insights we're gleaning from out other conversations and fieldwork.
 

What about consumer research?

This may enter sacred cow territory here, but I’m not 100% sold on broad consumer research as being either helpful or necessary during a rebrand. (How was the research gathered? What questions were asked? How were they asked? What kind of person actually participates in a survey? Etc.)

But I do think it’s valuable to speak with long time customers if possible, so you can get their perspective on what makes your brewery special. The few times we’ve done this, it’s usually just been with regulars—Day One folks—from your tasting room. 

You’re probably not going to find anything revelatory in these conversations, but it will round out the other quantitative insights you’re gaining along the way.

Misc thoughts + wrapping up 

 

A process point: One-on-one meetings vs. small group conversations  

We’ve historically recommended one-on-meetings in place of small group (and especially large group) conversations. 

Our reason for this was that it allows everyone's voice to be heard. Even in small groups, one person can be extroverted, or have more influence (e.g. an owner vs. a newly-hired in-house designer), etc. By sitting down for individual conversations, we get clear points of view that aren't skewed by interpersonal dynamics. 

There's still a lot of value in one-on-one conversations, but we've also found that small group conversations are a great setting for your Executive Team to to work through ideas and discuss any disagreements.

Our view has actually changed positions on this (moving away from preferring one-on-one conversions) over the last few years because it's a great way to make sure everyone—particularly your Executive Team—is on the same page.  

You know yourself. And your team. And you probably know if a group conversation would work well or not. Keep this in mind as you prepare for your rebrand to ensure everyone's opinion is heard. 

 

On the Shadow Council (and how you decide who needs to be interviewed)

Whenever we bring this subject up with our clients, the tone can quickly become negative. "Yeah, X is an investor, but we don't think she should be involved for Y reason."

As we've already discussed, ignoring these people isn't an option. Over the years, we've found the best way to mitigate this issue is simply to listen to them. 

Sit down with them and involve them in the process. Make sure their voice is heard and that they feel heard. 

Don't assume that this person doesn't have any valuable insights to offer. (I would go as far as offering that they might even know something that you don't.)

If you (and your branding partner) treat everyone in the process with respect and dignity, your research will be more informed for it.

And this is critical for setting your rebrand up for success.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at the Vermont Craft Brewers Conference

Cody and I are honored to be presenting at the 1st annual Vermont Craft Brewers Conference this November. We'll be giving a guided overview on Brand Architecture and how you can use these concepts to extend your brewery's brand (via launching Fourth Category products, opening a new taproom, acquiring other breweries or brands, etc.).

If you'll be at the conference come say hi (please email me to let us know ahead of time).

Or, try to catch us drunkenly roaming the beautiful Vermont countryside visiting ~20 breweries, ~10 cideries and continuing our hunt for the best indie book store in America.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/organizing-your-brewery-team-for-a-rebrand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss timeless brands. What makes a brand timeless and what lessons can we can apply to new branding projects?

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How to future proof your brand. [BBT Newsletter]

2. Consistency, Relevancy and Advertising $$$ [BBT Newsletter]

3. A compelling point of view and immutable cultural relevance

4. What dragon are you slaying?

5. Cody rocks a grim reaper air freshener?

6. On simple, iconic marks (+ a limited color palette and consistent iconography)

7. And then spend hundreds of millions of dollars on advertising (easy peasy!)

Learn more at www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-future-proof-your-brand-2/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 048

Why brand your taproom brewery?

Good morning! 

A subscriber (now client) recently emailed us with the following:



Hi Isaac / CODO:

We’ve been lobbying our owner to rebrand for the last few years.

We’ll brew around 2,200 barrels this year, and we believe we can grow the business significantly along with some major changes that will be happening in our community over the next few years (a major corporate headquarters is relocating here, new suburbs are springing up, a reimagined downtown corridor). 

The problem is our owner thinks that branding will only be important if / when we decide to package our beer. We package some beer now, but it’s mostly sold as carryout from our two locations and through a few local retailers. So it’s currently a small part of our overall sales. 

But our team feels like we shouldn't wait to get this process started.

Can you make a case for why branding is important for a taproom-focused brewery? I understand his point of view, though I think that by creating a great brand now, we’ll have that much more inertia for when we do decide to begin packaging our beer.




I love this question.

We’ve run into this situation several times over the last few years. Not so much the need to persuade a founder that branding is important, but rather, we’ve fielded rebranding projects expressly because a formerly hospitality-focused brewery intended to begin packaging and distribution.

Now investing in your branding is a no-brainer if you intend to package. (At least I hope so.) But I’d like to tackle topic this from another angle. Let’s say you have no intention to package your beer (or at least not in the immediate future). 

Do you need a beautiful brand identity system when your beer and taproom experience itself is what will keep people coming back? 

Is it worth the effort, energy and cost to brand a hospitality-focused brewery? 

(Spoiler alert: Yes, it’s important. But read on.)

There’s a baseline list of reasons why your brewery should take its branding seriously, no matter your overall concept. We’ll briefly outline those points before exploring some of the more interesting, recurrent and overlooked ideas we’re seeing in our brewpub / taproom / hospitality-focused brewery branding work across the country right now. 



A quick note on terms:
I’ll use “brewpub” and “taproom” interchangeably throughout today's issue. 

I’m drawing a line between breweries with a heavy packaging and off-premise emphasis vs. a brewery that sells most of its beer through its own premise or hospitality network.

Universal reasons for investing in your branding 

Investing in your brewpub's branding is crucial for several reasons. 

Most of these points are universal, table stakes ideas. So I don’t want to spend too much time here, because I imagine you already know them (after all, you’re subscribed to a niche beer and beverage industry branding newsletter). 

But at a quick glance, compelling branding… 

– Establishes your Brand Identity System and differentiates your brewery

– Increases your recognition and recall (helping you stay top of mind)

– Creates emotional connection, trust and credibility with your fans (fostering customer loyalty and evangelism)

– Improves your perception and reputation (remember, people taste with their eyes)

– Affects your pricing (and your ability to command a premium)

– Plants a flag and tells the community what you stand for 

We can continue, but you get the idea. Now these concepts alone should be reason enough to properly brand your brewery. 

But let’s now move beyond the basics to explore some overlooked reasons why your hospitality-focused brewery should invest in its branding (even if you don’t intend to package your beer).

(Above): You can't create cool merch without a compelling brand identity or story.



 

1.

Your brand is a platform (that can open up additional revenue streams)

Your brand is your most important asset. It is your reputation and story. It is your brand values, positioning, key messaging and your voice. It's an asset that will help you punch way above your weight. 

What we’ve seen over the last several years, in particular, is that your brand can be leveraged in compelling ways that both strengthen your overall perception and positioning, and help you grow your business by opening new revenue streams. 

A compelling brand can allow you to:

– Develop Beyond Beer products and extensions

– Spin up a lucrative merch program

– Open additional concepts (taprooms and restaurants) and become a hospitality group 

– Build a rich portfolio, complete with Sub Brands

– Open concert venues / event centers

– Extend into other relevant categories with lifestyle products



Your brand isn’t static. And by thinking of it as a platform, you’ll be better positioned to identify, weigh and pursue these sorts of opportunities as they arise.

(Above): Fun examples of signage and environmental design from our portfolio.




2. 

A compelling brand sets the stage for partnership opportunities and co-branding

Co-branding in the craft beer space is a major trend right now. We’re currently writing about this (stay tuned), so I'll just offer a few quick points here: 

– A strong brand can open doors to exciting partnership opportunities

– Collaborations with local businesses expose you to new audiences

– These collaborations can help to build your brand in a major way by associating your brewpub with respected and complementary concerns

And none of this is possible without building a compelling brand in the first place.

 

3. 

A compelling brand defines your Identity and Art Direction (it sets the tone)

This point is more tactical than sweeping and strategic, but (a BIG) part of the value of developing your brand is that it defines your overall look and feel. This manifests most meaningfully in your brand identity, but this affects several other important touch points as well.

Beer release art: If you’ll be packaging your beer, then this need becomes immediately apparent. But even if you’re not packaging your beer, you’ll still need assets to promote new releases online and in your taproom (e.g. social media content, untapped art, taproom menus, table tents, posters).

A well thought out brand identity will give you enough direction to make sure this work stays consistent and relevant (without having to reinvent the wheel with each new release). 

Taproom look & feel: What is your brand’s personality? How do you speak? What's your vibe? 

Great branding can shape how you layout your taproom, what sorts of furniture, fixtures and equipment (FFE) you choose during your buildout, how you handle way showing (directional signage) and murals, and sets the overall tone for your taproom. 

A proper branding process will demystify these important decisions and allow you to build a welcoming, comfortable space that people enjoy visiting. 

(Above): Beautiful examples of environmental design from several of our clients, including Fernson Brewing and KettleHouse.




4.

Compelling branding attracts (and helps to retain) top talent 

An ongoing labor shortage is one of the most pressing issues we hear from our restaurant and hospitality-focused brewery clients. 

And this problem is compounding.

If you’re not able to hire the best professional brewers, sales reps, front / back of house staff—any role you need to fill—then your overall customer experience will suffer. Your online reviews and reputation will suffer. Your business will suffer, and on and on.

This point has always been valid: Great branding makes you more attractive to would-be employees. 

But today, this benefit becomes an important edge over your competition (all the other breweries, restaurants and bars that are wooing the same potential employees).

If your team is proud to work at your brewery, and they’re proud of what your brand stands for, then everything they do and touch will be better. Compelling branding fosters a shared purpose, motivating your team to deliver wonderful customer service and maintain high standards throughout your brewery. 

A compelling brand isn’t a panacea in this regard—you still need to build a phenomenal culture to maintain your team’s esprit de corps—but it does help to attract the right people to your business in the first place.

(Above): A well built brewery brand and brand identity should inform all of your touch points, no matter how small. All of these points of interaction with your customers are an opportunity to tell your story and delight them.




Your branding is a signal 

Properly branding your brewery (defining your brand strategy and building your brand identity) is a signal to your customers, employees, community—and even yourself—that you’re taking your business seriously. 

It’s a signal that you intend to stick around for the long haul. (Otherwise, why would you invest in your identity?)

Your brand signals that:

– Your beer is well made and dependable. 

– Your service is impeccable. 

– And that your (potential) customers are welcome and will have a great time here. 



And all of this is crucial, whether you intend to package your beer or not.

Additional resources

1. In a recent podcast conversation with Fernson Brewing, Derek and Blake mentioned that their brand has always attracted the right people without a single bit of outreach work on their part. 

2. "Make your tasting room the best bar in town."

3. QR codes, chalkboards or paper menus: Which format brings in the highest average ticket? Great report here from CODO friend Andrew Coplon over at Craft Beer Professionals.

Around the Shop

Read the Craft Beer Branding Guide in Ukrainian

About a year ago, Ukrainian beer writer, Lana Svitankova, reached out to us about translating our first book into Ukrainian. 

Why? Their craft beer industry has suffered a lot of damage after the Russian invasion and she wants to arm her friends with the information and knowledge they need to rebuild as soon as they’re able.

We’re honored to take part in this (but all credit to Lana for handling the translation). Check it out at the link below.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/why-brand-your-brewpub/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss best practices for getting the most out of your in-house team and external agency relationship.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How has the in-house vs. external agency dynamic evolved over the last decade.

2. Why are designers such assholes? (Were we born this way?)

3. Why we advocate for breweries to build in-house teams.

4. “Look how the massacred my boy.”

5. A few common arrangements between in-house groups and an external agency (strategy + execution, strategy + some execution, all strategy and no execution, no strategy and all execution).

6. How we work with an in-house to team to get the most mileage out of a clients budget.

7. The power of building guidelines together.

8. Post-project After Action Reviews (AARs).

Learn more at www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/managing-the-in-house-external-agency-dynamic/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 047

How to maintain beautiful, consistent packaging under an intense release schedule 

Hi, there. We're currently writing about co-branding. If you've got a fun example of this that you've done at your brewery, please shoot me an email with some pics. Thanks! 





I was on a call with a brewery recently to discuss how we might corral their astonishing production schedule—more than 100 new beers slated for 2023 alone.

In cans.

They've burned through 2 in-house designers over the last 5 years and are wondering if they shouldn't bring more consistency to their portfolio, both to build brand equity, and so as to not run their poor designers into the ground. (Won't someone please think of the designers.)

More breweries are packaging their beer today than ever before, and whether you’re putting out ~25 new cans per year or more than 100, this core problem is worth exploring:

– Can (or should) you bring consistency to that many labels? 

– What’s the value of consistency in this case? 

– How can you make this change along the way so that it doesn't grind your business to a halt? (Breweries who operate this way often release their beers in monthly or bi-monthly drops, so there's not much time to slow down.)

So let’s discuss this today. 

What are some tactics breweries who package several dozen new beers each year might consider to make their lives easier? 

And then, we’ll discuss a few philosophical points that can inform how you think about your package design as a whole. 

Let’s start with some tactical considerations.

(Above): Good George Brewing — How can you stay consistent (and interesting) while releasing a constant stream of new beers each year? 




What are you balancing? And what are your options?


What are you balancing? 

If you’re packaging 100+ beers per year, you need to strike a balance between speed and quality and consistency.

NOTE: I’ll keep saying “100+ beers” here to drive this point home, but again, this entire conversation is just as applicable if you’re releasing 25 new cans per year.

Speed: You need these cans fast. And you need new labels perpetually. When running this way, there’s often little-to-no time to pause and consider how these cans work together in a broader sense. 

Quality: There’s some truth to the Iron Triangle concept: e.g. something can be Good, Fast, Cheap: And you can only choose two. When you’re moving at this fast a clip, there’s not enough time, and often not enough budget, to put out all quality labels.

Consistency: Consistency might not matter in all situations (e.g. are you distributing or selling primarily via carryout). We’ll address this point later. For now, let’s agree that consistency is valuable because it helps you develop IP and better brand awareness over the long term.


What are your options? 

There are a few immediate options in this scenario: 

1. Create a rigid template and systemize everything 

2. Treat every single release as a one-off label (YOLO)

3. Create a flexible template (blending options 1 and 2)

4. Begin creating lines and Sub Brands within your larger release schedule



1. Create a universal template

If you’re pumping out 100+ labels per year, it would be tempting to create a house template. One that allows you to change up some colors or patterning between each can, drop in the new style and beer specs and go to print. 

But could you imagine 100 nearly identical beer cans? While easy to manage, and affordable, this isn’t very compelling from a marketing standpoint. (Here’s another pic of the same can we’ve posted for the last 200 days. This one’s red! 4-packs are a reasonable 24.99…)

And this isn’t very compelling for your customers either, for whom, the art (plus the fact that this is a limited edition product) is often why they're buying your beer in the first place.

(Above): Examples of universal (global) templates, including Forest Road Brewing, Mission Brewing, Plain Spoke Cocktails and Prost Brewing. This approach works well for your core line of products, but can become boring if extended across dozens (and dozens) of new releases each year. 


 

2. Treat every label as a one-off

Conversely, you could just go wild and treat every beer and label as a one-off.

I almost didn't include this today because it's not a strategy, at least, not a sustainable one. And if you've been reading along so far, you know that this approach is what leads to people pulling their hair out and wanting to create some sort of system in the first place. 

Despite these things, this is still done all across the industry. So let's talk about it briefly. 

This is more or less the default route for any brewery that has never formally considered its branding. E.g. If you've never given your brand or broader portfolio architecture much thought, this is likely where you've arrived.

I’ll be blunt here (we’re both adults) and offer that in almost all cases (that we've seen), your packaging will look terrible if you go this route. We see it every single day.

And perhaps worse, it will be inconsistent.

It's one thing if your packaging looks bad. But looking bad and inconsistent is a place you really don't want to be in. (Hot take: It would be better for your packaging to look bad, but consistent, than to look bad and inconsistent because in the former case, at least you're teaching your customers what to look for out in the wild.) 

Under this model (100+ beers per year), you’re in a numbers game, one where label quality (and consistency) will generally take a back seat to speed and cost effectiveness. Speed rules the day. 

How fast can we get this label designed, ordered and applied?

Times 6 or 8 cans. Every month. In perpetuity. 

This isn't a strategy. It's Sisyphean.
 

3. Create a flexible template

Our work with Left Field is a good example of how your brewery can release dozens of new beers per year while keeping them consistent and attractive. 

Our solution in this case centered around a base template with a panel for beer-specific illustrations that changes between each release.

This gives Left Field the best of both worlds here—each beer starts off with a template (swap the colors, drop in new name and specs, etc.) but then there's room to customize so all the releases don't run together. They do this via their talented in-house creative team or by working with a local freelance illustrator to create the art as needed. 

We've created similar systems for several other breweries and this approach works great. 

Ideally, you'd use the same illustrator and/or style, across all releases. But if you don't, then you're still starting with a base template that provides consistency across all labels.

In other words, this approach prevents you from going too far off the rails even if your illustration style wanders over time.

 

 

Now that we’ve explored some of the moving parts to releasing 100+ beers per year, let’s shift into how you can begin to rein this all in and create some structure across your portfolio so you’re not always starting from zero.

(Above): Left Field Brewery uses a flexible template that centers around a consistent front panel and a section to house a custom illustration that ties to the beer's story.

Once the Left Field team has developed a beer name, they partner with a talented local illustrator for the can art and swap in the new name, color, specs in-house. Easy peasy. 

 

When & how to start making these changes 


Let's step back to look at this problem for a moment. If you're releasing 100+ new beers this year, there won't be enough time to pause and reset everything with a thorough package refresh.

So how, and when, should you start to roll in packaging so that it begins addressing your important pain points while also not disrupting the important flow of new beers out the door?


 

4. Begin creating lines / families / series, each with their own templates 

Creating a universal template can lead to repetitive labels and marketing. But that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t create templates. 

Rather than creating a universal template that you use for all of your releases, what if you created a series of templates that you use for specific styles or seasonals or series? 

A good first step here is to try to group your various styles, with the goal of possibly creating several themed lines.

So you put out 10–20 Hazy IPAs per year—maybe those go into one consistent template. 

Your sour beers get a specific treatment. As do your lagers, pastry stouts, etc.

I’m using “template” here to capture the idea that these beer labels look similar more so than they use a rigid, identical template. There’s still room for making each label look cool, but you’re not starting from zero with each new release.


Could you reuse art?

If your brewery is putting out 100+ beers per year, most of those are probably new recipes. You will likely revisit (and build on) some past releases that were well-received, but breweries who operate under this model thrive on experimentation and novelty. 

I bring this up because if you’re putting out this many new beers—each with different labels—then you’re not teaching your customers what to look for on shelf on a per-beer basis. New labels come and go, so your customers know to look for the new label vs. a specific one. 

What this means is that your fans likely won’t remember, or care, if the label art on this months hazy IPA was used on a West Coast IPA last year.

Your individual beers likely aren’t for sale long enough for most people to remember what a particular label looked like (and if a few do, does it matter?).

If you agree with this premise, is there any merit to starting each year with a plan to reuse a percentage of the past year’s label art on this year’s new releases? Even picking 15 to 30 labels to reuse would take some pressure off your team, and it might even give you time to incrementally improve on those labels before they come back up for print again.

If you do this over a few years, you will build a sizable inventory of labels (or at least label elements—illustrations, specced color, typography builds—that you can use as a foundation for new releases.
 

When to make these changes? (on building planes in the air)

We’re helping a brewery navigate this problem right now and one of their first concerns was that they don’t have time to slow down and go through a thorough refresh. Their exact words were, “This train never stops.”

So our solution, for phase 1, is to develop three specific series that are going to start rolling out in Q1 2024. 

They will continue releasing all their normal output while this changeover is happening. And we’re planning to clean up the stragglers and create a few additional series templates next summer so that eventually, there’s more structure to their entire portfolio.

Revisit our thinking on Staggered Rebrand Launches for more background on how you can roll out an updated identity over time. 

(Above): We worked with Indie Alehouse out of Toronto to rein in their stacked release schedule. They partner with a talented artist (check out those illustrations above) to create illustrations for each beer. We created a template and simple rule set to keep their packaging consistent throughout the year.




Wrapping up

 

Does investing in design even matter at this pace and under this model? (What does your brewery look like in 5 years?)

I’m going to paint with a broad brush here.

Most of the breweries we've worked with who release 100+ new beers each year sell most of that beer as carryout. This can be on a daily basis from a cold box in your taproom or in big, hyped drops, depending on how you're positioned.

If they have any beer in distribution, it is usually a select number of accounts who take their latest and greatest, no matter the style. 

In this case, you need to consider whether you even need to invest time and capital into developing your labels?

The project I mentioned earlier where we’re helping a brewery create various lines and template series—they’re only doing that because they’re going to start distributing in a few new markets later this year.

Their beer will sell out of their taproom whether we design a slick label for it or not. But they realize that getting out of their taproom and competing in different markets presents an entirely new context. 

And now back to you.

So this becomes a question of how you operate. And how you plan to run over the next 5 years. 

If you're currently selling all of your beer as carryout and you have no immediate plans to change this model, then it might not make sense to invest heavily in your package design.

But if you’re planning on a making any changes, such as: 

– You're planning to begin distributing your beer (and will be competing with other breweries out in the market).

– You’re planning to evolve your portfolio to include more year-round offerings.

– You'd like to create a more pleasant (and less chaotic) work culture. And a big part of this change hinges on how you produce, market and release new beers.

– You're planning to create more lines and Sub Brands.

If any of these options are in play, then rethinking how you build your portfolio and broader label design can be a worthwhile endeavor. 



But beyond these changes, the biggest benefit you'll see from taming your label design system is that it will make your life easier. 

Imagine brewing 100+ beers per year. And packaging them. Now, you also have to develop a unique label for every single one. Oh, and you have to promote all of this. 

Exhausting.

If you can organize your portfolio into distinct lines and/or groups, and then create a consistent look for these batches, your life will be easier.

You won’t be starting from zero on each new release, and it will be easier for your fans to make sense of your new releases throughout the year.

Win-win.

Around the Shop

Listen to CODO on the Australia Brews News Podcast

I had a fun conversation with Matt Kirkegaard on the Australia Brews News Podcast a few weeks ago about major shifts in the US beer market and how that translates to Australia’s growing brewing industry. 

We touched on several interesting topics including: 

– Economic pressures 
– How to define success in today's beer industry
– Vanity metrics and boosterism
– Shifting LDA Demographics 
– Beyond Beer & Hop Water 
– Alcohol and Minors
– Sub Brands & Brand Architecture

All eyes on Mission Brewing

Congrats to our friends at Mission Brewing on their new satellite taproom!

Read about our recent rebranding work with Mission here, and click the link below to learn more about their recent growth and new location.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-you-can-tame-rotation-nation/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss best practices for remote work with a branding agency that might be a state, a time zone or half a world away.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Why are people historically apprehensive about working with an agency that isn’t local to them?

2. The biggest concern—how will we learn about your brewery’s culture and market if we’re not from your state?

3. This begin with thorough kickoff homework—art direction, competitive set audit and possible brand audit work.

4. Travel us the easiest way to navigate this issue. But what if we can’t travel?

5. Why collaboration and upfront brand strategy is even more crucial when working with a remote branding firm.

6. Stick. To. The. Agreed. Upon. Timeline.

7. Meetings are important (unless they aren’t). How do you know the difference?

8. Do you have to wear pants for a video call?

9. Specific communication tools make the process run smoother—Drive or Dropbox. Slack, etc.

Learn more at www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/best-practices-for-remote-work-with-a-branding-firm/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 046

A step-by-step framework for building your Sub Brand

Morning!

Our Sub Brand Summer series was prompted by a client’s question: 

“When does a brand become a Sub Brand?”

In parts 1 and 2 of this series, we’ve explored why Sub Brands are such an important Brand Strategy approach in today's craft beer industry as well as the different types of Sub Brands your brewery can build.

In today’s issue—our final installment—we’re going to tackle this question head on by introducing a concept called the “Sub Brand Ladder.” 

Whether you’re starting at square one and intend to create a Sub Brand or your brewery already has one and you're not sure where to go from here, the following framework will give you a clear path towards scale under this Brand Architecture strategy.

Last Chance to save 20% on 
The Beyond Beer Handbook 
with code: SubBrandSummer
(through August 18 / while supplies last)

"The Sub Brand Ladder"

Your brewery’s Brand Architecture isn’t a static thing. Similar to your Brand Strategy and brand itself, you should revisited it as needed—whenever you’re planning to launch a new product, or setting annual goals, working through your ABP, doing some spring cleaning, and so on. 

This applies to your overarching Brand Architecture as well as at the individual product level—no brand in your portfolio has to fly under the same strategy forever. Overtime, as a brand grows in prominence, it will naturally start to slide more rightward on the Continuum.

This is a concept we call “scaling up and down” the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum (pictured below).

The Sub Brand Ladder concept narrows our focus on this evolution to the middle of the Continuum, as you scale your new product (to, or) from Sub Brand to Endorsed Brand and beyond.  

Some of the ideas we outline below don’t fit neatly into one stage vs. another. And if you talk with two breweries who have built successful Sub Brands, you’ll find that they've taken very different, circuitous (if not serendipitous) paths to get to where they are today.

So don’t get too hung up on whether you need to complete everything in the middle rungs before moving on to the top rungs, etc.

Think of this less as a punch list and more as a tool box you can sift through and select from as you build your Sub Brand.

First steps – Creating a platform 

So you’ve decided to build a Sub Brand. (Nice!)

At the earliest stages of this process, you are building a platform for future brand building work. So you don’t have to create a perfect plan (and besides, your plan will inevitably shift given how fast industry and consumer trends evolve today).  

It’s important to note that the following items on their own don’t make your beer a Sub Brand. But you cannot build a fully-formed Sub Brand without them. (e.g. all Sub Brands have a fanciful name, but not all fancifully-named beers are Sub Brands.)

Some things you’ll need at the first rungs of the ladder include:

1. A fanciful name

Your Sub / Endorsed Brand will need a compelling name. This can be as important as your parent brand itself name, so don’t shortcut this process. 

Learn how to develop a great name here. 

2. Determine your Brand Architecture strategy & develop differentiated aesthetics 

Once you’ve established a compelling name, you’ll need to decide whether you want to initially position this brand as a Sub or Endorsed model. (Take our B.E.A.T. Assessment to quickly orient yourself here.)

Once you’ve made that decision, you’ll need to flesh out the brand’s look and feel. The level to which you do this will depend on whether you’re launching a Sub Brand or an Endorsed Brand to start.

To wit, a Sub Brand will be closely tied to your parent brand, whereas an Endorsed Brand will stand more on its own out of the gate.

In either case, you will need to establish some level of Brand Identity for this new brand.

3. A rough idea of how you intend to scale the brand

How do you want to develop this brand? Do you envision entering multiple categories, or staying nimble and focusing on a limited number of products? Does it make sense to (eventually) scale through Line and Brand Extensions?

Fast forward 5 years: What does this Sub Brand's portfolio look like? And how does this compare with the rest of your business? 

Your Brand Strategy will evolve over time so I wouldn’t worry about getting it perfect at this stage. But roughly charting out how you want the Sub Brand to relate to your parent brand and a few initial ways you think you can help the brand achieve velocity is a good place to start.





(Below): Fernson Brewing recently took the first steps toward creating Sub Brands within their portfolio, including introducing fanciful names and illustrations. Read a case study about this shift here.

Intermediate Steps – Giving it some gas

Now that you’ve established your Sub Brand’s important foundational components (fanciful name, Brand Identity and a rough plan for growth), you can start to lean into this and more formally develop the brand itself. 

There are a lot of fun things you can do here, but at a 30k foot view, you have decided to build a Sub Brand and are now working towards building this brand throughout your market. 

In doing so, you will slide further away from the parent brand on the Continuum (Sub > Endorsed — i.e. pushing away from parent brand and placing more emphasis on the new brand itself.)

Some of the more potent things you can do at this stage include:

1. Develop your Sub Brand's Brand & Marketing Strategy

– Frame your Sub Brand's positioning 

– Develop a distinct brand voice & personality 

– Develop unique brand values (if markedly different from your parent brand values)

– Firm up the brand's value props, target audience and occasions 

– Develop a unique social media hashtag


2. Build out the portfolio (and explore where you can credibly take the brand)

Develop Line Extension(s) if appropriate 

( e.g. XYZ IPA > XYZ Hazy IPA > XYZ Imperial Hazy IPA… or XYZ Lager > XYZ Lime Lager… )

Line Extensions are a natural path towards growing the overall brand and giving consumers more options for flavor, occasions, packaging format and price points. 

However, you don’t have to develop multiple lines in order to build a successful Sub Brand. 

You can build a strong Sub brand off the back of one product (e.g. Lion’s Paw Lager, Shipwrecked, Cold Smoke). But if your product lends itself to a Line Extension, then this can be a great way to further build out the portfolio. (TLDR: Don't Line Extend without a compelling reason or opportunity.) 

Read more about how far you can extend a brand here.

Create Sub Brand-centric variety packs (if applicable)

This one is dependent on whether you release Line Extensions. But if you do have enough products to fill one out, variety packs can be a great way to drive trial and slowly introduce (and test) new brands in your portfolio. (They also allow you to stay top of mind throughout the year as seasons change.)

And allow me to beat this old drum once again: If you decide to build a variety pack, make sure you view it as a brand building opportunity. So develop a theme that helps you tell a compelling story and capture a specific occasion or audience.

TLDR: Don’t call it a “variety pack” and move on.

Develop a merch program 

Creating a Sub Brand-specific merch line is another great way of building awareness and evangelism. It’s also another avenue for fleshing out your brand voice and personality while driving more revenue.

( Examples: 805 / Howdy Beer / Fat Tire )


3. Distribution / Sales / Marketing Alignment 

In order to scale your Sub Brand, you’ll need to dial in your distribution and marketing plans. You will work with your distributor(s) on this front and this process can include chain retail and national account considerations depending on your scale. 

You will already have a few priorities within your parent brand's portfolio, but you will shift dedicated focus and energy to growing this Sub Brand alongside these other brands.


Other items you can tackle at this stage include:

– Dedicated distributor plans (more emphasis in your ABP / distribution plan / sales rep priority)

– Dedicated marketing budget 

– Sub Brand-specific vehicle wraps & POS / sales materials 

– Sub Brand-specific tap handles





(Below top): Left Field Brewery is taking the intermediate steps of building out the Ice Cold Beer Sub Brand by creating a line extension (a "lime" extension, if you will), variety packs, fun merch and some smart field activation.

(Below bottom): Braxton Brewing does a great job of brand building out of the gate. Their latest release, 
Spur Amber Lager, came to market with its own defined brand voice, identity and launch party. If (or when) this brand achieves velocity, they can begin to scale the Sub Brand Ladder with whichever steps make the most sense.

Final steps – Taking the leap

At this point, the flywheel is spinning and you’re focused on maintaining the momentum you’ve built along the way. 

So as your Sub Brand matures, you’re doing more of the same work you began in the middle rungs of the Sub Brand Ladder: You’re continuing to develop the brand itself, you’re expanding your marketing efforts and budget and distribution reach.

You’re just doing all of these things better—more efficiently, more targeted and on a bigger scale. 

The line between the middle rungs of the Sub Brand ladder and the top rungs is blurry. So rather than trying to pin down a concrete definition (i.e. when you hit an annual CE target, when you hit a revenue milestone, etc.), let's say that you *officially* reach the top rungs when your team decides to take the leap.
 

“The leap”

Taking the leap means your brewery is fully committed to this Sub Brand and in doing so, you’ve decided to permanently decouple it from your parent brand. You may still maintain some level of Endorsement but at this stage, this is more to let people know that your parent brand exists than it is to offer a quality guarantee.  

Your Sub Brand (likely an Endorsed or standalone brand at this point) is now standing entirely on its own.

(Fly away baby bird!)

This happens naturally over time, and indeed, it’s usually the goal that your Sub Brand becomes more identifiable than your brewery’s parent brand. 

As an example: How many people know Voodoo Ranger vs. New Belgium? Or that Dale’s Pale Ale comes from Oskar Blues? Or Dead Guy comes from Rogue?

There are a few other items that you can do to commit to taking the leap. These can include: 

Filling out your digital footprint

– Create a Sub Brand-specific website. This can be a landing page, or a robust eComm site, depending on your needs. Here are a few examples of this out in the wild: Voodoo Ranger (New Belgium) / 805 & Mind Haze (Firestone Walker) / Skip Day Hard Seltzer (Fernson Brewing) / Arrogant Bastard (Stone)

– Create Sub Brand-specific social channels (unique handles and content, Custom Spotify playlists, etc.) ( Examples: @Drinkdales / @VoodooRanger / @HowdyBeer / @DrinkDeadGuy )

– Building assets (sales materials, POS) and tools (distributor portal on your website) to support growth and marketing

Fully realized team and budget

Start treating this Sub Brand like its own standalone business. To do this, you will need to put in place the systems and processes like any other business (staff, budget, SOPs, etc.)

– Build a dedicated in-house team to focus on the Sub Brand (e.g. Marketing Director, Brand Director / In-house designer, Social Media Manager / eCommerce Director) 

– Develop Sub Brand-specific marketing plan with a real budget (refining and executing what you framed during the intermediate phase)

– Building a dedicated sales program

Brand Architecture

– Build strategic partnerships (co-branding, sponsorships, stadium & concert venue placements). This will allow you to tap into additional audiences, continue building the brand and further enmeshing yourself in the community. 

– Complete marketing / sales / distributor alignment. This is builds on and clarifies what you established during the middle rungs of the Sub Brand Ladder.

Other moves to solidify your Sub Brand can include:

– Shift to move volume (multi-packs—variety, 12-pk and even 24pks) + channel-specific formats (single serve program, stovepipes in C-stores and concert venues)

– Create Sub Brand-specific standalone taprooms and venues 

– Create signature events / festivals / field marketing plans  

– Influencer marketing & partnerships 

– Ad Campaigns (Super Bowl ad? I don’t know… let’s dream big here.) And if you can’t swing 7 million for a 30 second commercial, then what else can you do? What is your Sub Brand’s Super Bowl?



Here are a few major brands that are taking the leap in real time (right now in 2023). Follow along over the coming years to see how these outfits flesh out their brand families.

Oskar Blues > Dale's  /  Bell's > Hearted  /  Rogue > Dead Guy





(Below top): Garage Beer is a great example of a brewery scaling the Sub Brand Ladder. Garage Beer started out as a Sub / Endorsed brand from Braxton Brewing. This set them up to bring in an outside investor and spin the brand out as its own property. We'll explore this concept—scaling up and down the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum—in a future BBT issue.

(Below middle): A handful of brands that have taken the leap, including Fat Tire, 805, Dead Guy, Wild Basin and Dale’s.

Another cool highlight here: 805 is a best in class example of a beer brand that leans into content marketing and lifestyle positioning. This work includes bespoke video content, co-branded merch releases and partnering with influential brand ambassadors. 

(Below bottom): The skeleton in the room — We wouldn't be here talking about Sub Brands if it weren't for the success New Belgium has found through its Voodoo Ranger family. They're doing some super fun world building, including a standalone website (complete with an 8-bit video game), custom merch, unique social channels and brand voice and on and on.

When does a brand become a Sub Brand?

It’s a question of intent. 

Thousands of breweries have beers with fanciful names. But this alone doesn’t make a beer brand a Sub Brand.

It’s the intent to grow that specific brand as a more individualized family, complete with its own key messaging, value props, brand voice and personality that will push you across the line.

The Sub Brand Ladder isn't a punch list for you to check off over time.

These are stepping stones, or foundational blocks in the platform that allows you to move forward and build your Sub Brand (and your entire business) along the way for years to come.

Ready to build a Sub Brand?

Shoot me an email if you'd like to discuss working together on building your brewery's Sub Brand.

[Podcast] How to scale the Sub Brand Ladder

This companion podcast will walk you through scaling a brand from infancy to fully-developed Sub Brand (and beyond).

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-scale-the-sub-brand-ladder/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to introduce their “Sub Brand Ladder” framework. Are you interested in building a Sub Brand at your brewery? Start here.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How to Scale the Sub Brand Ladder [Newsletter]

2. Your Band Architecture isn’t a static thing.

3. You can scale up and down the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum over time.

4. How to develop a fanciful brand name [Podcast]

5. Fernson Brewing’s package refresh

6. Sub Brands vs. Endorsed Brands [Newsletter]

7. Common Line Extensions (in 2023): IPA > Hazy IPA > Imperial Hazy IPA — or — Lager > Light Lager > Lime Lager > Mexican-Style Lager

8. On variety packs [Newsletter]

9. KettleHouse & Cold Smoke

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-scale-the-sub-brand-ladder-beer-branding-trends/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 045

What kind of Sub Brand should you build?

Morning!

In our first piece in this series, we covered why Sub Brands are such a pervasive Brand Strategy approach right now.

Today, Sub Brand Summer marches on with a look at the different types of Sub Brands your brewery can build. 

We’ll outline and explore the subtle (but important) differences between Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands, and when each one can make sense for your brewery.

But before diving into that, let's first outline two important foundational concepts that will help you better understand this subject. 




Want to learn more about Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands? 

Foundational Concepts 

 

There are two key concepts to understand before delineating between Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands. 


1

The first is the role of the parent brand in Brand Architecture 

We discussed this at length in BBT Issue 22. But as a quick refresher, when we help our clients make Brand Architecture decisions, we’re most concerned with protecting their parent brand’s equity.

– How will this extension add value to, or detract from, your parent brand?

– How far can we extend your brand without losing its core meaning and relevance? 

– Can your parent brand credibly enter this new space? 

– To what degree should your parent brand be present on this new brand? 


Without a strong parent brand, you have nothing to extend. No equity. No goodwill. No reputation. No secret sauce. Nothing. 

This is important when you set out to build a Sub Brand because, especially in the initial stages, you will be leaning heavily on your parent brand’s equity and goodwill. 

The relationship between your parent brand and Sub Brand will continue to diminish the further to the right you move on the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum (represented in the graphic below), moving from Sub Brand onto an Endorsed Brand and potentially a stand alone brand approach over time. 


2

The second key concept you need to understand is the idea of a Main Purchasing Driver.

A purchasing driver is the primary reason someone buys a product. 

Your parent brand and new product brand can both play this role depending on how you frame their relationship, and the line can become blurry as you make your way from Sub to Endorsed Brand.  

An important question here: Are people buying a product because it is explicitly from your brewery? In this case, your parent brand is the primary purchasing driver. 

Or, is someone buying this new product because of its own specific style or brand (and the fact that it’s produced by your brewery is either a nice bonus or doesn’t factor into their decision at all)? In this case, your new brand is the main purchasing driver. 

Back to the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum (above), your parent brand’s role as the main purchasing driver diminishes the more rightward you move along this continuum.

 

 

Now that we’ve covered these two concepts, let’s define Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands.

Sub Brands 

A Sub Brand is a connected closely to your parent brand, but think of it as a little extra spice given to separate itself from the rest of your portfolio

A Sub Brand still carries the same overall values that intuitively link it to your parent brand, but targets a specific audience with further defined attributes and benefits that might not be offered by the parent brand alone.

This allows you to build stronger bonds with your existing customers while expanding your overall footprint by dipping your toes into new categories and audiences.

Under a Sub Brand strategy:

– Your parent brand is the Main Purchasing Driver 

– The packaging looks, more or less, in line with the rest of your portfolio 

– Your parent brand and new product brand share equal prominence on packaging

Sub Brands make sense when:

– You want to explore a new category or occasion while still flying under your parent brand’s momentum and mindshare 

– You know you want to create a new product, but you’re not sure what that looks like long term (e.g. will it become a standalone brand?)




Sub Brand Examples

(Below top): Fernson Brewing deliberately shifted away from a monolithic portfolio by building individual Sub brands. Read a full case study on this project here.


(Below middle): Left Field Brewery's Ice Cold Beer and Sierra Nevada's Little Thing Sub Brands.

(Below bottom): A collection of Sub Brands from around the beer industry. Note how each brewery's parent brand identity (logo) is locked up with the Sub Brand name / core iconography in these examples.

Endorsed Brands 

An Endorsed Brand stands mostly on its own, but with some level of endorsement—or, assurance of quality, trust and credibility—from the established parent brand.

An Endorsed Brand leverages the mind share and reputation of your parent brand while insulating it to varying degrees.

This can manifest as a “stamp of quality” or in a more meaningful alignment (think a similar naming element or thematic relationship).

Under an Endorsed Brand strategy:

– Your new product brand is the Main Purchasing Driver

– The packaging departs from your core portfolio’s look & feel 

– Your parent brand is relegated to an “endorsement” role 

Endorsed Brands make sense when:

– You want a clear separation from your parent brand 

– You have plans to scale and spin off the brand at some point 

– You’re targeting a different audience from your core line, but there is enough carryover (values, brand & story) that some tie to your parent brand can make sense.



Endorsed Brand Examples 

(Below top): 7th Inning Seltzer and Say Hey Sparkling Water by Left Field Brewery.

(Below middle): Rhinegeist employs a variety of Brand Architecture approaches within their portfolio. These are two great Endorsed Brands. (Devil's advocate: You can almost make the case for Cincy Light being a Sub Brand due to how strong and recognizable Rhinegeist's core icon is. In this case, it stands in for their main logo no different than the Starbucks Mermaid icon or Nike Swoosh.)

(Below bottom): A collection of prominent Endorsed Brands from around the industry.

Conclusion 

At a quick glance, the difference between a Sub Brand and an Endorsed Brand can seem blurry. Indeed, they both leverage your parent brand to varying degrees and they both aim to build a platform for future growth. 

But the real difference, for our conversation here, is in your intent. 

If you intend to build up a new brand within your brewery’s portfolio, then you can look ahead to see which plan might help you best accomplish that goal down the line. 

Then, you can backward plan from there and arrive at which approach makes the most sense for your brewery right now. 



 

Now that you understand the different use cases for Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands, we’ll set theory aside and spend our final issue of Sub Brand Summer walking you through how to actually build and scale your Sub Brand.

Has your brewery built a Sub Brand?

Shoot me an email if you have. And bonus points for letting us know what worked (and didn't work) for you as you developed the brand.

[Podcast] Sub Brands vs. Endorsed Brands

Here's a fun companion podcast for today's BBT issue that dives into the subtle (but important) differences between Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands.

Give this a listen while brewing, gardening, deadlifting, and/or rollerblading past your haters.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/sub-brands-vs-endorsed-brands/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the subtle (but important) differences between Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Sub Brand Summer, Pt. 1: Sub Brands. So hot right now. [Beer Branding Trends Newsletter]

2. Sub Brand Summer, Pt. 2: Sub Brands vs. Endorsed Brands (a closer look) [Beer Branding Trends Newsletter]

3. CODO’s 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review

4. The role of the parent brand in Brand Architecture

4. Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum

5. Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.)

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/sub-brands-vs-endorsed-brands-beer-branding-trends/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 044

Welcome to Sub Brand Summer

Hi, there!

In our 2023 Beer Branding Trends review, we outlined an important shift we're seeing in brewery portfolio strategy.

All across the country, breweries are looking to find growth by building Sub Brands—or in the more common, non-Brand Architecture nomenclature, "Brand Families"—within their broader portfolio.

This is a natural move for larger Legacy Breweries for whom finding relevance with new drinkers is a life and death matter. But we're seeing our smaller, younger brewery clients build intra-portfolio Sub Brands with great results as well. 

In either case, there are interesting takeaways that you can think about as you shape your brewery’s portfolio over the coming years. 

We’ve written a lot about what Sub Brands are and how to build them. In today's issue, we’re going to outline why we think Sub Brands are such a pervasive strategy right now, what this means, and more importantly, how your brewery can explore this path if you think it would be a good fit for your vision and goals.

We're going to dive into Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands in part 2 of this series, but as a quick refresher:

What is a Sub Brand?

From The Beyond Beer Handbook:

A Sub Brand is connected closely to your parent brand—think of it as a little extra spice given to separate each product from one another within your overall portfolio. A Sub Brand still carries the same values that intuitively link it to the parent brand, but targets a specific audience with further defined attributes and benefits that might not be offered by the parent brand alone. This allows you to build stronger bonds with your existing customers while expanding your overall footprint by dipping your toes into new categories and audiences.

A few important nuances here:

1. In Brand Architecture terms, this strategy can manifest as a Sub Brand or an Endorsed Brand. The specific approach isn’t as important as is the long term bet that we’re seeing more breweries make: The future will be more centered around specific brands and brand families, more so than around a brewery’s parent brand. 

2. When building a true Sub Brand, your parent brand is still the main purchasing driver.

That is, a customer buys this product explicitly because it is from your brewery. With an Endorsed Brand, the new product brand itself is the main purchasing driver, with the parent brand relegated to an "endorsing" role. 

For the rest of this article, I'll use "Sub Brands" as a shorthand for both Sub and Endorsed Brand strategies.

Sub Brand Summer focuses on the Sub / Endorsed Brands section of the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum.




Why is this happening? (Or at least, how did it start?)

 

Reason 1: Follow the leader(s)

I believe we’re seeing this strategy so often today because of how successfully it has been implemented by a handful of respected Legacy Breweries.

A few prominent examples include: 

– Voodoo Ranger (New Belgium)
– Little Thing (Sierra Nevada)
– 805 (Firestone Walker) 
– Beer Hug (Goose Island) 
– Golden Monkeys (Victory)
– Dale's (Oskar Blues)
– Wicked (Boston Beer Co.)
– Hearted (Bell's) 


We offered a similar theory recently for why high ABV beers are trending right now. (Question starts at the 1 hour 13 minute mark in this podcast). Basically, someone took a shot (in this case, on aggressively priced Imperial IPAs in single serve stove pipes), and it worked. It really, really worked. So other breweries followed suit. 

So take this dynamic, sprinkle in the macro trend of beer consumers shopping based more on brand than style, plus shifting Legal Drinking Age demographics and preferences, and you have a perfect setting for Sub Brands to thrive.



(Below) Follow the leader(s): A few leading brewery Sub Brand examples from around the United States.

Reason 2: The beer industry is facing major headwinds

I don't need to outline the myriad economic forces that are constricting the beer industry because you're seeing this firsthand every day in your work. 

But for those who aren't following along as closely, let's just say that between a recession and inflation, lingering supply chain shortages and dramatically increased input costs, things aren't looking so great right now. 

So how can a brewery survive over the coming rocky years?

One way is to diversify your offerings.

It's good practice to rebalance your investment portfolio every year or two to ensure you're not overly weighted in one asset class. This keeps you resilient and can minimize losses when things go sideways.

This concept applies to your brewery's portfolio as well: By building a variety of brands and products across multiple categories that appeal to different audiences, price points and occasions, you can keep your business more robust as consumer preferences shift and broader economic constraints are brought to the fore.

We saw a lot of this from 2019 to 2022 in the form of breweries releasing hard seltzer and RTDs.

But this move is category agnostic. 

For this conversation, we’re not drawing a line between beer or Beyond Beer products. Instead, we're focusing on Sub Brands as a tool to leverage your parent brand to grow your overall portfolio.



Reason 3: Sub Brands create a smoother path to market than creating an entirely new brand 

Building a new brand is expensive. And it's challenging. And it takes capacity (that you may not have). And to do it right, you have to invest as much time and energy and capital as you did when bringing your parent brand to market. 

But releasing a new brand that can come to market tied to your parent brand in some capacity can create a faster path towards gaining mindshare and driving trial and velocity.

I won't go as far as to call this strategy a shortcut, but it is faster and cheaper to bring a new Sub Brand to market than creating an entirely new brand (with zero tie to your parent brand).



Reason 4: Sub Brands are platform for long term brand building

We've written about the merits of Monolithic Portfolios vs. fanciful names and Sub Brands a lot this year.

One thing that we've heard from our brewery clients is that Sub Brands give your customers one more point of reference to grab onto and understand and bond with. Fernson Brewing mentioned this in our recent podcast conversation.

Think of the Bar Call heuristic. Someone walks into a bar and orders a beer: Which of these sounds (and feels) better?

"805, please." 

or 

"Give me a Firestone Walker Blonde Ale, please."

Our recent package refresh project with Fernson Brewing illustrates how Sub Brands aren't just a big, Legacy Brewery move. Smaller breweries are building Sub Brands with great results as well. 




Welcome to the Era of Sub Brands (or, why Sub 
Brands are so hot right now)

For the Legacy Brewery:


Sub Brands are an opportunity to target a specific audience more credibly than you would be able to with your parent brand. You can bring to bear your entire scale (production, innovation, distribution, marketing, etc.) and launch a new brand with more force than a startup ever could.  

For a newer, smaller brewery:

Sub Brands are another chance to create something that resonates with your customers. And it creates a platform for future growth via Line Extensions, co-branding and a deeper universe you can flesh out over time.

For your customers:

Sub Brands are an easy way to cut through the noise of today’s cold box and find a new go-to beer brand family that never lets them down.





In part 2 of this series, we'll take a closer look at Sub Brands and Endorsed Brands.

We'll explore how they're similar, where they differ and how you can scale seamlessly from one to the other over time as your brand grows.

Save 20% on The Beyond Beer Handbook (*while supplies last*)

Use code: SubBrandSummer

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Grab yours here: The Beyond Beer Handbook

[Podcast] Why are Sub Brands so hot right now?

We've recorded three companion podcasts, one for each Sub Brand Summer issues. These dive into way more detail (complete with tangents) than our newsletter format allows.

Give this episode a listen if you want more background on why Sub Brands are such an important strategy for contemporary brewery portfolios. And/or forward along to any of your team members who never learned how to read.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/why-are-brewery-sub-brand-strategies-so-hot-right-now/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to introduce CODO’s Sub Brand Summer Series and answer the question: “Why are Sub Brands so hot right now?”

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Sub Brands. So h0t right now. [Beer Branding Trends Newsletter]

2. CODO’s 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/why-are-sub-brands-so-hot-right-now-beer-branding-trends/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 043

"When does a brand become a Sub Brand?"

A client asked us this recently and Cody and I didn’t have as clear an answer as we would’ve liked. (Especially for two people who’ve written a book on Brand Architecture.) 

– Is it when you introduce fanciful names in your portfolio?

– Is it when you launch a Line Extension?

– Is it when you launch a variety pack? 

– Is it when you get a brand-specific tap handle?

Yes. It’s all these things. And more.

Building a Sub Brand is a matter of intent. And there are several layers, or levels, to developing one. 

– What are you wanting to build? 

– How do you want to structure your portfolio?

– How do you plan to thrive in craft beer’s “new normal” where what you’ve always done might not cut it anymore?

To explore this subject, we’ve put together a 3-part series of BBT newsletters and companion podcasts that will discuss why Sub Brands are such a pervasive strategy right now, the different types of Sub Brands you can build as well as a guide for laddering up and building your own fully executed and scaled Sub Brand.

Here’s a run down on what to expect over the coming weeks. 

Issue 1 (Why): Sub Brands.So Hot Right Now. (July 18)

Issue 2 (What): Sub Brands vs. Endorsed Brands: A Closer Look (August 1)

Issue 3 (How): How to Scale the Sub Brand Ladder (August 15)



This series is a BBT exclusive, so if there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading along, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here so they receive everything.

Thanks so much for being here.

We’ll be back next week to kick this all off.

Save 20% on The Beyond Beer Handbook

Use code: SubBrandSummer (*while supplies last)

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Grab yours here: The Beyond Beer Handbook

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/introducing-sub-brand-summer/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 042

What is a Legacy Brewery? And what unique challenges are they facing today?

Legacy Brewery. 

(Sounds cool, doesn’t it?)

We’ve used this term for years in our branding work (and have heard it bandied about the industry for just as long).

I wanted to take today to define this more clearly as well as make a case for broadening the requirements to be included in this group as well as examine some of the unique challenges facing these breweries. 


What is a Legacy Brewery? (And how many are there?)

We’ve always considered a Legacy Brewery to be any outfit that was founded about 20+ years ago. That number seems kind of arbitrary—why not 25 or 30 years?—but it's always felt like a good benchmark. 

When we invoke this term, I imagine most folks immediately think of Sierra Nevada, New Belgium, Boston Beer, DogFish Head, Oskar Blues, Firestone Walker, Schlafly, Victory, Karl Strauss, Russian River, Deschutes, etc. as leading examples from this cohort. And indeed, these companies are all fantastic examples of Legacy Breweries (and businesses and brands) that are only getting better with age. 

But we shouldn't just look towards these mega successful outliers for what determines success for today's Legacy Brewery. 

And looking at the numbers alone, these outfits are certainly outliers. 

If you discount the 25 or so "big" breweries that are in the Legacy tier, you're still left with a lot of older, smaller breweries. 

Remember, there were ~1,500 breweries in 2000 and ~1,800 in 2010 when the Craft Beer Boom began in earnest. So by this definition, there are approximately 1,500 Legacy Breweries in the United States today—that's ~16% of the entire U.S. craft beer industry.

But most of these Legacy Breweries aren’t producing 100’s of thousands of barrels per year. Most aren't distributed nationally. Most of them aren't grabbing industry headlines each time they release a new product or make an exciting new hire. And most of them have had a hard time rising above the frenetic noise of today's mature beer industry. 

All of this has lead to a subtle shift in how we define a Legacy Brewery.

KettleHouse is a great example of a Legacy outfit that leaned into its brand equity and rebranded to better position itself for the future.




Expanded criteria for Legacy Breweries 

We've rebranded several Legacy Breweries (those that are at the 20+ year mark). And we've rebranded several others breweries that are younger than this (somewhat arbitrary) age cutoff.

What we've seen in our field work is that both of these groups are often dealing with a similar set of problems and pain points. And on the other side of this equation, they're often eying similar opportunities. 

We've found that age isn't the most important metric here. Instead, we should focus on how many breweries opened in your market after you. 

To that end, we now consider any brewery that was founded before the Craft Beer Boom (starting in 2010) to be a Legacy Brewery.

So an outfit as old (as young?) as 13 years can be considered a Legacy Brewery. 

Yes, we still have an age cutoff, but this term is more inclusive of any brewery that founded in a much more open market and has since become surrounded (and sometimes overrun) with competition. 

So location, population density and the competitive set all factor into this expanded definition. 

If we dig deeper into this rationale (and make our way further into the weeds), you could even make the argument that a Legacy Brewery could have been founded in the early 2010's. 

To wit, if you opened sometime from 2011–2015 as one of the earliest breweries in a city that now boasts 50+ other breweries, you're likely in the same boat as a lot of these other Legacy Breweries. 

Example: When we first started working with Prost Brewing in 2018, they felt that they were already considered the Old Guard at just 6 years old in Denver's stacked market (currently sitting at around 150 breweries).

But alas, we need to draw a line somewhere or otherwise, this term won't mean anything. So again, this new definition does factor in age to a degree, but more so the amount of competition that has come on board since you founded.

(Above top) Mission Brewing is a classic Legacy Brewery (and then some, at 100+ years old).

(Above bottom) Prost Brewing would fall within the expanded Legacy definition of any brewery founded around the start of the Craft Beer Boom in 2010.




What unique challenges are Legacy Breweries facing?

While we learn something new on every single project, we do hear a recurring set of problems and pain points with our Legacy (and close to Legacy) clients.  

And to reiterate, for all intents and purposes, a brewery that is 14 years old and a brewery that is 29 years old are likely facing a similar set of headwinds today. 

Here are some pervasive themes we’ve heard in our Legacy branding work: 

“There's just so much competition that we've gotten lost in the shuffle of new entrants in our market.”

“We don't know what our story is, and we're not sure our fans do either.”

“Our current branding isn’t appropriate or even relevant for where we are today, or where we plan to take the brewery.” 

“We've had some major turnover over the last 5 years and our current team is excited to work and build. But we feel like we can’t accomplish anything until we rebrand.” 

“We're locked into a bad distributor relationship.” 

“Our sales were flat pre-2020. Now, they’re declining.” 

“Our branding and packaging are just tired. They haven’t been refreshed in 7 or 8 years, and it gets lost on shelf.” 

“We have several different beer lines and series with no central theme to tie our packaging together. None of this looks like it even comes from the same brewery.”

“Everything is inconsistent. We even use different logos on our flagship cans. It’s maddening.”





On Brand Equity 

Another unique challenge that Legacy Brewery's face is that, because they've been around for a while, there is often some level of visual and Brand Equity to consider as part of a branding update. 

Now, a five year old brewery will have hopefully built up some positive equity along the way as well. But there's a unique angle here, particularly amongst Legacy Brewery founders who are involved in a rebranding process: There's often more of an emotional attachment—and in some cases, an outright fear—that if you change things too drastically, people will not recognize you at all on shelf. 

We've run into this on several projects. A founder will say, "Well, we can't change that icon, or that illustration. We've used it for 19 years!"

But remember: Not all Equity carries the same weight.



Legacy Breweries, by dint of age, almost always have more Equity to contend with. And unless you’re completely wiping the slate clean during a rebrand (Revolution vs. Evolution), you will have more equity to wade through and consider.

What is important to our cause here? What is unmistakably us, and what can we build our identity and trade dress around moving forward?

What must be retained through this update, and what can be jettisoned?

How can we honor our past, and tell that story in a way that will resonate with new drinkers today? 

So what's a Legacy Brewery to do?

Between Big Beer, Big Craft, smaller, more nimble local breweries flooding the market and beyond beer products sucking up all remaining oxygen, Legacy Breweries are under a lot of pressure right now.

But you’ve got something that these other groups don’t have. 

Legacy Breweries are cool. 

Startup breweries often have to engage in myth making, that is, creating an origin story—sometimes out of whole cloth—that may or not be 100% authentic.

No value judgement here, to some extent this is required anytime you develop a new brand. BUT, you don’t have to do this. 

If you’ve been around for 13 years, or 15, or 25 years (again, the age isn’t as important now), then I guarantee there is something interesting in your history that you can explore in your branding and messaging.

You have an earned authenticity that younger groups don't have yet.

You’ve weathered recession(s), booms and busts, major events in your city and market—a pandemic—and you’re still here. 

You’ve been there all along, shaping your community, giving back, learning and listening and making great beer.

So lean into this.

Remind people where you came from (and show your bona fides)

Don’t hang your hat on just being old—on its own, this isn't a compelling differentiator. But there is an authenticity there that people inherently recognize. Don't be afraid to tell this story and remind people (current fans and new ones) where you come from.

Yeah, we may be ubiquitous. And you may take us for granted, but there's a reason we're still here.



People need a story to connect with your brewery. And you've got one.

You just have to figure out how to tell it.

A few examples of breweries reminding people where they come from:

– Bell's Never Trend campaign 
– Anderson Valley's Road to 35 Campaign
– Left Field's 10th anniversary merch collection
– Oskar Blues' throwback 15-pack 

Around the Shop

Coming soon: Sub Brand Summer!

"When does a brand become a Sub Brand?"

A client asked us this recently and we didn’t have as clear an answer as we would’ve liked.

So we set out to define this path as clearly as possible.

The result: A 3-part series of newsletters and companion podcasts that examines why Sub Brands are so hot right now, the different types of Sub Brands your brewery can build, and finally, how your brewery can scale the "Sub Brand Ladder."

This series will debut in early July.

And it's a BBT newsletter exclusive, so if you've got a team member who you'd like to read along, forward this email to them or hit the link below to sign them up.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/what-is-a-legacy-brewery/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss package refreshes.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Evolution vs. Revolution

2. What is a package refresh?

3. Why (and when) do breweries do this?

4. Common pain points that lead to package refreshes

5. Common goals and objectives in these projects

6. On hierarchy and packaging hierarchy

7. What if a brewery has a terrible logo and wants to keep it?

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/when-to-refresh-your-packaging/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 041

How we refreshed Fernson Brewing's flagship packaging

Morning!

Quick housekeeping here: We've received feedback from dozens of subscribers who would prefer to read these longer form pieces on our site.

We're going to do that moving forward, where appropriate. We'll still send out full reviews / insights here in the newsletter, but crossposting these on our stories page will give you a better (and much larger) look at images and an easier link to share with your team.

Click here to view today's post over on our site. 



In our 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review we wrote about the merits of fanciful beer names (e.g. 60 Minute IPA, Pivo Pils, Cold Smoke) vs. a more monolithic, parent brand-forward naming convention (e.g. Prost Pils, Birdsmouth Dunkel, Plain Spoke Mojito).

This parallels another trend we covered as well: An increase in the amount of consumers who report shopping and making purchasing decisions based on brand more than style.

If we extrapolate these trend lines out over the next 5 to 10 years, it becomes clear that breweries with a distinctive (and compelling) brand identity, a clear point of view, and individualized beer brand names will be in a stronger position than groups without these foundational pillars in place.  

Today, we want to share a case study for a recent project with Fernson Brewing out of Sioux Falls, South Dakota that illustrates all of these ideas. 

For podcast fans, we recorded a conversation with Fernson founders Derek Fernholz and Blake Thompson on this topic as well. Give it a listen for more context in their own words. 

Okay, let’s get into it. 

 

 

We designed Fernson’s flagship cans back in 2015.

This original packaging was tailored for a mid-2010’s beer market. Bifurcated and minimal, each beer got its own SKU color, but the emphasis was on building Fernson’s parent brand first and foremost. 

To that end, and importantly for today’s conversation, these early releases all eschewed beer names. So you had Fernson IPA, Fernson Farmhouse Ale, etc. 

This packaging worked really well at the time. Especially in a then nascent craft beer market like South Dakota (and later, as Fernson expanded, neighboring Iowa and Minnesota).

Fernson’s original flagship cans.




But a few things happened over the intervening years that highlighted the need for more individualized beer brands and packaging. 

1. We already mentioned a broader trend that shows consumers increasingly gravitating towards individual brands over styles. So that’s still at play. 

2. Along the way, Fernson employed a series of talented in-house designers that did a bang up job of evolving and solidifying Fernson’s brand voice and ongoing package design aesthetic. 

3. And finally, the beer industry just became more crowded (~4,000 breweries in 2015 to over 9,500 in 2023 will do that). 

But perhaps more importantly, great design in the beer industry has (thankfully) become far more commonplace. As has new SKU churn (sometimes called “Rotation Nation”) and an overall hastening of the rate at which breweries refresh their packaging. 

That’s a long winded way of saying that packaging, even when well-designed, tends to get lost in the fray much sooner today. 

A collection of packaging developed by Fernson’s in-house creative team over the years. 




So several years of new in-house label design work + an evolving beer market spurred the Fernson team to start introducing fanciful beer names around 2017.

This happened accidentally at first with the release of Lion’s Paw Lager (currently, ~60% of their revenue). 

This lead to renaming a few other flagships to match. So Fernson IPA became Shy Giant IPA. Fernson’s Porter became Wagonplane Porter. And their popular Sour Ale became Curio. (These are all strong, strong names.)

It’s important to note here that these names were introduced on their original flagship cans. So while they were taking a step toward what would eventually become an important trend—developing fanciful brand names and stories—the change wasn't really that impactful. (You’ve got a great name, but on shelf, you just added two words to the same templated can. Big deal.)

So after 8 years of service, these flagship cans were looking tired. They were tired when compared to their broader competitive set. And even more so when compared to the exciting things happening across the rest of Fernson’s portfolio. 

There was a pressing opportunity to make Fernson’s packaging work harder for them out on shelf while also setting the stage for deeper storytelling and long term brand building. 

If handled right, this move sets Fernson up for potential line extensions and even scaling some of these beers into more fully-developed Sub Brands down the line.

So that tees up our project. Now that you know the top line context, let’s jump straight to a few early concepts we presented and discuss some important considerations we discussed along the way.

You probably already know the folktale behind the Lion’s Paw name, but if not, read more here.




We shared two directions initially, one of which (above, bottom) featured a beautiful custom lion illustration.

We were really excited about this direction, and the art itself. It’s beautiful, it would translate well to a painted can, it lends itself to merchandising and POS opportunities, and on and on.

But as excited as we were, it didn’t quite land with the Fernson team. 

(A foghorn bays mournfully in the distance. Another slice of my beard turns ashen.)

They liked the illustration, but felt like it departed too heavily from their established aesthetic (i.e. all those great in-house cans and releases I mentioned earlier).

Another consideration, though not as immediately pressing as the previous one, is that this illustration style is fairly complex. This means you have to have a specific set of illustration skills in order to create follow-on labels. 

This is an important parameter that we end up discussing frequently in our work.

We have to balance creating something beautiful and compelling that stands out on shelf, but that, in an ideal world, will also be able to be replicated by your in-house team. 

While CODO (and any designer worth their salt) wants to design every single label your brewery puts out, this often isn’t financially prudent. It doesn’t take many label design projects before you start to seriously consider hiring an in-house creative.

Anyway, I’ll fast forward here through revisions and share round 2 concepts.


(Above top) Various illustration styles we explored through the revisions phase. The lion shifted dramatically from complex and ornate to minimal and iconic. This ended up being a better fit with Fernson’s broader aesthetic. 




Round 2 was warmly received.

The chosen direction’s canvas (above, middle) is much more simplified. We dropped the texture and grounded the illustration in a fairytale-ish picture frame to add some compositional logic and make follow-on in-house label illustrations more manageable. 

I’ll fast forward to the final cans here because our revisions were fairly minimal and mostly focused on dialing in the illustrations (e.g. "Should we break the frame with leaves here?" or "To be clear, the giant shouldn't be fully nude, correct?") and finding the right supporting typography.

Our engagement covered Lion’s Paw Lager and Shy Giant IPA, and we're proud of how these turned out.

But more importantly, from an ongoing perspective, Fernson’s in-house team was able to use these as templates and develop a few labels (Farmhouse and Curio) in this new style in short order.

So that’s another important project goal that was achieved.

Fun stuff Fernson's team developed to support their refresh launch. 

 

We talk about brand building a lot. And indeed, there’s a lot that we’re leaving out of that conversation here: The importance of marketing and sales and distribution alignment. Field activation. Community partnerships. Positioning. Brand voice. Brand Architecture. Consistency. And on and on. 

But before all of that, you need phenomenal beer. And that beer needs a compelling name. And it needs badass packaging. 

These are all foundational.

And once they’re in place, you can build anything you can dream up.

Around the Shop

Beer & Loathing Across the Lonesome Prairie

"There’s always a slight twinge of dread when preparing to share creative work with clients. Even if it’s the best work you’ve ever made, and it satisfies every goal you and the client have outlined, and you know they’ll love it—there’s always a chance that they won’t."



I want to share Fernson’s original branding case study (written back in 2014). 

This piece, and our relationship with Fernson, holds a special place in CODO's heart.

Firstly, it's rewarding to continue working with and grow alongside a client like Fernson for years. But secondly (and more selfishly), I can draw a line from this blog post to how we write about and promote our work today. 

After wrapping up Fernson's foundational naming and branding process, we wanted to write about the work. But we didn't want to write the same boring review every other design firm writes ("We partnered closely with X and solved Y problem. We drank beer in our office, aren't we cool and relevant?").

Instead, we gave people an honest look at what we were feeling as we drove out to South Dakota to spend a few days drinking with the Fernson team. But only AFTER presenting their branding concepts on day one. 

It hadn't occurred to us until we were about an hour into Iowa (in a rented Impala), that they might not like what we shared. And then what? We spend two days awkwardly hanging out. Cool!

Anyway, this post struck a nerve (with young designers mostly, I imagine) and has been read more than 350k times since 2014.

Give it a read (and enjoy photos of Cody and I as a couple of greenhorn business owners).

On Package Refreshes

Today's BBT issue focuses on developing Sub Brands, but this could have just as easily been presented as a package refresh case study. 

8 years (in Fernson's case) would put most breweries long overdue for an update.

If your brewery is considering a similar move sometime soon, revisit our recent newsletter on when a package refresh can make sense and how to set yourself up for success before the project kicks off.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/exploring-fernson-brewings-package-refresh/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down with Fernson Brewing to discuss their shiny new package refresh.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Fernson Brewing

2. Beer & Loathing Across the Lonesome Prairie

3. How has Fernson’s identity shifted over the last 8 years?

4. Fernson’s thoughts on Brand Voice

5. Monolithic naming vs. Fanciful Names and Sub Brands

6. Why Fernson started naming beers

7. How this move sets Fernson up for future Line Extensions and Sub Brands

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-we-refreshed-fernson-brewings-packaging/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 040

How we think about merch.

Hi there.

Today’s topic is another request from our year end survey: How do you design better merch? 

Merch is a fun subject and something that some breweries completely knock out of the park. And others, well, they try (and in doing so, leave a lot of revenue on the table).

Your merch program can be a highly lucrative revenue stream if done well. So, let’s discuss this today.

I'm not going to into specific fashion trends here because they’ll change over the next year anyway. (Also, I’m wearing jorts as I write this. Literally. Right now. Jorts. My wife is horrified.) I’ll also try to skip the more obvious pointers (e.g. Hoodies sell better in winter than summer—revelatory!).

Instead, I’ll outline some evergreen things we think about when we discuss merch with our clients in the hopes that this helps your team create better stuff moving forward.

Let’s get into it.

1.

Your merch is a direct reflection of your business 

I’ve had the same Sam Adams keychain bottle opener for more than 20 years. It has dutifully opened hundreds (thousands?) of beers and every time I bring it out, I smile. (These days, it lives on the top shelf of my tackle box. And if I'm being honest, it's really only still there because my kids like playing with it when we go fishing. Aluminum cans rendered this old friend obsolete a decade ago.)

Now I'm not sure that it's reasonable to ask a t-shirt to last 20 years, but my point here is that you need to invest in high quality merch—quality shirts and hats, quality printing, patches and stitching, quality keychains, etc. 

Whatever you decide to offer, make sure it's well made. 

This is such an important point, that if you have a choice between offering cheap merch (junky, boxy shirts, poorly made stickers, cheap bottle openers, etc.) and selling no merch at all, you would be better off not creating anything. 

Do not sell cheap merch. It is a direct reflection on your brewery itself.

Left Field is Toronto's baseball brewery. That sells their outfit short a bit, but this is what they're known for. And their merch program reinforces this positioning and story with every single piece.

I can't think of a single piece of merch they've ever put out that I wouldn't want to wear. 
Check out their entire store here.





2.

Your merch can reinforce your positioning and brand story 

What is your brewery’s Brand Essence, voice and personality? How are you positioned? What are your values and key messages?

All of these things can be reinforced by your merch. Not just in design, but in the actual artifact itself. 

What are your fans into? What activity and/or lifestyle are you centered around? Thinking in these terms can allow you to go esoteric and fun here.

If you’re the fly fishing brewery, then go deep on that: Bandanas. Branded fly boxes. Sunglasses straps. Fanny packs. Branded waders. Or maybe sticker packs geared for specific places like a truck cap or a canoe. 

You can do this with any lifestyle or hobby.

You know what your people are into, so have fun on this.

 

3.

What style of XYZ should you buy? 

Trucker hat or flat bill? Dad hat or an unfortunate bucket hat? 7 panel hat or snapback? 

How do you stay up to date on the latest fashion trends? 

Take it from me—again, jorts—it's not your job to know what type of hat or shirt is trending right now. 

To stay up to speed here, I suggest following dozens of breweries you respect on Instagram and watch what they're doing. 

Here are a few client shoutouts to get you started:

– Left Field Brewery
– Fertile Ground Beer Co. 

And here are a few more groups (non-CODO clients) who produce great merch:

Halfway Crooks 
Austin Beerworks
Surly Brewing
– The Veil 

I know this probably isn't as insightful as you might of hoped, but it works. You can’t know everything, so why bother? Focus on creating great beer and hospitality experiences for your fans, and let other folks figure out what type of merch does and doesn’t sell.

Then, borrow liberally. 



4.

Think beyond your primary logo (give your fans winks & nods)

There’s a place for logo’d merch. A big place. But if all you’re doing is slapping your primary logo on a bunch of shirts and calling it good, you may be missing out on sales to folks who don’t want to be a walking billboard, but would otherwise happily buy and wear a shirt. 

This is where your Modular Brand Identity System really shines. 

All of your secondary and tertiary marks—your icons, tagline builds and other bugs—are perfect for merch. These are exactly the type of winks and nods you can offer to folks who want to wear something cool and low key.

And beyond this, whenever we sit down to develop a dedicated batch of merch, we lean more into lifestyle and cool illustrations.

Think more band shirt than a corporate offering.

Is this design cool? 

Does it relate (even in the slightest) to our brewery's story?


Go. To. Print.

5.

Create merch drops & scarcity 

Whenever your brewery orders merch, you’re balancing wanting to order fewer items (in case they don’t sell well) with the fact that you can get a better price by buying more units.

One way to reframe this scenario is to think of your merch along the lines of your brewery's pilot program: Purposely order small batches and promote them as such. 

There are several benefits to this approach:

– You can test things out and see what pops. Does a particular shirt color, or style, or design sell out almost instantly? Then you know you might want to order more of that particular item the next time around.

– You’re also not left with hundreds of units sitting there gathering dust if you miss the mark on a particular piece.

– And finally, you’re introducing one of the most powerful nudges in all of advertising and Behavioral Economics theory—limited time only! If your hats are only available for a limited time, then someone might be more inclined to grab one now than if it was a year round staple. 

Buy smaller quantities to see what the market likes. Take notes. And refine on your next drop.

Bonus point here: Let’s stay on the pilot batch / limited release beer analogy for a moment.

Is there a way you can create a merch series that will encourage folks to collect? These could be enamel pins, hats, glassware, special prints—anything.

If someone like a particular design, then they may be more inclined to buy the next one, particularly if this is framed as part of a growing (and exclusive) series.

6. 

Create a beautiful retail footprint (please exit through the gift shop)

If you want your fans to buy more merch, you should make purchasing said merch as easy and pleasant as possible.

One way of doing this is to create a beautiful retail experience inside your brewery.

I suggest looking for inspiration out in the world here.

Go to a Harley Davidson dealership to see how they merchandise shirts and lifestyle gear. Go to REI to see how they merchandise camping equipment. Or take your Goth son to a Hot Topic and check out how they merchandise chain wallets and eye liner. 

Go to any store that has a similar vibe to your brewery (e.g. technical, outdoorsy, warm and inviting) and look at their retail displays. How do they hang shirts? Do they use mannequins? What sort of backdrops do they build? Do they take advantage of vertical space or is everything in bins? What sort of hangtags / retail labels do they use?

Creating a cool, inviting space in your brewery to house your merch can, in and of itself, help to sell more products. 

Bonus point here: I’m always surprised when I see a taproom employee not wearing a brewery's shirt.

If you don’t have a uniform policy in place, especially amongst your front of house folks, consider at least asking that they wear one of your shirts during every shift. This will get more eyes on your merch throughout the day and hopefully help to move more products.

(And another piece of low hanging fruit: Put your merch on your taproom menus. If you've got cool stuff to offer, don't be shy about it.)

 

7. 

Should you sell your merch online?

Selling your merch online is a no brainer if you're established enough and have a large enough following to justify the increased overhead (eComm development, inventory management, product photography, fulfillment, etc.).

If you’re just starting out (so breweries in planning, specifically), you can probably find better ways to spend your money than on building a slick online store. 

What is a large enough following to justify building an online store?

Great question. And I actually don’t have a clear answer for you. 

If you’ve got 25k IG followers maybe? Or 5k newsletter subscribers. Or if you make more than 2500bbl per year, maybe?

Or perhaps you just have big aspirations on this front and want to set yourself up to scale now.

The real question is: Do you feel confident that your merch is strong enough and your brand is compelling enough that people would want to buy your merch from afar?

If so, get after it. 

We wrote about breweries leaning into content marketing and email newsletters recently. If you have an engaged newsletter list, then selling your merch online becomes way easier (and measurable). 

You still want to over-deliver value on this channel: Give your fans behind the scenes stories, sneak peeks at upcoming releases, etc.

But if your fans trust you, you're allowed to sneak in an ad every now and then. If people love what you’re doing and want to grab a hat, then this can be all the nudge they need.

Around the Shop

[Podcast] 2023 Branding Trends Review Community Q&A

Super fun episode here. Thanks so much for sending in so many great questions, including:

– Can budget "craft" beers ever work? 

– Is there a Hop Water visual canon? And why are these so expensive? 

– What are a few ways the alcohol & minors issue could shakeout? 

– What big beer & beverage trends is CODO seeing in our project work right now? 

+

– Our boldest prediction for the beer industry by 2030? (Spicy takes only.)

– What do we think of Fat Tire’s latest rebrand? 

– What do we make of the super high ABV beer trend we’re seeing right now?

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-design-better-merch/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss Modular Identity Systems.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What is a Modular Brand Identity System?

2. The “Facebook Problem”

3. Primary vs. Secondary vs. Tertiary components

4. Brand Identity vs. Brand Strategy (upstream vs. surface level)

5. Brand Guidelines

6. These are great for quickly rolling out merch programs.

7. Modular Identity Systems require a deft hand and hawkish editing to be built correctly.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/what-are-modularbrand-identity-systems/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to field community-submitted questions on CODO’s 2023 Beer Branding Trends review.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

Read the 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review

 

Q1: I asked this last year and am curious again, were there any sections / ideas that didn’t make it into the final draft? Thanks again for putting this all together. Love these reports.

– Burt Reynolds and Tom Selleck founded Casamigos Tequila

Fingers Newsletter

 

Q2: On the idea of releasing a budget beer option… Let’s say that, hypothetically, you could get the COGS to a place where this was actually a feasible option. Would you still advise against this from a branding and reputation standpoint?

I’m picturing a compelling use case for something like this where someone might enjoy 1 or 2 great craft beers and then finish the night with a High Life or Banquet, etc. Could this be an opportunity to still offer a craft beer to those consumers?

– On the perils of releasing budget beer brand

 

Q3: Is hop water design really a blank canvas? Are there cues that consumers are already expecting? What should people be doing to fit it neatly outside of NA / Seltzer / Sparkling Water?

Is Hop Water the next big Beyond Beer trend?

 

Q4: I looked up hop waters after reading this newsletter last year, and was blown away by how expensive they are. The few brands that I found locally are as expensive if not more so than actual beer. How do you think these brands can justify such a high price point at retail, and do you still think that this category is going to see a lot of growth in the short term given how expensive these products are?

Doug Veliky’s COGS breakdown on Hop Water vs. Beer

 

Q5: You joked about hand waving and pearl clutching in the podcast about alcohol & minors, but do you really think anything is going to happen legislatively on this front?

I see so many actual problems facing our country (income inequality, gun violence, attacks on women’s rights and on LGBTQ communities) and just can’t see lawmakers doing anything to even attempt to address this issue.

I agree that it’s getting kind of ridiculous—Hard Sunny D, c’mon!— I just don’t think anything will come of this. That’s not to mention how powerful the alcohol lobby is.

Joe Camel vs. JAMA

 

Q6: I know you explicitly said you’re only focusing on branding and marketing for this piece, but I have to ask about specific beverage trends in your work, COLD IPA is big (maybe?), RTDs are on fire, and Non Alc beer seems to be catching on… Are there any other categories or beer styles that people are sleeping on?

Q7: My partner sent me your paths to market email. It was reassuring to see that we’re doing at least a few things right. I’m curious, out of everything you wrote about there, is there any valuable marketing activity a new brewery should consider as they get closer to opening their doors?

 

RAPID FIRE!!!

 

Q8: What is your boldest prediction for the beer industry by 2030? Spicy takes only?

Q9: You’ve written a lot about Hop Water, but no love for Hard Tea?

Q10: Where do you guys fall on Fat Tire’s latest rebrand? Good idea or complete disaster? I get why they would update the packaging, but to change the liquid itself seems extremely risky. I’ve been expecting a newsletter on this topic for months now!

Q11: What do you make of the super high ABV beer trend we’re seeing right now? I’ve seen a lot of reporting about how this can be explained as a “Bang for your Buck,” in other words, this is driven primarily by the recession. But I’m not sure it’s that simple. Why is this such a big deal right now?

Q12: Given everything you wrote about hard seltzer in this report, would you try to dissuade a small brewery (say, yours truly here in Texas hill country), from releasing one in 2023?

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/2023-beer-branding-trends-q-and-a-episode/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 039

Hard Seltzer has a visual canon. Do RTD cocktails? 

Hi, there. 

This is the fourth and final exclusive topic we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2023 Beer Branding Trends report. 

If there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber!



 

Hard seltzer began its meteoric ascendency somewhere in 2018–2019. The ensuing period, led almost entirely by White Claw and Truly, saw several years of double and then triple digit category growth.

This created an environment where any brewery who was interested in releasing a seltzer had to move as fast as they could. Speed to market became paramount.

And what that meant (and in some markets, may still continue to mean) is that there were strict visual rules and category signifiers that you had to adhere to if you wanted to wade into the seltzer category.

The officially-ordained Hard Seltzer Canon®: White, (preferably) slim cans, minimal design, clean labels, black typography, fruit illustrations and secondary packaging (almost always a variety pack). 


Seltzer's Category Canon 

Any designer who worked on a seltzer branding project in 2019 would’ve pushed their client to differentiate, at least visually. (There was still too much market share available to have to worry about categorical differentiation with the liquid itself just yet.) 

And this makes sense at the most rudimentary level—if everyone else's cans are white, why don’t we zag and go full color? 

But as we attempted to push these boundaries with our own brewery clients, we ran into something that we’d never experienced before. CODO has handled more than a dozen seltzer branding projects since 2018. And during this work, particularly in those early days (~2019), we found strict opposition to the idea of pushing beyond the category’s (recently) established look and feel. 

There were rules. And they were written by White Claw and Truly.

As we attempted to push beyond this look—even when our clients were excited about it—we would hear from distributors and retailers alike that it wouldn’t work in the market. We would hear that if a seltzer can wasn’t white, consumers would think it was just another beer. 

This was frustrating personally, because in my mind, just because something hadn’t been tried didn’t mean that it couldn’t work. But hey, retailers and distributors have an important perspective in all of this as well. (And their opinions often carry outsized weight with our clients.)

So no matter how we felt about this resistance, we often ended up reining in those early exciting, vibrant—differentiated—seltzer cans to be more white and minimal and fall in line with their similarly-appointed brethren in the cold box. 

It would be a few years before Oskar Blues’ Wild Basin Hard Seltzer successfully broke through the category's visual rules. Good on the CANarchy team for taking a shot. 

 

What impact has hard seltzer had on the beer industry in terms of branding and category convention?

The most lasting change that hard seltzer brought to bear in the beer industry is that consumers not only understand that breweries can make Beyond Beer products, but in many cases, they are likely expecting these sorts of products from their favorite local brewery. 

I’ll take this further and say that by 2030, I predict that a brewery that only produces beer (with nary a Beyond Beer product in their mix) may be an outlier. 



Now, let’s shift away from seltzer for a moment and apply our thesis to the current darling of the Bev Alc world—ready to drink (RTD) canned cocktails.

Some of our more recent hard seltzer branding work. Vibrant concepts like these were impossible to pitch just 3 years ago. 


Do RTD cocktails have a strict visual cannon like hard seltzer (did)?

We’re fielding more RTD cocktail branding projects these days than hard seltzer. And while this category is exploding, we are not feeling the same pressure to follow a specific look like we did within seltzer in that 2018–19 period. 

As an example, High Noon dominates the RTD space. They are consistently seeing some of the strongest YOY growth of any brand in Bev Alc. Even more stunning, High Noon Cocktails are on track to become one of the largest spirits brands in the US. Think about the Old Guard being disrupted at the top of that list.

Now while there are certainly High Noon copycat brands out there, there is no broader push (spoken or unspoken) in our RTD work to mimic High Noon’s aesthetic, like there was with our seltzer work.

We don’t have distributors and retailers vetoing our early concept work and telling us to put a yellow circle and blue stripe on the can, anyway.

The Plain Spoke Cocktails brand centers around a fun, tongue in cheek supper club vibe.




So where does branding and package design within the Fourth Category go from here?

 

Challenge the category (but keep your consumer in mind)

While there are no concrete visual rules for RTDs like there were in the early days of hard seltzer, you still should be mindful of individual category conventions for any new products you develop.

Remember, people are looking for quick reference points to help them wade through a busy shelf and make a decision. (This is the rationale for why early seltzer cans had to be white.)

And category conventions (coupled with beautiful design and further differentiation) help people quickly make those decisions.

As an example: If you’re releasing a functional beverage, you can make it look however you want (there are no oppressive rules here). BUT, you’ll likely want to adhere to some loose aesthetic guidelines that your customers intuitively know to look for in order to jump out at them.

E.g. white space, clean labels, infographics and label violators extolling your total lack of X (carbs, gluten, sugar, etc.) or your total jam-packedness of Y (vitamins, electrolytes, nootropics, mushrooms, etc.). 

Or if you’re offering a Ranch Water, that might need to have a vaguely Texan or South Western aesthetic.

If you're offering some sort of cider-hybrid beverage, you might need to have an agricultural or aspirational autumn aesthetic.

Etc.

Consumers need a starting point of reference. And category conventions (or at least, a snippet of convention) can give them just enough framing to understand what you're offering and why they should buy it.

High Noon (whose own visual language borrows heavily from seltzer) isn't dictating what can and can't be done within the RTD category. 

The rest of these examples are just a fraction of the beautiful package design that is happening within the broader RTD category right now. Note the interesting format innovations as well. 

Read more about Good George's RTD line here.


 

Stand out. But do it with intention.

If you’re releasing a product in a new-to-you category, some of your early due diligence needs to include a category audit to break down and define the segment's visual ground rules. 

– What are the must haves? 

– What do people (consumers and your competition) take for granted?

– What opportunities are there for deeper differentiation?

Our best advice is to simplify and find a clear and compelling point of differentiation. Then, add or subtract from these specific category canons as needed to strike a balance between clearly belonging in the category yet rising above it.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/hard-seltzer-has-a-visual-canon-do-rtd-cocktails/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 038

How can we prevent children from mistakenly consuming alcohol?

Hi, there.

This is the third of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2023 Beer Branding Trends report. 

If there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber!

Now, let's dive into a thorny subject.




 

What constitutes “adult” design vs. something a child might find enticing? 

What is our responsibility as brand builders and Bev Alc producers? 

And how can we prevent children from getting hold of alcohol, or at least how can we avoid directly marketing to them? 

These questions were first posed to me by Matt Kirkegaard on the Australian Brews News podcast (question starts at the 41-minute mark) more than a year and a half ago. 

My gut response at the time was that this falls on the parent to keep dangerous items out of reach of children, no different than kitchen knives, medicine, household cleaning products, etc.

This is still my stance, but if I’m being honest, I felt like this was an unsatisfactory answer—that it might too be too conveniently avoiding the question of a designer's responsibility in all of this.

I've been thinking about this topic off and on for the last year, and it seems like the rest of the industry is starting to have this conversation as well. 

Matt’s question was explicitly about beer package design. Is it responsible to put a juice box or cereal-box cartoon character on a beer can? (Funny to note that this doesn't even begin to address the adult Capri Sun pouches and boozy frozen popsicles that have trended since we had this conversation.) 

In order to hone in on this issue and somehow offer a few solutions, I’d like to shift focus away from beer specifically and towards the ongoing trend of traditionally non-alcoholic beverage brands launching alcoholic extensions in general (e.g. Monster Energy, Mountain Dew, Sunny D, Simply Lemonade, Fresca, Lipton, Sonic).

While I still believe the responsibility here begins with the parents, I want to explore this issue from a few different perspectives and finally give it the thought it deserves.

The problem (let's set a scene) 

Little Timmy comes home from school and, doffing his backpack and skateboard, opens the fridge and grabs a Mountain Dew. (He’s parched from doing strenuous Tik Tok dances.)

*scary narrator voice* "But Timmy didn't grab a Mountain Dew. He (unknowingly) grabbed a HARD MTN DEW."

Little Timmy cracks that bad boy open and crushes the entire thing in one go. He belches and leaves the can on the counter for Terry (his step dad) to clean up. 

A barren wind rattles the kitchen window pane. Winter is coming. 

END. SCENE. 

I'm guessing in most cases, this is the end of the story. 

We can spice things up and have Timmy hospitalized—getting his stomach pumped? Or maybe, in a drunken stupor, he steals and wrecks Terry's (his step dad) 2009 PT Cruiser?

Again, hospital.

But even without a hyperbolic ending, this is a bad situation. Even if no immediate harm comes from this scenario, children shouldn't drink alcohol.

And a point that a lot of industry watchdogs are making [Paywall Warning] is that these traditionally non-alcoholic beverages that “go hard” are an opportunity for accidental consumption at best, and at worst, are being outright marketed to underage consumers. 

 

Why this problem won't go away 

The last few years have seen a bevy of high-profile, traditionally non-alcoholic beverage brands launching alcoholic extensions. And they are doing this explicitly to leverage their brand equity. 

To wit, Mountain Dew launching a hard seltzer under a different name isn't newsworthy. But Mountain Dew launching HARD MTN DEW is something that gets attention. 

This issue isn’t going to go away because these extensions have been (mostly) successful. Whether that is runaway success or only limited incremental growth, big brands have big brand equity. So we expect the desire to continue releasing these sorts of alcoholic products will continue unabated in the future.

 

Why we (craft beer folks) should track this 

Just in case you think this doesn't apply to your brewery, my (completely buried) lede here is that as more mega corporations enter the room (e.g. Coca-Cola, Monster Beverage, PepsiCo), this issue will become more front and center in our industry. 

A craft brewery putting a juice box illustration on a tall boy is one thing. Coca-Cola releasing an alcoholic product that could be perceived as marketing to children (or any under-LDA person) in the court of public opinion is something else entirely. 

I think large corporations will be more cautious, and maybe even lobby for more label requirements and compliance standards to protect their interests.

I’m guessing here, but it’s not hard to imagine an eventual new set of labeling standards and compliance regulations that could affect all tiers of Bev Alc, from Coca-Cola down to your local brewery.

I don’t believe more oversight is the answer 

I want to state up front that I'm not calling for more oversight or regulation—the labeling oversight we have on alcohol (here in the States) is laughable anyway. (Shoutout to everyone who’s had a label rejected by the TTB that includes language, like Köln-Style, that you copied verbatim from another label that the TTB has previously approved.)

But the larger issue is that no matter how we build it—third party review boards, artificial intelligence tools, etc.—at the end of the day, figuring out how to reduce the risk of kids accidentally consuming alcohol with labeling requirements would be an attempt to measure something that is completely subjective.

The problems here are many:

1. What constitutes "adult" design vs. design that appeals to kids? To wit: I grew up mesmerized by the intricate details adorning the Budweiser and PBR cans that littered all of our family cookouts. And some of my earliest memories are of rinsing and collecting Budweiser cans. Was Budweiser marketing to me?

And if illustration-heavy packaging could appeal to kids, where do you draw that line? If we carry this out all the way, then half the industry will have to rebrand. (Maybe I should push for more oversight? That would be tremendous for business…)

2. Kids—more so teenagers—will find a way to get their hands on alcohol if they want it, just like they always have. I did. You did. And despite our best efforts, our kids will as well. 

This brings back my feeling that this is mostly a parent's responsibility: That we have to educate our children and equip them with enough self confidence and common sense that even when they do do something reckless, like drink alcohol before it’s legal, they do so with some measure of responsibility.

 

If we really want to solve this problem…

The only real solution here would be to develop a more child-proof packaging format. Think along the lines of an aspirin bottle or (some) cannabis packaging. 

But this only solves the issue of young children physically accessing and accidentally consuming alcohol. There is no real solution to keeping older children and teenagers away from this (again, other than education). 
 


I don't want to lose track of the larger question of our responsibility as brand builders to not intentionally or unintentionally market these products to underage folks in the first place.

So let’s address that issue now.

Some potential Brand Architecture solutions 

Most of the traditionally non-alcoholic brands that have launched alcoholic products have done so as straight Brand Extensions in order to leverage their brand equity. 

This puts these products on the left end of the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum. Consequently, this approach has the highest probability of a child seeing familiar branding and mistakenly grabbing an alcoholic product from the fridge (Won't someone please think of Timmy?!?).

An across-the-board recommendation would be for these groups to move further to the right on the Continuum—likely releasing some version of an Endorsed Brand—and thus, put more visual distance between the Parent Brand and new alcoholic extension. 

One example here is Monster Energy's forthcoming boozy extension, The Beast Unleashed. On pack, the Monster icon is relegated to a smaller endorsement role with the product brand, The Beast Unleashed, taking the main stage.

This isn't completely differentiated from the original Monster can (e.g. it looks and feels like a Monster product). But hey, at least it’s not coming to market as Hard Monster Energy (er, Hard MNSTR NRGY).

Of course a child could still mistake this for a regular can of Monster Energy, but this is at least a good faith attempt at delineating between their alcoholic and nonalcoholic lines.

Jack Daniel’s x Coca-Cola’s Jack & Coke extension is another good faith example. This is a co-branded product that leans more on JD's iconic visual equity (all black background, white typography and filigree) with hardly any of Coca-Cola’s iconic red Pantone.

It would be hard to imagine a child mistaking this product as a Coke. 

 

 

This is far from a panacea, but if designers and brand builders want to address this issue through brand strategy and actual package design, I believe we need to have a stronger focus on Brand Architecture-specific solutions. 

This is where a designer can affect this process and responsibly shape what goes out into the world. 

If we go this route (and if parents do their part), we can all enjoy our alcohol responsibly and keep our kids safe.

Further reading

1. Design For the Real World is a foundational book that shaped how Cody and I have built CODO since 2009. It informs which projects we take on, what work we decline and where we donate our firm's time and money.

As designers, we have a direct hand in shaping the world. Design can be a force for good (i.e. designing better health care systems, making vehicles safer, designing better infrastructure) just as much as it can a force for bad (i.e. tobacco advertising, garbage sexist beer packaging, lottery work).

This is a provocative read for anyone (not just designers) else who wants to engage with this subject head on. It's easy to turn down tobacco work—or in our case, the rash of nicotine vape / Juul companies that reached out to us over the last 7 years.

But would you turn down a branding project for a company that is clearly aimed towards alcoholics? Or minors? Or addicts of any kind?

This decision is yours alone. And it matters.

2. The ABAC (Alcohol Beverages Advertising Code) is a non profit organization in Australia that acts as a third party regulatory board for complaints against Bev Alc companies.

We've had to keep their standards in mind for all of our Australian beer branding work. 

Check out their content checklist to see how they attempt to objectively decide whether an alcoholic product does or does not intentionally market to minors. (And then consider how many hundreds, if not thousands, of American craft beer labels wouldn't be approved under this rubric).

3. Here are the TTB's advertising guidelines. (Note that there is an email address through which you can lodge complaints, though this is more focused on advertising than label design.)

4. Check out the Joe Camel JAMA Studies and subsequent lawsuits from the 90s. Wild to think that as many as 90% of 6 year old children could accurately match the Joe Camel campaign with the brand itself.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/alcohol-minors-what-is-our-responsibility-as-designers/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 037

Monolithic Portfolios vs. Fanciful Names — which is a better move in 2023?

Morning! 

This is the second of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2023 Beer Branding Trends report. 

These insights are only coming out through this newsletter, so if there’s someone on your team who would benefit from reading them, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber!



I had an interesting conversation recently with a brewery in planning that we’re working with. 

It centered around the merits of creating fanciful beer names and individualized beer brands vs. a more monolithic, style-forward approach (e.g. XYZ Brewing Pils, XYZ Brewing Hazy IPA).

After the call, I realized that we actually discuss this, more or less, on every single packaging project we work on because you always have to figure out the broader portfolio architecture. But we’ve never broken this out and examined it on its own. 

This particular conversation was with a new brewery, but there are interesting considerations for an established brewery that is preparing for a rebrand as well. 

So let’s explore this topic from both of those angles.

Prost Brewing builds a monolithic brand in lieu of creating individual beer brands. The works well since they are specialists (all-German style beers) and helps to reinforce that you can expect a singular focus with every new release. 

Backward Flag Brewing leans into individual names in order to tell a specific story and support a veteran charity with each release. 



 

Let’s start with some definitions 

Given enough time in the market, most breweries will organically end up with a few different lines within their portfolio. E.g. a hazy IPA line under which you release several new beers per year. Or a seltzer line, or annual barrel aged release, year round flagships, etc. 

For this conversation, we’re focusing specifically on your flagship portfolio. 

There are two main approaches here. (Or, three approaches, if you consider that the first two are not mutually exclusive and are often used together.)

The first approach is a Branded House (or “Monolithic” / “Style Forward”) system that puts all energy and focus into promoting the brewery’s parent brand with no individual effort to name or brand the beers themselves. (e.g. Prost Pils, Prost Dunkel, Prost Kölsh)

The second approach entails developing individual, fanciful names for each beer within your portfolio (e.g. Cold Smoke, 60 Minute IPA, Truth, Pivo Pils, Dale’s Pale Ale). These aren’t Sub Brands (technically), because they still fall under a broader Branded House approach, but they do have the opportunity for more long term brand building on the individual beer level.

Now that we know what we’re working with, let’s discuss some pros and cons of each of these conventions.

 

Monolithic Portfolio (aka Branded House or "Style Forward" naming convention)

Pros

– This system builds your parent brand equity out of the gate because every interaction with a customer reinforces your brewery's name and identity. 

– This helps you get more mileage out of your marketing budget because every dollar you spend on promotion helps to build the parent brand itself. 

– It is faster, cheaper and easier to release new beers under this approach because, in most cases (though, not always), you’re also using a templated label. So you drop in the new style, ABV, barcode, etc. and you’re good to go. This is particularly useful for breweries who release dozens of new beers each year—developing individual labels on that fast a clip is possible, but will almost always end up being inconsistent as a whole (over time). 

– Your portfolio stands a better chance of “billboarding” on shelf (assuming you're using a templated label system).


Cons 

– This approach limits your ability to release line extensions of popular beers, lest you risk diluting your parent brand itself.

– It may be tougher for your fans to find specific styles at retail because you’re focusing on the parent brand vs. an individual name that they can come to associate with a particular style.

– It can become kind of boring over time (especially if you’re using a rigid label template system). This point can be mitigated by great package design, but a template is still a template at the end of the day.

But a push back against this: Boring means people recognize the look to the point where it becomes ubiquitous. Assuming your broader brand building efforts and the beer itself are continually getting better, consistency is always a plus.

(Top) Here are a few client examples who successfully employ a monolithic, style-forward naming convention. 

(Bottom) Monolithic naming is common in RTD / FMB branding as well. Here, you're using a specific flavor variant or cocktail name in place of a style. (e.g. 7th Inning Seltzer Key Lime, 7th Inning Seltzer Grapefruit Tangerine.)


 

Fanciful (individualized) product names

Pros

– The most compelling benefit of developing individual beer names is that they can serve as a platform for future Sub Brands if you have a particular brand that really takes off. (This is much harder to do with XYZ Brewing Pils.)

– This sets you up for Line Extensions at the individual beer level without diluting the parent brand's positioning and reputation. 

– This creates an opportunity for broader storytelling if you use names that reinforce your Brand Essence and story. 

– You can more easily target specific audiences and occasions with a uniquely named and positioned beer. This allows you to go slightly niche without creating an entirely new brand. 

 

Cons 

– You’re promoting individual beer brands at the expense of the parent brand (though this concern can be mitigated through package design hierarchy itself).

– You’re adding one more element that competes in the packaging hierarchy (e.g. parent brand vs. fanciful beer name vs. beer style vs. illustration vs. tasting notes, etc.).

– This can be more expensive to create initially (name development and package design) and on an ongoing basis. (Though, I would offer that any money spent on your branding and packaging should be viewed as an investment vs. a cost.) 

– You have to develop yet another name. And trademark it. And then police that trademark. All of which costs money. (But again, this is an investment.)

Here's a collection of clients who develop individual, fanciful product names. Note the use of templates for some of these vs. completely custom labels for others. 

Specific use cases (Startup Brewery vs. a Rebranding Brewery)

For the startup brewery

I think in most cases, a start up brewery should focus on building its parent brand awareness over everything else. 

In most markets, you’ll be fighting a pitched battle for attention. You’ve got national brands and legacy Big Craft brands and local brands and beyond beer options all jostling for an increasingly smaller spot in the cold box. 

So you’ll want to make every impression count.

This doesn't mean you can't develop unique beer names, but you should make sure that any packaging you develop hangs together closely visually out of the gate. (Note: this is more of a vote for templated labels than it is for a style-forward naming convention.) 

This can evolve over time to allow for more personality and brand voice on each individual beer once you see how the market responds to specific releases. 
 

For a brewery coming out of a rebrand 

A brewery that is rolling out a rebrand has more options here. The decision centers around any precedent your portfolio had going into the rebrand, your visual and Brand Equity and your long term plans and business strategy.

A monolithic approach can be a great way to introduce (and hammer home) your updated look in the market. 

But then, if you’ve been around for a while, you might have a beer or two that would make good contenders for larger brand families—possibly as Sub or even Endorsed Brands. So leaning into individual names for those could make a lot of sense.

Our rebrand with Mission Brewing is a great example of how you can blend these approaches to reintroduce a brand to the market (e.g. Mission IPA, Mission Blonde Ale) while also setting the stage for a future Sub Brand (e.g. Mission Shipwrecked Double IPA). 

Read more about this project here. And listen to a great podcast with Mission's CEO, Dan Partelow, here. 



Final thoughts (+ an obligatory caveat) 

There are pros and cons for each of these approaches for both new breweries and folks coming out of a rebrand.

If there was a concrete recommendation to be made here, we would offer it.

But your brewery's specific context—your brand strategy, competitive set, portfolio makeup and broader vision—will all dictate which approach you should consider.

But we will offer this: The beer industry is in a fractured state. Channels are being disrupted and encroached upon every day. Consumers are drinking more Beyond Beer options, and they have more choices for what they can drink than ever before. 

Breweries who focus on long term brand building are going to win.

And there are a lot of compelling examples of legacy craft beer brands who have done this at the individual beer brand level vs. at the parent brand level. 


When in doubt, try the Bar Call Test 

Would KettleHouse's Cold Smoke be the cult classic that it is without an amazing name that ties it to skiing (a Montana lifestyle staple)? Would someone just as enthusiastically order a "KettleHouse Scotch Ale?"

Which is the better bar call—“Give me a Cold Smoke” or “Give me a KettleHouse Scotch Ale”? 

Or would people drive from all over the country to fill their trunk with New Glarus' Farmhouse Ale if it weren't called Spotted Cow?

Fanciful names like Heady Topper, Pliny the Elder, Dark Lord, 805, Arrogant Bastard and Pappy Van Winkle give people an important point of reference for determining what role a brand can play in their lives.

And for brand builders, this can be all that matters.

Around the Shop

Fernson Brewing's shift towards Sub Brands / Fanciful Names

As part of their 8 year anniversary (!!!), Fernson Brewing worked with CODO on a package refresh that moves away from the monolithic approach and towards a more individualized, brand-specific story-driven system. 

They see this as a platform for better brand building and growth.

We're working up a case study on this project right now, but for now, check out their announcement over on IG.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/monolithic-portfolio-vs-fanciful-names/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 036

Paths to Market for Startup Breweries in 2023

Hi, there. 

This is the first of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2023 Beer Branding Trends report. 

We aren't publishing these insights on the main report, so if there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber!

Let's get into it.





Craft Beer isn't dead!

But we are operating in a vastly different market than the 2010–2019 era. 

There are now 9,500+ breweries in the United States, debt has become more expensive, and consumers are embracing new categories and beverages with open arms.

Success is no longer a guarantee and new breweries today have far less margin for error as they come out of the gate.

We’ve worked with several breweries in planning over the last 12 months (and are slated to kickoff with several more this summer). Beyond these projects, we’ve talked with another 30+ other groups that we ended up not working with. I say that because it gives us a broad context for what models and concepts folks are using all over the country to launch new breweries today.

Here are a few recurring themes from our project fieldwork and these new business conversations: 

 

On brewhouse sizing 

Most of the startups we’ve worked with recently who are building a brewery (as opposed to contract production) are starting with much smaller systems than what we saw in the 2010s.

Contrast this to just 7–8 years ago when the thinking of the day was why start small now only to upgrade later? Just buy that 30 bbl system today and be done with it (this rocketship will never slow down!).

But that was when craft beer was still in ascendancy, we were spoiled with historically low interest rates and organic growth was easy to trip and fall into in the beer industry. 

We’re still seeing traditional brewery startups (brewery system in back with taproom up front), albeit smaller scale ones overall. There are still outliers who put in (and can justify) a 30+ bbl system and swing big (with a market- and geography-dependent competitive set) early on. 

But we’re also seeing a lot of 5–10 bbl systems on deck right now. And even when we work with a startup that does want to put in a larger 20 or 30+ bbl system, more often than not, we’re hearing that they’re also considering starting smaller now with medium term plans to just open another location with smaller (say, another 10 bbl) systems. 

Managing cash flow has always been important, but we’re seeing a more conservative approach to brewery build outs right now (i.e. I’m hearing less “we’ll build this plane in the air” and more “we’ll have a diverse portfolio that caters to the following specific audiences and we will try to build with cash as much as possible…”).

And I think this will serve these groups well as they come to market. They're set up to weather this (hopefully short) downturn and can grow more methodically over the next decade.

Packaging from day one (usually for carryout)

Out of the half dozen start-up breweries we’ve worked with in the last year, only two had plans to come to market without packaging.

This is a major shift from six or seven years ago where packaging was something a brewery grew into when demand and brand awareness was there (almost always with an eye towards retail and distribution.)

The interesting shift we’re seeing now is that a lot of breweries are investing in package design specifically as a carryout format from their taproom with no immediate intention of getting into broader off-premise or distribution.

This is interesting because packaging certainly isn’t cheap (granted, if packaging is for carryout only, your brewery isn’t also getting a haircut from a distributor and a retailer). But it is still more expensive than, say, filling crowlers for carryout at the start of each week. 

We’ve heard a few reasons for this:

– Growlers are out of fashion (in some markets). We can use Crowlers, but our consumers want more beer to take home in standard formats to drink when desired.

Quick aside here: We haven’t designed a growler in years. And personally, I haven’t regularly used one since, maybe 2018? Is anyone out there still regularly using growlers? Shoot me an email if you do and tell me where you are, why you use them and just how dirty your growler is. 

– COVID broke everything (habits, conventions, occasions, etc.) and now consumers just expect that you’ll have packaging. 

– It’s a cool chance to showcase your branding. 

– You want packaging because you’ve always dreamed of it. We’ve heard this sentiment a lot over the years, (and as a business owner myself, I never discount it). 

When you’re dreaming up your brewery and business plan, a big part of that visualization, for a lot of folks, is packaging. Seeing your can in a cooler or in a cold box somewhere is what makes your brewery "real." So even if it doesn't make complete financial sense, there may still be a drive to begin packaging just because you want to. 

– You plan to package your beer at some point anyway, so why not do it now?

At some point over the last few years, packaged beer became an important part of most new breweries' product mix. (Again, maybe this is attributable to the pandemic-induced shifts to our habits and expectations.)  

Whatever the reason, this trend appears to be sticky and we see no signs of it slowing down in our current project inquiries. So much so that I’m surprised when I talk with a brewery in planning that isn’t planning to package their beer out of the gate.
 

A real focus on hospitality & food service

A brewery that plans to be in business ten years from now has to get everything right: Better beer, better customer service, better hospitality, better financial management and… better food? It’s looking that way.

We’re working with a lot of brewery founders who either come from a hospitality and restaurant background, or, are partnering with someone from that domain to shore up that side of their concept.

We’re hearing that having a dialed-in food program (no, Hot Pockets don’t count) is increasingly important to attract customers because you can capture more of their business. If someone is going to go to a restaurant and grab a few beers later, or grab a few beers en route to a restaurant, why not offer both ends of that spectrum and capture a larger ticket?

This maps to another trend we’re seeing of breweries putting in real-deal restaurants and food concepts. This can be done via bringing in an existing food partner to run a business within their business in a way that benefits both parties. (But be wary of who you partner with. An unreliable operator can cause your brewery to permanently lose customers.)

It probably goes without saying that operating a restaurant is every bit as challenging as running a brewery, so don’t read this section and shift your plans without doing a whole lot of research. But if your brewery does include a food component, you may be better set up for the long term.

 

People are buying (and/or hermit crabbing their way into) breweries

We’ve worked with several groups, and talked with several more, that have purchased (or are planning to purchase) a brewery. 

We’ve seen so much of this type of engagement that we explored this trend in detail in Issue 25 of the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter as well as a popular companion podcast episode

I’m including this here because I think this is a great way for someone to get into the brewing industry. This approach isn’t for everyone, but if you’re an operator—i.e. you’re good at building systems and SOPs, you’re good at running off of a playbook, and you’re good at building a team—these turnkey brewery purchases can be an attractive play. 

And on a more negative note (or positive, depending on where you are in this equation), there will be a lot of breweries for sale over the coming year(s). So if this is an interesting idea to you, keep your ears open. Opportunities abound.

Filling out the map (where are people putting in breweries?)

In the last year, we’ve worked with startups in Brooklyn, Orlando, Cleveland and San Francisco. But we’ve also seen a lot of inquiries from smaller, overlooked markets, including suburbs, exurbs and downright rural markets. 

Quick note: We’re seeing this same phenomenon in our Canadian beer branding work. We’ve done a lot of work in Toronto over the years. But we’re also working with breweries in smaller cities, provinces and markets all across the country right now.

This could be a lagging effect from the 2020 remote work drive that saw tens of millions of folks leave cities for more far off locales. Or, it could be that there are opportunities to be found in these further afield markets (all those Millennials are settling down to raise families in the suburbs, so why not cater to them?).



No brick & mortar (contract brewing & lifestyle brands)

We’ve done a lot of consulting work and brand building this year for clients who don’t have a brick and mortar location (no brewery, no distillery, no tasting room, nothing). 

The flow goes like this: You start with an idea > hire a beverage development group to create the recipe(s) > find a co-packer to produce it (can be a dedicated co-packer or a brewery that will contract brew for you) > hire a design firm to develop stellar branding and packaging > sign on with a distributor to get it into retail > profit(!!!).

We predicted more of this in last year’s Beer Branding Trends Review—particularly the rise of lifestyle brands—and it’s looking like that’s proving to be correct. Based on our inquiries so far this Spring, it looks like this will be an increasingly common path to market for new breweries and beverage brands.

The following are two specific business models that we're seeing folks execute via contract manufacturing:


1. Lifestyle brands with a hyper-niche focus to stand out 

We’ve written before about how a lifestyle brand is hard to define and you kind of know one when you see it. But that’s not helpful advice to someone who is considering this sort of positioning and model when starting a new brewery or beverage brand. 

We've found a few key things that successful lifestyle brands have in common:

– They target a niche subculture exclusively

– They are aspirational (positioned as embodying a particular ethos or lifestyle)

– They go heavy on merch to foster in-group identification 

– They are generally digitally native (or contract produced for beverages) to start 

– And most importantly, the values that a lifestyle brand embodies are as important as the product itself because they allow a consumer to find belonging. This is the real magic that makes these plays work





We think lifestyle brands will become an increasingly common strategy for launching new Bev Alc brands over the next several years.

The ability to start lean and create something that speaks directly to a well-defined, ardent audience may be a safer bet than opening yet another taproom in a city full of taprooms.

Not to mention the much, much leaner capital needed out of the gate vs. building a traditional brewery.

2. Heritage intellectual property brands

Heritage intellectual property (IP) work is a fun formula where someone obtains IP rights for a long defunct (usually pre-, or just post-Prohibition) beer brand and faithfully reproduces it—recipe, branding, packaging and all.

We think this idea is an enormous, untapped opportunity that we’re going to see way more of in the coming five years. 

This trend started years ago with the reemergence of major national brands like PBR, Miller High Life, Hamms, Rainier and Narragansett.

To give you a sense of this scale: There were 1,300 breweries in the United States before prohibition. And only 100 made it through that boondoggle. How many of these brands are still trademarked or owned by someone? And beyond that, how many breweries folded between 1940 and 1970? (There’s gold in them hills… if you know where to look)

This play can work well for a few reasons:

1. It brings instant provenance and story to the table. It’s an opportunity to lean into all that real authenticity and history to create a connection with customers. No myth making needed.

2. For the existing brewery, and from a portfolio and product mix standpoint, it's an easy way to create a strong one-off brand (or Sub Brand) to help bolster sales.

3. For the startup, you can bring it to market in a lean way. E.g. hire a branding firm to get all the visual and design assets squared away, and then have a brewery contract brew it for you. 





We’re working on a dedicated series that will showcase some of the work we’re doing in this space and why we’re so excited about the opportunities these moves represent. Stay tuned.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/paths-to-market-for-startup-breweries-2023-2/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 035

Our 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review is out now!

Hello, hello, hello!

Sorry for the exclamations point. I'm actually exclaiming though, because CODO's 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review is out today. 

1. Read the report here.

2. And if audio is more your speed, we recorded a companion podcast episode that serves as high level overview of this piece as well. Listen to that here.



Now for some fun stuff you can expect over the coming month

We're experimenting with this report's format this year and are excited to see what you think. 

As a thank you for being a BBT subscriber, we're pulling out 4 specific portions of this report and sending them to you alone.

These include: 

1. Paths to Market for Startups 
2. Monolithic Portfolio vs. Fanciful Naming Strategy Considerations 
3. Alcohol & Minors: What is our Responsibility as Designers? 
4. Seltzer vs. RTD Visual Canon 

These issues are newsletter exclusives (they won't be published in the broader report), so you can brag to your friends who aren't BBT subscribers about how much more informed you are on all things beer branding and marketing.

(Kidding! Kind of.) 

If you're reading this, then you don't have to do anything to receive these exclusive emails—you're already in.

If you'd like to make sure your team member(s) receive these exclusive insights, please forward this email to them (or have them subscribe here).



We're also planning to record a Q&A podcast on this year's review in a month or so.

Please email me any questions you have on anything we cover here and we'll field those on the show.



Here's an outline for this year's report:

Beer Branding & Portfolio Strategy 

  • Rebrands vs. Refreshes
  • Brand vs. Style (on long term brand building)
  • Changing LDA demographics 
  • Multipacks in ascendancy
  • Paths to Market for Startups (Newsletter Exclusive)

Brand Architecture 

  • Welcome to the Era of Brand Families
  • Brand Architecture to guide New Product Development
  • Brand Extensions vs. Sub Brands 
  • Monolithic Portfolio vs. Fanciful Names (Newsletter Exclusive)
  • Alcohol & Minors: What is our Responsibility? (Newsletter Exclusive)

Beyond Beer

  • Broad overview on Beyond Beer shifts
  • Non-alcoholic Beer
  • Craft Water (Hop Water, Sparkling Water, Still Water)
  • Seltzer vs. RTD Visual Canon (Newsletter Exclusive)

Recession & Inflation

  • Overview (in this economy???)
  • On the perils of going budget
  • Craft on Craft M&A 

Visual (Packaging & Identity) Trends

  • "Mascots" (redux)
  • "Delightful Blobs" (just like me)
  • "Deconstructed Medley"
  • "Millennial Nostalgia" 
  • "Stripes"
  • "Gender Neutral Design"

Around the Shop

[Podcast] 2023 Beer Branding Trends Overview

Cody and I recorded an overview conversation on everything we see shaping the beer and Bev Alc industry right now. 

Read the article and then give this a listen for more background context on what we're seeing right now.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/2023-beer-branding-trends-review-is-out-now/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss an important, looming issue in the Bev Alc world.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review

2. New York Times article

3. Some Brand Architecture solutions: The Beyond Beer Handbook

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/alcohol-and-minors-what-is-our-role-as-designers/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss what we’re seeing in our brewery in planning and startup branding work so far this year.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review

2. Brewhouse sizing

3. The evolving role of packaging for the startup brewery

4. An increase in food and hospitality in craft beer

5. M&A activity (buying breweries and/or forming joint ventures)

6. Where are people building breweries?

7. Lifestyle Brands

8. Reviving Heritage IP brands

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/paths-to-market-for-startup-breweries-2023/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss CODO’s 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Read the 2023 Beer Branding Trends Review here.

2. Good George Brewing’s rebrand

3. The Beyond Beer Handbook

4. BBT Issue on Hop Water

5. BBT Issue on breweries building budget brands

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 6,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/2023-beer-branding-package-design-report-overview/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 034

What is a "staggered" rebrand launch? And why is this the new normal for any brewery who rebrands moving forward?

Morning. (A quick note here before today's topic.)

Cody and I are in Sacramento for the next few days presenting at the California Craft Beer Summit. 

Shoot me an email if you're at the conference and would like to grab a beer after our talk.





Folks who have read Craft Beer, Rebranded know that we’ve always preached the importance of carefully managing how you announce your brewery’s rebrand. This includes how you roll out the update internally amongst your employees and key partners (distributors, retailers, community relationships) and of course, externally to your fans. 

A well-executed rebrand launch features, more or less, a complete changeover from old to new all at once. So your new website launches, all major touch points (merch, sales materials, tap handles, environmental design) are updated and new packaging floods the market. Again, all at the same time

Our method for achieving this has historically centered around a teaser campaign leading up to an official launch day, week or month. 

We’re believers in this approach because we’ve orchestrated it for several of our brewery rebranding projects. And we've had many other clients pull off similar campaigns in-house as well. So this works. 

Or at least it used to. 

Here’s what we're discussing in today's issue: Carefully orchestrating your rebrand launch so that everything goes live at the same time was challenging before the pandemic.

Now, thanks to a recession and inflation and lingering supply chain issues, it's seemingly impossible. 

You can’t get all of your packaging printed and on hand (not to mention old stock used up and sold through and beer brewed and ready to put in those new cans), and get signage installed, and new merch ordered and new trucks wrapped and new tap handles fabricated and on and on all at the same time.

Let me share a frustrating example that we’re dealing with right now. CODO spent the last half of 2021 rebranding a top 50 brewery. We wrapped up that work in Q1 2022 and they’re just now in a place where they can launch everything sometime this summer. (This was due to ordering multiple truckloads of printed cans a few months before deciding to rebrand. Oops.)

But even if you’re not sitting on millions of printed cans that have to be used, there are still myriad issues facing breweries who want that "perfect" rebrand launch today. So much so, that we’ve almost entirely given up on pushing for this during the course of our work. 

Cody and I discussed this on a recent podcast if you want some more context for why this is so challenging.

Today, it’s much more feasible, and non-anxiety-inducing, to plan for a staggered rebrand launch. 

This approach accepts that a 100% overnight change over isn’t going to happen, and allows the rebrand to roll out in planned stages over time. 

We’ve been doing this in earnest for about 18 months now. And given the likelihood of continued global supply chain disruptions and long lead times from manufacturers, staggered launches will likely be the new normal for any brewery who is planning to rebrand moving forward.

I want to spend today’s issue outlining what we’ve seen work and a few specific tactics that your brewery might employ should you decide to rebrand sometime in the next few years.

Specific tactics for executing a staggered rebrand launch

 

Triage & roll out key brands earlier 

Packaging has always been the biggest lynchpin for deciding when to launch a rebrand. And this makes sense because it is the most logistically challenging thing to completely change over and because it's usually a brewery’s most public-facing touchpoint. 

In a perfect world, all of your packaging would be ready to hit the shelves at the same time. But as we’ve already explained, this is almost impossible to do today. So rather than wait six months to a year to get everything just right and ready to roll out at the same time, why not launch your updated key brand(s) now?

Yes, this means you’ll have different packaging out in the wild at the same time, but this would actually happen to some degree even if everything did go perfectly smooth. At any given time, you will have packaging out in cold boxes throughout your distribution footprint. So unless you, or your distributor are going to go buy back all of that beer, you’ll have a brief period of overlap anyway. 

So embrace it. With a few other tactics we’ll outline below, this could actually draw attention to the change specifically and get people to look more closely at your brand moving forward.

 

Be flexible on how you bring new packaging to market

This is a sub point of the triaging idea. Let’s say you will eventually have three core brands in painted cans, but you’re seven months out from that delivery. 

Assuming the COGS pencil out, is there any merit to getting that new packaging out in the market faster in the interim via another production method? This could include pressure sensitive labels, shrink sleeves, digitally-printed cans, possibly even wrapping over existing dead stock cans, or some combination of all of this. 

This path gets your rebrand out in the market and working for you that much faster.

 

Careful messaging and storytelling on social media

Explaining that a new look is coming is important no matter how you’re able to launch your rebrand. Cody and I discussed this in Episode 8 of the Beer Branding Trends Podcast (How to launch your brewery’s rebrand).

But if you’re rolling out a staggered rebrand launch, you’ll need to do an ever better job of storytelling and holding your fans’ hands through the change. Explain that the change is coming and especially why it’s slow to roll out. 

Everyone values transparency, so why not let people see behind the scenes here. If you’re 6 months behind on a big can order, tell people that. Share when they can expect to see the new look and use this as an opportunity to celebrate the change and bring your fans along for the ride.

This can happen on social media, your newsletter, website, podcasts—any important touchpoint. 

No matter where you do it, view this as one more opportunity to let people peek behind the curtains and bond with your brand. 

 

Launch the new website and update social now (yes, even before debuting your packaging) 

In the past—right after getting new packaging ready to roll—launching a brewery’s updated website was the other most important choke point that had to be ready to go before launch

But now, I think more breweries should launch the website much earlier. Assuming you’re already announcing that a change is coming and the new site isn’t going to scoop you, launch your new site now (and get the new identity updated across all of your social channels).

This will start to familiarize people with a new look sooner. 

Plus, everyone lives online today anyway. So if you think about it, this is as much an important touch point as your packaging because someone is more likely to encounter your updated look on their phone than they are for the first time out in the wild at a bar or in a cold box.

 

Bring on the new merch

I think you can make the case for launching new merch in this scenario earlier as well. You have more leeway on what your merch can look and feel like (if you're doing it correctly), and this can be a fun, subtle way to start teasing out your updated look (while bringing in valuable revenue along the way).

 

Shelf talkers announcing new look

This sounds cheesy, but if you keep an eye out next time you’re at the grocery store, I bet you’ll see a few of these sorts of announcements hanging around. We see them a lot in the CPG snack aisle—chips, cereal, etc. will have violators that tell the shopper to keep an eye out for shiny new packaging. 

These can be simple shelf talkers, decals on coolers, or even violators on existing packaging (stickers, neck hangers, etc.). 

We don’t see this sort of thing very often in beer packaging and I’ve never understood why. Use your rebrand launch as a way to aggressively grab people’s attention and see if that won’t help boost sales along the way.

A few concluding thoughts: 


On prolonging the magic 

This may just be me searching for a silver lining here, but another benefit of a staggered rebrand launch is that you extend your announcement longer than a specific day, week or month. This keeps eyes on you longer, grabs attention incrementally over time (more challenging than ever today) and keeps you top of mind in waves.

When measured against this idea alone, a staggered rebrand launch actually has a lot going for it, even if you were still able to completely change everything over all at once like in the before times.

 

Will anyone remember?

The following thought runs the risk of undermining the importance of orchestrating a well thought out rebrand launch in the first place, but I think it’s worth mentioning for consideration. 

Cody and I discussed this on Episode 28 of the Beer branding Trends Podcast (Were we wrong about Brand Launches?) as well, but a mindset we’ve adopted for our internal projects (books, podcast episodes, special projects)—so much so that it’s actually become one of our values—is the idea that “we’ll do it live.”

That means rather than spending several months refining something from 90% to 99%, why don’t we just launch it now? (We can always refine later. Plus nothing is ever set in stone anyway. So even a perfect brand launch doesn’t mean something is done. There will always be evolution to follow.)

At some point during those revisions, or during that brand launch planning, you’ll hit diminishing returns. And I think that aiming for a "perfect" rebrand change over falls into this category. 

And one final thought here (and again, at the risk of undermining everything we’ve just discussed)—in the long run, say, 3 years from now, will anyone even remember that your rebrand launch wasn’t 100% orchestrated to change over at the same time? Will anyone remember, or care, that you had old packaging and new packaging sitting next to each other on shelf at the same time?

I bet they won’t. 

People are too busy living their lives. Even your most diehard and ardent fans have more important things on their plate. So if your rebrand doesn’t roll out all at once, will it really matter? 

Assuming the work is beautiful and compelling and appropriate, and you’ve done a great job of telling people why the change is happening, I don’t think it will.

Hence, the staggered launch.

 

On the opportunity cost of waiting to launch your rebrand 

A rebrand is an investment in your brewery’s future. You underwent this process to address key pain points, shore up your positioning and/or move on some exciting opportunities in order to set your brewery up for long term success. 

As with any investment, you do this with the intention of reaping a larger (hopefully compounding) return than you put in.

So let’s say you see an increase in sales of 30% YoY in year 1 after rebranding. For argument’s sake, let’s say that a 30% bump comes out to 600k in additional top line revenue earned in year 1. If you wait 4 months to launch your rebrand, that pencils out to 200k you won’t see in new revenue over those 4 months. 

Now this is a heavy-handed, and obviously flawed way to calculate your ROI (I hear you—beer sales aren’t consistent year round, you likely won't see dramatic increases on day 1, etc.).

But I wanted to include this to highlight the fact that your rebrand is an investment. And you want to see a return on that investment as soon as possible.  

So if that means you can launch it today and start building awareness and good will and increased velocity through a staggered rebrand launch, you should consider the opportunity cost of waiting until you’ve got everything closer to aligned for a “perfect” change over.





Shoot me an email if you'd like to discuss your brewery's rebrand.

We're always up for a conversation and would love to learn more about what your team wants to achieve through your update.

A few interesting rebrand announcement examples from around the industry

Check out this YOLO rebrand launch from Jack's Abby

Jack's Abby recently handled a brand and packaging refresh in-house. And they announced the entire change in a few short posts across their social channels. No big campaign or fanfare—just casual and matter of fact. 

Moving forward, I'm going to call this approach the YOLO launch. There are too many things going on to worry about this, let's just get it out the door and move on.

I still think there is some merit to a more in depth campaign, but I do like this approach, especially considering the limited attention and bandwidth most people have today.

Great example of messaging and letting your fans peek behind the curtains from Fernson Brewing

Fernson Brewing had to move away from painted cans due to rising input costs. And this simple Instagram post was a great way of sharing this news with their fans.

This isn't necessarily rebranding-related, but it falls under the idea of not only giving your fans a heads up about an impending change, but explaining why it's happening. 

I think that oversharing in these cases can be a good way of being open and honest and letting people feel more connected to your company along the way.

Two Roads walking folks through their package refresh

Two Roads recently refreshed their entire packaging line and recorded this great, short video explaining why they updated everything. 

I bet this took Collin and team an hour or two to produce and imagine how useful this will be to send out to distributors and retailers.

I've said it a few times in today's issue, but I don't think you can overshare when coming out of a brand refresh. 

Use this as an opportunity to bring folks from all 3 tiers closer to your brand and get them excited about what's to come.

Were we wrong about (re)brand launches?

Here's a recent podcast episode about what we've gotten wrong, or changed our minds about, over the last 13 years in beer branding.

This is a good listen if your brewery is considering a rebrand, particularly when you think about how you will announce and roll out the new look.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/embracing-the-staggered-rebrand-launch/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how to position and brand a seemingly “unremarkable” brewery.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Branding a startup brewery, feat. Lost Nomad Brewing

2. Name vs. No name

3. Identity vs. Story & Strategy

4. Positioning (What do you do? For whom? How are you different?)

5. Brand strategy drives the design train (always)

6. What is myth making? And why can’t Isaac settle on one definition for it?

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/036-how-do-you-differentiate-a-boring-brewery/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 033

When should you refresh your packaging? 

Morning!

There hasn’t been a single day since 2018 where we haven’t been engaged in a brewery rebranding project. This includes thorough rebrands, brand refreshes and today's topic—package refreshes.  

In this scenario, your Brand—your story, positioning, messaging and importantly, your brand identity—are all (ostensibly) good to go. You just want your packaging to work harder for you and/or you need to address some more surface level issues within your packaging system.

Package refreshes aren’t as heavy a lift as a formal rebrand (in terms of budget, time, energy and risk), but can have a similar outcome as a more thorough update (in terms of ROI and growth) IF the criteria and project context are just right and IF the work is handled correctly.

We’ve lead several of these engagements over the years (and are currently seeing an uptick in the number of breweries who reach out to us to discuss them).

So today, we want to discuss when we think this can be a great approach, as well as some situations where it might not be your best course of action. 

Good? Let's go. 

 

 

What is a package refresh?

A package refresh is simply when you update your packaging on its own while leaving your core brand identity as is. So the end result would be new packaging adorned with your existing logo. 

These are tactical projects; think of them as a fresh coat of paint. And they can make a lot of sense, in theory, when your brewery’s positioning, messaging and broader brand and brand identity are good-to-go and your packaging just needs a facelift. 

(Notice that subtle “In theory” caveat? We’ll circle back that little guy here in a bit.)

Tinker Coffee's package refresh.




When package refreshes can make sense (and move the needle)

It probably goes without saying that for a package refresh to make sense, your Brand (positioning, messaging, values, voice, personality, etc.) itself needs to be in a good place and actively helping you to achieve whatever long term goals you have.

If your Brand isn’t in a strong place, then anything you do to dress up your brewery’s outward appearance (packaging, identity, website, etc.) will not get the results you’re after. 

This goes beyond branding and design as well: If you’re releasing beer and products that aren’t as perfect as possible—if you’ve got dissolved oxygen issues or off flavors or XYZ QC issues—then updating any of your identity or packaging is folly. 

And beyond your products, if your core executive team (and overall staff) isn’t squared away and ready for the next phase of your business, then investing in your branding might not be a good move either.

But to flip this: If your brand identity is solid and you have all of these other core foundational Brand and business functions in a good place, then a package refresh can work wonders. 
 

Common reasons breweries refresh their packaging  

Reasons for refreshing your packaging can be similar to why you want to rebrand, though generally not as existential. (e.g. “Our can art is inconsistent,” vs. “Our current identity doesn’t match who we are as a company anymore, let alone where we see ourselves in 5 years.”) 

Here are a handful of recurring reasons we’ve heard from breweries who are considering this move: 

– You want to freshen things up ahead of a big move—launching a new market, courting a new chain retailer, prepping for a seasonal chain reset or for ABP season, etc.

– There is a disconnect between your brand story’s and positioning (which you feel are in a good place) and your package design itself. 

– You want to address the hierarchy between your brewery’s brand, beer names and style. 

– You’re launching a new beyond beer product and in doing so, realized that your other packaging just isn’t that great.

– You’re making some format changes to save costs on production (and possibly decrease turnaround time for new releases)—moving from a 16oz to a 12oz can, moving from bottles to cans, from painted cans to pressure sensitive labels, etc. 

 

 

But far and away, the thing we hear in almost every single package refresh project is the desire to address simple inconsistencies and just freshen things up.  

It’s easy to have your packaging aesthetics wander over time. Even more so if you’ve cycled through a few in-house designers over the years, or have had different agencies or freelance partners in this mix. 

Even just a few years of inconsistent packaging and broader communication work and you’ll end up with a portfolio that doesn’t look like it comes from the same brewery. (FWIW We’ve seen some of the largest breweries in the country in this position, so don’t feel bad about it if your packaging is inconsistent—it can happen to anyone.)

A package refresh can help you rein in and systemize your packaging across the board. 

The desire to freshen things up is common goal as well. It might not sound pressing, but sometimes your packaging can just be tired. If sales are flat, or declining, and everything else (liquid, Brand, team) seems to be in good place, maybe it is time to update your packaging so consumers have a new reason to give you a look. 

 

 

Now that we know why you might want to refresh your packaging, and when it can make sense to do so, let’s explore a few important process points you need to get right to successfully pull this off.

Henderson Brewing's package refresh.




On Art Direction 

Let’s assume that your brewery’s Brand (your messaging and positioning and values and personality and voice and essence) are all good to go, as is your brand identity, and you just need to focus on your packaging’s aesthetics. 

In this case, a core challenge of this project will be developing new packaging that achieves XYZ communication goals you have, solves all the pain points you’ve defined and works with your existing brand identity. 

This seems straight forward, but it can actually be challenging if you’re not also updating your identity. 

Say your logo is complex or has some sort of expressive icon, then that might not work well with a likewise highly-illustrative label. Or vice versa: Maybe a simple type mark might not work on whatever desired aesthetic you’re envisioning. 

This may not be an issue if your identity aligns with what you’re envisioning for your packaging updates. But it can also act as a set of handcuffs and limit where you can take your packaging’s look and feel.

How do we address this problem?

1. Conversations with the right stakeholders

We treat our package refresh kickoffs no different from our in-depth rebranding projects. So we still ask the same questions, and talk with a variety of stakeholders across your business (from your executive team, all the way through your chain from production folks, front and back of house folks, marketing and sales folks, operations folks) internally and externally with distributor and key retail partners. 

2. Mood Boards for orienting our teams & for rapid prototyping

We use Mood Boards (visual collages) as tools in all of our branding or rebranding work. But in package refreshes, they are often even more critical because they stand in for more thorough brand strategy (more on this in a sec). 

Mood Boards have two distinct benefits in our process. The first is that they’re a great way of getting your team’s vision out of your heads and onto paper. (Don’t tell us you want your cans to look “vintage.” That can mean the 1980s or the 1880s. Show me what vintage means to you.) 

Mood Boards are a great tool for orienting our teams to ensure we’re on the same page before moving into the design phase. 

The second benefit here is that they allow you to rapidly prototype different aesthetic directions.

If you’re working with a partner that is haphazardly shepherding your project, they might jump right into design and come back in a few weeks with 6 or 7 options for you to consider. But 5 or 6 (or 7) of those concepts might not be appropriate. So everyone’s time (and money and energy) is wasted. (Not to mention those poor little designer feelings are hurt from the subsequent—and well-deserved—negative feedback.) 

Mood Boards help you “try on” a look in your head and immediately gut check it against everything you already know about your brewery’s brand. Does this direction feel right? Yes? Then let’s explore some packaging concepts that look like this. 

It gives you an invaluable set of guard rails as you move into the design phase.





(Below) Mood Boards we built for Good George Brewing to art direct their identity and packaging revamp

Left Field Brewery's package refresh.




Where these projects can falter (here’s the rub)

I mentioned an important caveat earlier in this issue. Let’s get into that now.

Package refreshes can be an attractive option for your brewery because they represent a lot of upside. You’re not investing in expensive Brand Strategy and identity design work—you’re just focusing on your packaging. And if you get that right, you can drive some exciting growth.

But an issue that you can run into in this scenario is that your team has unilaterally determined that your brand and brand identity are in a good place. 

And package refreshes, by design, generally don't include a more thorough Brand Strategy phase up front.

This means that there’s no mechanism for your team (or your design partner) to verify that you’re actually correct about your Brand and brand identity being good to go.

Of course, you can be right. We’ve worked with some of the brightest minds throughout the beer and beverage industry—folks I wouldn’t hesitate to hire if given the chance. So this isn’t a critique of you and your ability to measure your brand’s effectiveness.

But this is a matter of perspective.

So my plea for you (or at least, a word of advice)…

 

Don’t be in a hurry to self-diagnose 

You’re closer to your brewery’s brand and business than any outsider can ever be.

You live and breathe it 24/7. You stay up late manically writing down new exciting ideas as they spring up. You lead and mentor your team, you set the vision and shape the culture. (And I bet you’re the one that loses sleep when things go sideways.)

But this closeness can hinder your ability to be objective about your business (or more germane to our discussion here, how well your Brand, identity and packaging are performing).

So my advice to you is to not self-diagnose your brewery’s branding problems.

Or to be more blunt, don’t assume your Brand (and brand identity) are good to go and it’s your packaging that’s really holding you back. 

Yes, your packaging might need to be updated. But that update might need to be part of a broader identity refresh.

 

Wrapping up 

1. If handled well, a package refresh can reap many of the same benefits as a rebrand (and at a much lower investment). So, if your team is thinking about a rebrand, revisit our thinking on Evolution vs. Revolution and make sure you understand which path is right for your business. 

2. If you think you need a packaging refresh, don’t immediately assume your broader brand identity itself is working as well as it could. Go into the project with open eyes and fully explore your messaging, brand voice and positioning. 

If you do determine that your Brand and identity are all good to go, then refresh that packaging!

Around the Shop

On Brand & Packaging Guidelines

In this episode, Cody and I lament how no one ever reads or honors brand guidelines.

I still think this is more of an indictment on how brand guidelines are typically developed and delivered than it is a reflection on how important they actually are as a business tool.

I'm including this here because an important part of a package refresh comes at the end of the project in the form of easy to use package guidelines and templates.

This ensures that any packaging your team handles in-house moving forward stays consistent.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/when-should-you-refresh-your-packaging/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss brand guidelines. What are they (and why does no one read them)?

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How many people actually read brand guidelines?

2. Guidelines should be all killer, no filler tools.

3. There are two core components to brand guidelines—visual style guide and brand messaging guide.

4. These are important because you can reference them when working with other partners and onboarding new employees.

5. Are brand guidelines the same thing as an employee handbook?

6. Brand guidelines are a great way to protect your branding investment, provided you read and honor them.

7. Don’t stretch your logo, folks.

8. Bonus Content: Cody & Isaac discuss the Pepsi Brand Guidelines

Learn more at www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/035-what-are-brand-guidelines/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 032

What we're seeing in our web design work so far in 2023.

Morning.

There were a handful of folks who, in our year end review survey, asked for more content and insights on websites and digital marketing. 

It’s worth mentioning quickly that, while CODO actually does a good amount of digital work each year (usually 15–20% of our annual revenue), we've historically shied away from writing about web design. 

Why? Because it's tough to write anything about web design, development or digital marketing that will be even remotely evergreen.

But then, this is the name of the game in UI/UX work—anything you make today will need to be updated, if not completely overhauled within 5 years, if not sooner. Case in point, we're currently redesigning two brewery websites that we previously launched back in the halcyon days of 2019. 

Nevertheless, several of you asked us to cover this topic, so I'm going to set aside the evergreen issue and highlight a few interesting things we're seeing in our brewery and beverage website projects right now.

Some these will be tactical and immediately actionable. And some will be more on the food for thought side of the house. 

Let's get into it.

1. Cleaning up those pandemic pivots 

One of the biggest recurring themes we're seeing in our digital work this year is cleaning up left over scar tissue from the pandemic.

When the world locked down in March 2020, thousands of breweries across the country saw their revenue drop as much as 90% overnight (particularly taproom-focused outfits). This spurred a mad dash for breweries to quickly spin up eCommerce (eComm) stores to sell gift cards, merch and packaged beer to go (or DTC where legal).

In almost all cases, the quickest way to get an eComm storefront in place (if you didn’t already have this capability) was to build a turnkey eComm store as an entirely new website, separate from your main site—separate domain, inventory management system and payment gateway.

There was no long term thought put into these moves because they only needed to last two weeks, right? (Right?)

Anyway, more than three years of breweries running their digital footprint this way have highlighted some nagging issues, including: 

– You have to manage two completely unique websites which takes more time, energy and money. 

– Organic search and SEO are (very likely) nonexistent for many of these plug and play eComm systems because they're not tied to your brewery’s main website in an SEO-friendly way. So even if you’ve been running this way successfully for a few years, you may have little to show for it where it matters (e.g. organic search). 

– If you threw up one of these turnkey system, the sales data (one of the most valuable 'things' a brewery can own) can be sorely lacking, and challenging to transition over to a new, more permanent platform. (This isn’t the end of the world, but losing a few years of customer and sales data is a bummer).

– The disconnect between your main site and this standalone eComm site can seem unprofessional at best, or insecure at worst. This one is subjective, but look: We see brewery websites that look (and function) poorly every day.

I get that your website doesn’t seem as immediately important as your packaging, but don’t forget that it does exist and people are actually looking at it. Remember, your brand is only as strong as your weakest touchpoint.



To address these issues, we’re seeing a lot of inquiries and projects with breweries who are wanting to build a more dedicated eCommerce-forward website. 

For breweries who want to invest in their eCommerce as a revenue generating channel, we're building more websites on purpose-built eComm systems, usually Shopify.

So these websites house all of your typical brewery info (beer, tap lists and menus, location(s), hours, about info, contact, etc.) as well as your full online store. This is much easier to manage on your end and it has the added benefit of creating a more immersive (all-in-one) ecosystem that your customers can explore.

E.g. You send out a targeted email newsletter (more on this in a second). A user clicks through that email and adds a hat to their cart. Then, they click another link to look at shirts. Maybe they grab one of those as well. And then maybe they click over to your beer page, or your blog before checking out.  

And all of this is gold—gold!—for SEO. 

And back to user data for a moment: This is important because it allows you to create more efficacious marketing and better track your campaigns. (E.g. this Advent calendar email converted to $14,800 in sales. Nice! Or this free shipping Hop Water promo only generated $3,900 in sales. How can we improve our offer here?)



A quick note here on tools and technology before we move on. We're doing a lot of website design and development projects for our brewery and beverage clients on Shopify specifically. But we've also used a combination of WordPress + WooCommerce, and even Squarespace (a completely custom build) to accomplish this. 

There are a few great tools and services you can use to integrate your main site, eComm system and even overarching POS. So do your own research and make sure you find the right fit for your brewery now, and that it’s something you can grow into over the coming years.  

2. Pulling together multiple taprooms (building a central hospitality site)

Another big theme we're seeing in our project work this year revolves around creating an all-in-one website for breweries with multiple locations, concepts and brands. 

We're written before about the Accidental Hospitality Group. As a refresher, given enough time in the market, your brewery may end up opening a second (or third) location. You'll create new Sub Brands, acquire smaller brands and co-brand with other groups in interesting ways. Do this enough times and you end up creating a burgeoning empire. 

From a website standpoint, running multiple locations can present an interesting set of challenges on its own.

– How can you easily manage all of these locations (all with different tap lists, food menus, specials and vibes—rules, events, etc.)?

– Can (should?) you build a single website that houses all of your concepts or do you need individual sites for each location? Which is better for SEO?

– How can you add varying levels of user admin ability (e.g. a GM who can update everything globally, a bar manager who can only update a tap list, a front of house person who can only update food specials, etc.). And the ability to lock someone out quickly should they exit the company. 

– How can you set it up so that site updates auto-populate other 3rd party apps, services and social media (e.g. Untapped, Instagram) or vis versa? (Where can you reclaim those lost 30 minutes of soul sucking admin time each week?)

– How can you add new locations quickly as they come online? (usually via landing pages)

– How can you let each of your locations stand on their own while linking back to your parent brand (digitally and on the brand level)?

– How can you streamline all of your inbound charitable donation requests?

 

A quick note on self diagnosing your problem

This seems like a complex problem, but pulling together a central hospitality site that kicks users out to a specific location is a fairly straight forward process. (You can do cool stuff with geolocation that automatically serves up the most relevant location, create nice looking landing pages within your main site, etc.)

But make sure you understand what root problem you’re wanting to solve before throwing a new website at it. 

We view these projects as much as a branding and Brand Architecture problems as we do straight forward website builds.

E.g. Determining whether or not it makes sense for someone who visits your downtown taproom website to also know that you have a spot out in the suburbs is a Brand Strategy and Architecture question. Your website is simply how you will convey that info. 

If you map out your Brand Architecture and understand how your parent brand does (or doesn’t) inform your other concepts, your site mapping and information architecture will take care of itself and ensure you're solving the core issue at hand.
 

3. An exciting rise in email marketing

We're seeing more breweries dive into email marketing and long form storytelling this year. (And I love it.)

In our work on this front, particularly amongst our larger clients, we’re developing custom templates within their preferred platform (e.g. MailChimp, Klaviyo) to create an even more immersive experience. 

But custom templates are definitely a nice to have vs. a need to have. So if you're interested in email marketing, just get started—you can always build custom templates later. 

And if you still don't want to begin doing this today, you should at least begin gathering email addresses through your site so that you're not starting from zero when you do decide to ramp this up.

One more thing to consider on this. 

Social media, while important, is a rapidly changing landscape. A simple algorithm change here or a shift in regulations there can dramatically alter how much reach and impressions you're able to get on your every day posts. This applies to all social media. What's in today will be old news in a few years. 

But there's one channel that can’t be throttled, or demonetized, or that will force you to pay hard earned money in order to see any sort of engagement down the line… 

Your email newsletter.

I can go on and on here: Email marketing gives you amazing customer data. Email marketing helps you stay top of mind with your fans. And lastly, your fans trust you enough to opt in to your newsletter which means they're actually excited to hear from you.

Your newsletter platform is built on trust and value.

And all of this is amazing. 

(Thanks for reading our newsletter, by the way. I'm glad you're here.)





I hope all of this helps you think about how you can improve your website this year. Shoot me an email if you've got any questions on anything we covered today or if you'd like some help with your website.

Around the Shop

[Podcast] Are Brand Archetypes Complete Bullshit?

We've got a fun Q&A podcast episode out today fielding 3 questions from BBT newsletter subscribers (you!), including: 

1. How do you prevent customer personas from becoming overly stereotypical?

2. Do you use Brand Archetypes for your brand strategy or do you think it's total bullshit?

3. Do you think the beer industry, as it is today, can survive as we move into a more diverse, women-led future?

Give it a listen if you're interested in audience definition.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/build-a-better-brewery-website/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down for some Q&A on the topic of audience definition within the beer and beverage industry.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

BBT 016 – Defining Your Brewery’s Core Audience

1. How do you prevent customer personas from becoming overly stereotypical? Seems like this would leave the door open for any number of sweeping generalizations and maybe not be that valuable as you begin to work on brand strategy? And secondly, do you find that most brewery’s customer persona exercises tend to be similar?

2. Do you use Brand Archetypes for your brand strategy or do you think it’s total bullshit?

3. I read the Rabobank Report you linked to in the Lost Nomad issue of the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter… The most interesting thing about that report was how much more women are drinking than men. What do you think this means for the future of the craft beer industry? It has traditionally been a male-dominated space (something I’ve been keenly aware of over the last 5 years as I’ve carved out a career in it). Do you think the beer industry, as it is today, can survive as we move into a more diverse, women-led future?

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/034-qa-are-brand-archetypes-complete-bullshit-how-is-craft-beer-adapting-to-diverse-female-audience/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 031

Rebranding New Zealand's Good George Brewing

G'day, mate!

Today we're going to give you a behind the scenes look at our rebranding process for one of New Zealand's most popular breweries, Good George Brewing. 

This project entailed Brand Architecture and Strategy en route to identity and (tons of) packaging that spans several Bev Alc categories. It was more than a year in length and we're excited to finally share the results. 

Cody interviewed Damon Youdale, Good George's Director of Marketing, over on the Beer Branding Trends Podcast. Give it a listen if you'd like more background context on this project and all things Kiwi beer. 



Good George Brewing began as a small brewpub in the former St. George's Church in Frankton, New Zealand back in 2011. 

Since that time, they’ve waged a relentless campaign, opening bars and dining halls, launching beers and ciders and spirits, and breaking into nearly every relevant beverage category there is. They even introduced their own patented beer vessel along the way, the 946 mL glass Squealer, serving as something of a go-between at the axis of can and growler. 

In their time they've helped to define the New Zealand sensibility for craft beer, craft spirits and beyond.

People here in the States have been taken aback whenever we've mentioned Good George. Wait, they’re a brewery that also produces a leading cider brand? They’re a hospitality group with a distilling arm? They’ve got a hand in RTDs and NA products? They actually produce all of these things themselves?

Yes. The answer to all of these questions is yes. 

We've worked with more than 70 breweries since 2010, and Good George may be th best we've seen when it comes to effectively executing both the hospitality and production / distribution sides of this business. The breadth and depth of what they've accomplished (and have planned) at their scale is inherently impressive.

So this begs the question: Why rebrand when things are going so well?

When every new product you release is a smash hit and people in far flung markets are actively clamoring for you to open a brewpub in their town, why would you feel the need to change things up across the board?

A collection of Good George's previous branding and packaging. To reiterate, while their portfolio was inconsistent, none of it looked particularly bad. There was a lot of great visual foundation to work with as we waded into the project. 





What were we brought in to solve?

Somehow, in the course of creating this incredible enterprise, Good George's ownership group never slowed down long enough to develop proper organizational branding and positioning, let alone Brand Architecture.

They had a logo and attractive packaging across the board, owing perhaps to their creative internal culture that values running and gunning and throwing ideas up against the wall to see what sticks without being overly precious.

But with a burgeoning portfolio that spans several beyond beer categories and a growing roster of physical locations, it became clear that their overriding pain points might soon begin to inhibit growth.

Here are a few issues we heard in our kickoff work:

– We have no clear, central brand story.

– Our packaging is attractive, but none of it hangs together on shelf. 

– Our packaging and physical locations work in silos and are completely unrelated in look and feel. 

– We need an identity system that better supports a merch program.

– We need to define our Brand Architecture so we can better direct new releases within our existing portfolio and guide new product development moving forward. We need a tool that helps us match the break neck speed at which we develop, refine and release new products. 
 


Yes, everything was going well for Good George. But they decided that it could all be even better if they addressed these issues once and for all. So this was our charge heading into their rebrand.

Define their story. Bring clarity to everything. Connect packaging to brick and mortar. And create beautiful packaging that is cohesive at the parent level, while honoring specific category cues, rules and consumer expectations along the way. 

On to Brand Strategy.

Brand Architecture & Strategy 

We began this project by mapping out Good George’s active & planned product categories and sub-categories in a single document to get a clearer understanding of who each product line is for, the role they play in the larger portfolio, and how they might work together to support the brand (and business). 

This simple step of taking stock of what’s at play helped us in a few ways.

How can we earmark certain product categories to carry a specific vibe or tone? Can we influence customers to remain loyal to a specific product by positioning it a certain way? What opportunities exist for future products, or even just for R&D?

We can't dive into specifics here (sorry for the redacted Brand Architecture Map). But we can say that at a high level, we determined that a Branded House strategy with Co-Driven Sub Brands would best suit Good George's needs for most products. 

(If this is all Greek to you, you might consider grabbing a copy of our Beyond Beer Handbook to learn more about Brand Architecture.)

With their Architecture map set, we began to define an overarching voice and creative direction for the brand. We explored Good George’s roots in hospitality, and what that meant for brand messaging—and the ultimate goal of helping customers to feel welcome—whether on-premise or out at retail. 

We explored what it means to be independent; to be fun and edgy and honest to a fault, in a way that would separate Good George from the corporate dinosaurs in the New Zealand market. 

Moving forward, we knew that the answer would lie somewhere between these two ideas: Hospitality and Edge

How can we be hospitable and welcoming without being milquetoast and unremarkable?

Now we needed to sort out what these ideas would actually look like.

Brand Identity Design

(Howdy to all you folks who skipped right down this portion of the article.)

At this point in the process, we begin to dig into the fun visual stuff. We started by exploring some fun (if literal) interpretations of the St. George story to use as supporting elements. 

Now for a (small) bump in the road.

Remember the adage: Never discuss politics or religion in polite company? 

We knew there would be a very fine line with using these religious indexes in Good George's identity. And, well, we found that line (and moonwalked right past it) in our very first identity presentation.

Oops.

In this case, the religious iconography—crosses, bloody roses, swords—went a little too hard and heavy. 

I contend that we're not assholes here, read the story of Saint George and tell me you wouldn't also feel compelled to present a direction with spears and dragons and roses.

Remember: The creative process is iterative. (We're going to start selling shirts emblazoned with this dictum.)

Initial Brand Identity System presentation, including the summarily rejected "bleeding rose" concept (top).




We backed off of this on-the-nose religious angle at the behest of the Good George team. Remember, we're trying to balance Edge and Hospitality. And we landed too far on one end of that spectrum. 

As we moved through revisions, we all grew enamored with a more subtle reference to their origin—a halo—tilted ever so rakishly (a nod to Good George's collective sense of wit and mischief). Think Bart Simpson in church clothes, but with a slingshot tucked in his back pocket. Or perhaps Aziraphale drinking lots (and lots) of wine for the Neil Gaiman fans out there.

We were collectively excited about the potential of the crooked halo as a key visual to revisit and activate in different situations, which was something Good George never had before. We agreed—client and CODO team alike—that this was the way to move forward. We developed a loopy script typography to build on the previous logo’s equity and generated a confident badge to contain this concept neatly. 





Here's a not super sexy, but practical aside: Whenever you know your identity will be deployed across a variety of different formats—clear glass, dark glass, painted cans, pressure sensitive labels, corrugate, large signage—you need to think about how your logo can remain consistent on all of those mediums.

A logo might look lovely in a sterile (and oh-so-controllable) PDF, only to disappear on a gin bottle.





Here's another (another?) aside: This is an extremely fun point in the process where the strategy is set and our team is cut loose to create beautiful stuff. Music's turned up loud, 11am beers for the under 30 crowd on our team are handed out (or perhaps nitro cold brew coffee if you're nearing 40 like yours truly), and you riff.

(When a misguided young person dreams of being a designer, this is what they're picturing.)

We've done all the leg work—the strategy, the positioning and admin stuff. We've defined all the necessary parameters and have even honed in on a single, core icon. 

Now it's time to just sprint and make gorgeous supporting elements. 

Okay, aside(s) over.



We created a bunch of stuff here. And after carefully editing and killing anything that wasn't 100% in line with the story we're trying to tell, we landed on a group of energetic and straight-to-the-point supporting assets to go along with Good George's core mark. 

This included a monogram pint glass mark, some fun tagline-ish vernacular artwork, and other icons and bugs that could be deployed tactically where needed on packaging, merchandise and way-showing opportunities.

With their Modular Brand Identity System wrapped up, we jumped headlong into a nearly 8 month package design process (as you'll see shortly, Good Gorge produces approximately one million different SKUs and products). 

We'll fast forward here and sort of montage our way through all their packaging. 

Beginning with beer, we nailed down a template for their cans and secondary packaging, and were then off to the races developing bespoke concepts that tied into local New Zealand culture. 

Highlights include Virtual Reality, a (now best selling) non-alcoholic IPA with an eye-catching painted purple and teal colorway. 

Other concepts, like Haymaker IPA, focused on the rural and agricultural roots of the region. 

And my personal favorite, the sleek (and sexy?) Fog City IPA, a name that references Hamilton’s tendency to collect fog as it rolls in across the Waikato River valley.

With the beer portfolio figured out, we made a hard shift into Good George's RTD line. 

While we made a conscious effort to keep the beer trade dress energetic, colorful and decidedly local, the parameters for these RTDs were a bit different. This category is still relatively fresh in New Zealand and the competition has a very specific look. Our goal was to highlight the natural flavorings used, and to make sure people understand the provenance of the local, hand-crafted spirits in these drinks. 

We ended up striking a slightly elevated, more-premium look for these cans and packs in order to stand out against the backdrop of (growing) corporate competition.





For the sake of brevity, we'll include some images of Good George's cider, spirits and RTDs below.

Aaaaand, montage over.





Did Good George need to undergo a top to bottom brand refresh? Maybe, and maybe not. Yet the advantages of doing so are self-evident. Now they can keep doing their thing as they see fit, with the confidence of knowing they have a foundational brand identity and Brand Architecture to grow into. 

For a company looking to break through to that next level, this could be just the edge that they need.





In terms of sheer product categories, SKUs, Brand Strategy work and blood/sweat/tears, this project has been one of CODO's largest undertakings yet. So a quick shout out to the Good George team here: You were all lovely to work with and we're honored you trusted us with all of this.

Around the Shop

Lost Nomad Update

Pete Zimmerman of Lost Nomad Brewing has started a blog to catalogue his startup journey. His first entry is lovely and you should read it. 

But beyond that, I'm including this here because I wish more breweries would explore long form storytelling in their marketing—blogs, newsletters, podcasts. I see this as a huge opportunity for connecting with your audience that hardly anyone in the space is doing.

[Podcast] Rebranding one of New Zealand's Largest Breweries (feat. Damon from Good George Brewing)

Cody sat down for a wide ranging conversation with Good George's Director or Marketing, Damon Youdale.

They discussed what led Good George to rebrand, how their team views Brand Architecture as a tool for future proofing their new product development, where Kiwi's look for beverage trend forecasting, how their team has built such a diverse Bev Alc portfolio and more.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/rebranding-new-zealands-good-george-brewing/

Episode Summary

Cody sits down to discuss the CODO’s recent rebrand for Good George Brewing out of New Zealand.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Good George Brewing’s rebrand case study (via Beer Branding Trends Newsletter)

2. Brand Architecture as a deliverable (and to guide new product development)

3. What does the New Zealand craft beer scene look like?

4. How do Kiwi breweries trend forecast?

5. What did the Good George team want to achieve through this rebrand?

6. On Good George’s diverse portfolio.

7. On the ‘F*ck Off’ 2020 Gin and finding a new brand voice.

8. On non-alcoholic beers and NA products in general.

9. On cider.

10. Advice for any brewery considering a rebrand.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/rebranding-new-zealands-good-george-brewing-codo-design/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 030

Rebrand vs. Refresh: What's the difference? (And why it matters.)

Morning.

We were discussing a rebrand with a brewery recently and near the end of our call, their COO asked if we felt like their project would be a rebrand or a refresh. 

This seems like a straight forward question, but after 5+ years of handling several dozen brewery rebrands (and writing an entire book on the subject), we've found that the answer is rarely black and white. 

Sometimes, a brewery will reach out with a clear idea of what they want to accomplish in mind. "We're viewing this as more of an update, and would like to tackle our identity, packaging and website.” Or conversely, “Our business has grown so much that we don’t feel like we even know what our story is today. We’d like help with defining this so we can set ourselves up for future growth. And we'd like to make some major changes to reflect all that.” 

But more often than not, people aren't sure which approach is correct. And even more (more?) often than not, when we get into the project and begin the work, the direction we end up going doesn't fit neatly into one of these boxes anyway.

So this brings up that question again: What's the difference between a rebrand and a brand refresh?

Let’s discuss these two approaches and explore how they’re similar, where they differ and why this matters if your brewery is considering an update.

Evolution vs. Revolution

We framed the difference between Rebrands and Brand Refreshes in our Craft Beer, Rebranded book as “Evolution vs. Revolution.” From the book: 

Are you completely reshaping your brewery’s culture and positioning? Are we throwing your logo out with the bathwater and creating wholesale visual change across the board? Or, are we building on decades of work and hard-earned goodwill to make subtle updates in a natural progression? Would it be a misstep to jettison the visual signifiers and concepts behind your company as it stands? Or, does it make more sense to build upon, hone and enhance what already exists?



Let’s start with some quick definitions and then dive firmly into the weeds. 

A rebrand represents a shift in your core messaging. This starts with upstream business and brand strategy considerations, including your long term vision—deciding what spaces you want to compete in, how your brewery is positioned, how you wish to be perceived, and defining your most compelling and ownable differentiator(s), brand values and key messaging pillars.

All of this brand strategy, once developed, drives the look and feel of your brand identity.

This includes all the tangible things that help you tell this story to the world, including an updated brand identity system, packaging, website, merch, interior design and extending to all of your other touch points. In some cases, this can even include developing a new name. 

A brand refresh is more of a visual, surface-level update—call it a fresh coat of paint. In this scenario, your brand values and positioning (most of that strategy stuff we're focusing on during a rebrand) still holds true, but your brand identity and packaging may just need some level of updating.

The work (identity, packaging, etc.) will generally build on, or evolve, your existing identity. So it’s not a sweeping change, but an evolution.

I'll use this opportunity to mention something Cody said a few months ago during a presentation. I’d never heard it put this way and it’s been rattling around in my head ever since. (Just don't tell him I quoted him here.)

“All rebrands are refreshes. But not all refreshes are rebrands.”

Indeed.

(Top) Our work with Left Field Brewery is a clear brand refresh. Their previous identity and packaging had good bones, but they needed some help resetting everything to accommodate an aggressive annual release schedule.

Fun fact: one of Left Field's goals for this project was for the refresh to be so subtle that most people might not even know it happened. 

(Bottom) Our work with Prost Brewing was 100% a rebrand. It's actually astounding how big the disconnect between their previous identity and packaging was compared to their beer quality. 

This called for an entirely new identity, packaging, website, interior design and a variety of other important touch points.

 


Visual and Brand Equity

You can't decide whether a project is a rebrand or a refresh without understanding what, if any, equity your current brand may have. 

Your visual and/or brand equity will matter more during a refresh. Whereas you may jettison more of that equity during a rebrand. 

But even then, this framing isn't always 100% black and white. 

We've written about the difference between visual and brand equity before. Revisit that here.
 


Okay, so there is a difference. Why does this matter?

The idea of "Evolution vs. Revolution" is a valuable heuristic to help breweries think about how they want to address their update. 

But I'm not sure that it's necessary for you to make this decision before embarking on a project. 

In a perfect world, your team would go into this process with an open mind and let the brand strategy and due diligence dictate which is the best path.

Still, it is valuable to think about which approach you want to take because it can help you define your goals and overall intent.

This brings us to why you're wanting to make an update in the first place, and how this can help you understand whether a rebrand or a refresh is the appropriate solution. 

(Top) Our work with KettleHouse is a great example where the line between a refresh and a rebrand blur. There was a heavy strategy component (positioning, value definition and messaging pillars), but then there was also so much visual equity after 20+ years of business, that the final result (the identity and packaging) was more of a sweeping refresh.

(Bottom) Our work with Mission Brewing is another example of this gray area. There was a fair amount of equity in Mission's icon and a few specific beer brands. But then we also had to completely build their brand strategy from the ground up. Here's a podcast where we interviewed Mission's CEO about this process.





What are you trying to fix / accomplish? 

If you can’t decide which of these approaches makes the most sense (and you'd like to do so), you may find some clarity by examining the reason(s) you're considering an update in the first place.

What issues and pain points are leading you to want to update your branding and packaging? Or, what opportunities do you see? 


Here are some of the recurring reasons we've heard over the last 6+ years of helping breweries rebrand. How many of these apply to your brewery? 


– “Our packaging is all over the place visually. And with 25+ new releases per year, it's always getting worse.”

– "We've got multiple locations now and want to develop a consistent look and experience that spans the entire company." 

– “We’re not really sure what our story is. Sure, we’ve grown a lot and people love our beer, but I feel like we could be so much further along if we actually spent time dialing in our marketing and branding." 

– “We’re shifting to a new format (moving to 16oz cans, from bottles to cans, introducing new secondary packaging, moving to pressure sensitive labels to be more nimble, etc.) and want to make everything hang together on shelf.”

– "We're buying a brewery and, other than the name, think everything about the existing branding and packaging needs to change."

– "We've completely rebuilt our portfolio. Now that we're confident in our products themselves, we'd like to address our packaging so we can sell more beer." 

– "We're going to start distributing in a new market next year, but worry that our name will limit our success. No one knows what our name means, or even how to pronounce it."

– “We’re planning to launch a new XYZ (beyond beer product) and want to get our flagship packaging in a better place before deciding how much, if any, of our brewery's brand comes through on those new releases.”

– “It’s just time. We haven’t made any changes to our packaging in more than 10 years and it feels like we’re getting lost on shelf.”

 


A bit of homework for you: Reread this list and think about which situations call for a refresh vs. where more of a full rebrand is in order. Or, which prompts could fall in that gray area?

Also, the 17th person that made their way through this entire issue and emails me with the subject line, "Dunkel" wins a free copy of our Craft Beer Branding Guide.

(Top) Our work with Southern Brewing is a clear rebrand. 

(Bottom) Our work with BitterRoot Brewing is another example that doesn't fit neatly into one of these categories. Their identity was a clean refresh while their merch and packaging leaned more towards an outright rebrand.




Ultimately, whether you consider your update a rebrand or a refresh doesn't really matter. It's the process that gets you where you want to be, or perhaps more importantly, how you emerge from that process in a better position to scale your business, that matters.

Think about your brand equity and why you want to make an update in the first place. And move forward in confidence.

And then you and I can grab a beer here in a year or two and argue about which box your project ended up fitting in.

Around the Shop

The Art and Science of Beverage Architecture and Formulation

A custom beverage development house is the type of company you might not imagine existing. ⁠Especially with the lore that most of Beverage Alcohol is steeped in—old guard breweries welding used dairy equipment together to make beer. Scrappy startups scaling a stove top home brew recipe to a nationally-distributed goliath. Your great, great, great grandpa’s whiskey recipe that he mixed up during prohibition. ⁠

But behind this marketing often lies a much more clinical path to market. An entrepreneur with an idea goes to a group like Flavorman to develop the recipe. From there, it’s chemistry lab time as the dev team creates something that tastes great, is shelf stable and repeatable at scale. ⁠

This might not be as sexy as your great (great, great) grandpa’s whiskey recipe, but that whiskey (or perhaps the RTD extension you’re planning that would have your (fictitious) gramps spinning in his grave) might not even be shelf stable if this crucial leg work isn’t handled.⁠

Check this conversation out if you're planning to bring a new beverage to market this year (beer or beyond). There's a lot of valuable info here even if you've already got your recipe dialed.

CODO is speaking at the 2023 California Craft Beer Summit

Cody and I are excited to announce that we’ll be speaking at the 2023 California Craft Beer Summit this March in Sacramento. 

We’ll be presenting alongside Ken Grossman (Sierra Nevada), David Walker (Firestone Walker), Vinnie and Natalie Cilurzo (Russian River) and Bart Watson (Brewers Association), amongst others. 



I'm already thinking about what I'm going to say when I meet Mr. Grossman.

"Hey there, Ken. I’ve enjoyed 10,000 of your Pale Ales over the years."

No, that’s not professional. And actually, that sounds really, really bad when I say it out loud. 

"Hi, Ken. Sierra Nevada’s Pale Ale was one of the most important beers I've had in my entire life. I can draw a line from drinking my first one around a campfire more than 20 years ago to where I am today." 

No, that's no good. Too earnest. 

(I'll keep working on this.)



We'll have more info on our talk (topic, time, etc.) as we get closer to the date.

In the meantime, grab your tickets before they sell out.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/rebrand-vs-refresh-whats-the-difference-beer-branding-trends/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down for a frank, somewhat productive(?) conversation on project timelines.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What leads to unrealistic timelines?

2. What, if anything, is driving this deadline?

3. Common deadlines we see

4. “Delays are temporary. Mediocrity is forever.” – Cody Fague?

5. Why sticking to a schedule is important

6. What are some realistic project timelines?

7. Can we rush a project? “What if we pay you more?”

8. Can you, dear client, hold up your end of the bargain?

9. Big takeaway: proper creative work takes time.

Learn more at www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/lets-talk-about-project-timelines/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 029

How do you name a craft brewery? (featuring Birdsmouth Beer)

Hi, there.

Today, we’re going to take a behind the scenes look at a branding project for a (now open) brewery in planning. This particular client actually bookends the pandemic—we worked with them before, during, and now continuing afterward on several follow-on projects.  

In all, we worked with more than half a dozen brewery startups throughout the 18 months that comprised the height of the pandemic (early 20 through mid–2021), and this cohort holds a special place in my heart. 

This was a stressful time—as a father, and a husband, and a son, and a business owner. I don’t have to tell you. You lived through it as well. 

But these pandemic-era projects gave us (me, I’ll just say me), a sense of normalcy throughout all the chaos. World’s ending? Well, I can’t control that. But I do know how to name a brewery. And how to brand it. So let’s just focus on that little ray of sunshine, shall we?

I’ll stop here before becoming overly earnest.  



For this case study, we’re going to focus on positioning, name development (in particular), story and identity design and how all of these align to inform each other throughout the creative process. 

In order to keep this issue from becoming overly long, I’m going to drop in podcast and resource links throughout in case you’re interested in learning more about a particular topic. Look for this symbol [X] for these links.

On that note, we recorded a fun companion podcast with Birdsmouth Beer on their branding process and overall path to market.

Listen to that episode here. 

Okay, that's enough preamble. Let’s meet Andy and Rocco. 





The brewery team & initial brief

Andrew Gioia and Rocco Laginestra are two long time friends from New Jersey. They have a diverse background that spans real estate and finance, culinary arts and brewing, chemistry, engineering and manufacturing.

Their vision: To build New Jersey’s lager brewery. They will brew every day, approachable and unpretentious lagers for every day people—for New Jersey. 

This initial scope included Brand Strategy, name development, brand identity design and brand guidelines.

Brand Strategy

[X] Here’s a podcast to learn more about what a project kickoff looks like.

We begin every branding project by working through Brand Strategy. Here are some highlights, pulled verbatim, from Andy and Rocco's Brand Strategy doc:


Key Messaging Pillars 

– Utilitarian 
– Sharing beer with others (community)
– Clean & refreshing lager beer 
– Science & engineering 
– New Jersey Local 


Key Differentiators 

– We will focus aggressively on providing fresh beer (less than 1 month old). We will put in place safeguards to ensure that our beer is fresh; such as, only distributing in NJ, and working with our accounts to ensure they have the latest and greatest.

– We will focus on learning and teaching, including listening to our local market via ongoing sensory panels and blind taste tests. Additionally, we will have a small resource library for breweries of all sizes.

– We will be an all-lager brewery from day one. We will produce repeatable, dependable craft lagers that stand out from a sea of unfocused portfolios. 


Messaging to Avoid

We don’t want to be pretentious. At the end of the day, we’re making beer. And to go even deeper, we’re making traditionally-brewed lagers—far from snob territory.

Brand Essence development 

Your Brand Essence is a distillation of the most compelling idea behind your brewery and business. It’s your mission, vision, values and positioning all wrapped up into a concise statement.

This is primarily an internal process tool used to capture the spirit of your brewery as opposed to a public-facing statement or tagline. Think of it as an alignment tool—a way of ensuring that everything you create and put out into the world is consistent and tells the same story.

[X] Here’s a podcast on defining your Brand Essence.
[X] Here’s a chapter from Craft Beer, Rebranded on this topic as well.

Here's where we landed on Andy and Rocco's Brand Essence.


"Utilitarian Beer"

In our youth, we hammered triple dry hopped 100+ IBU IPAs and barrel-aged stouts. We still love those beers, but today, we love the conversations that surround beer more than the beer itself. Beer should be well-made, clean, and enjoyable (that’s why we make lagers). It shouldn’t get in your way—it should be a vehicle for conversation and community building. Cheers, let’s have a few more.

Misc. (potential) messaging 

For everyone (blue collar / white collar / all collars) / easy drinking shift beer / “beer that doesn’t get in the way” / every day lagers

Brand personality & attributes 

Straight forward / confident / well-made / consistent / dry (wit) / pragmatic / traditional 

Visual cues 

Vintage (~ 1940’s) post-Prohibition beer branding — old beer labels (mish mash typography / simple printing methods) / Approachable and friendly / familiar / monogram or iconic symbol (maker’s mark) / ‘Modern Retro’ vs. 'Genuine Vintage' (lean toward Modern)



Now that we’ve outlined their Brand Strategy, let’s shift gears to discuss name development.

On timing: Strategy vs. name development

We’re breaking Andy and Rocco’s name development process out here to better focus on it.

However, when we’re naming brewery, we develop and present name options congruently with the Brand Strategy itself because your story, positioning and Brand Essence all inform what makes for an appropriate name. 

Earlier in our career, we would do these things separately—that is, we would completely frame and finalize Brand Strategy and then develop name options.

But we’ve found that something that requires lateral thinking and genuine creative inspiration, like name development, works better if you let the Strategy, messaging and name options snowball into a collection of ideas.

[X] Here’s a podcast on how we name breweries as well as criteria for a compelling name.


How many options do we present? 

We don’t actually have a set number of name options that we have to hit when naming a brewery. (We even state as much in our contract.) We present as many compelling options as we can develop until we get to a place where our client is excited.

We do this because we never want to be put in a position where we have to share options that we believe aren’t appropriate just so we can hit a specified quota.

Why? Because as soon as we present anything we don’t believe in, the client will love it. This is magic. Dark magic, but magic, nonetheless.

That being said, we generally share somewhere between 10 and 15 options in our first presentation.

Here’s a quick breakdown of how successful (or not) we tend to be with this approach:

In ~75% of our naming projects, we nail a name down from this first batch. The next ~25% of clients require a second round of options. And I don’t have statistics on this (too lazy to do math), but presenting a second round of options almost always results in final contenders coming from both rounds 1 and 2. (Sometimes, people just need to see what else is out there before making a decision.) 

Aaaaand record scratch. 

Remember how I just said 75% of projects are wrapped up after the first round and 25% are wrapped after a second round? That math is wrong. It’s more like 75% in round one / 24% in round two / 1% in round three.

Andy and Rocco have the distinction of being the first (and only) naming project we’ve ever had (out of more than 50) where we've had to develop a third round of options before getting it there. 

They weren’t being overly fickle. And we certainly weren’t slacking. It’s just that creative work, especially highly-subjective (and high stakes) creative work like naming a company, is challenging. And sometimes, you have to see a lot of stuff before you realize what actually resonates. 

After 3 rounds, we had our list narrowed down to 4 final contenders. I won’t share them here because, remarkably, 2 of the 3 unused options are still available. 

But their final name, the one that put huge smiles on their faces during our conversations (and lifted an equally huge weight off our shoulders) was:
 

Birdsmouth Beer  

 

Here’s a brief writeup that went along with this option. I’m including this verbatim so you can see how we sketch out ideas during the naming process. This isn’t a final writeup (and in some cases, doesn’t even include complete sentences). But it outlines everything that we think could work for the name and highlights how we communicate these ideas with our clients: 

A Birdsmouth is a type of joint in wood working. Sturdy. Bringing community together (joinery). Alliteration. Fine woodworking as an analog for brewing. Generally hidden from view (meaning the care and attention to detail that goes into creating something—even though the person who buys the handmade table or drinks the handcrafted Birdsmouth lager might not see all the work, they can tell the difference it makes). And perhaps more importantly, you will know the difference and can hold your heads high. Beyond this, Birdsmouth is rife with beautiful visuals—wood grain, saw marks, makers marks… It feels like a historic, mid-Atlantic beer brand.

And Andy and Rocco loved it. 

Final step here is to have our IP attorney run a knockout search to make sure it’s available for trademark. (It was.) 

Boom. 

Next step: Identity and package design.

Brand Identity Design

My goal for this issue was to deep dive into the name development and positioning process. But I'll include some images of the proposed (and summarily rejected) early logo concepts (above) as well as the final identity and packaging (below).
 
The final Birdsmouth identity system revolves around an American Goldfinch (New Jersey's state bird). 

This may seem a bit on the nose, but it's also wholly appropriate given the historic beer packaging we were inspired by during the branding process. 

Their color palette is deep navy blue, red and cream with touches of gold. 

The typography is durable and reserved, with a few small flourishes to give it some unique character—peep the jaunty foot on the 'R' in beer.

None of this is trendy by today's standards, but rather, designed to look good 20 years from now by pulling on what still looks good from 60–80 years ago. 

And weighing all of this against our initial Brand Strategy work, the final Birdsmouth identity system is confident, utilitarian and timeless.

Story time 

I distinctly remember one point near the end of this project during the revisions phase where we had to sketch dozens of versions of the bird icon.

Its beak was either too long or too short. Or the feathers on the back of its neck were either too fluffy, or not fluffy enough. Or that it was either smiling too much, or not enough. 

At one point, (round 4, maybe?), one of our designers yelled across the shop, "Can a bird even smile? I'm not a fucking ornithologist." 



Life's all about the magic moments, folks.

Andy and Rocco opened Birdsmouth Beer in October 2022 and were welcomed to the community with open arms. It's been rewarding to watch their early success and again, at the risk of sounding overly earnest, it's been an honor to help them along their path. Early on and moving forward.
 

Here are a few of our favorite tools for name development:

1. One Look Dictionary 

2. Power Thesaurus 

3. TESS Database (The final boss)

Around the Shop

[Podcast] Naming & Branding a Brewery (Feat. Andy & Rocco of Birdsmouth Beer)

Cody sat down with Andy and Rocco from Birdsmouth Beer to discuss what went into naming and branding their craft lager brewery in New Jersey. This is a great companion piece to this issue if you're interested in learning more about their concept.

[Podcast] Hop Water: The Next Big Beyond Beer Trend?

This is a followup to our recent Hop Water issue of Beer Branding Trends—one of last year's most read (and forwarded) newsletters.

Cody and I make the case for why we think Hop Water is about to tip and why your brewery should have this category on your radar as we head into 2023.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/branding-birdsmouth-beer/

Episode Summary

Cody sits down with the team at Birdsmouth Beer Co. to discuss what went into naming and branding their craft lager brewery in New Jersey.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Read the Birdsmouth Beer branding case study here.

2. What is Birdsmouth Beer Co.?

3. Why craft lagers and why New Jersey?

4. What was it like building a brewery during the pandemic?

5. What was it like developing a name for a brewery?

6. What was the brand identity and package design process like?

7. One beer for the rest of your life: Pils or Dunkel???

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/branding-naming-startup-brewery-birdsmouth-beer/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 028

Can your brewery help someone live a more meaningful life?

Morning.

I wanted to thank you for reading BBT this year. It's fun and rewarding hearing from you all and we're excited to share some even bigger initiatives we've got planned for 2023 soon.

1. Shoot me an email if you've got anything exciting you'd like to discuss. 

2. As a reminder, please take our year end survey (less than 3 minutes). We'd love to hear your perspective on how we can keep improving this newsletter for you in 2023. (And thanks to the ~45 of you who have already taken it.)

As we wrap up 2022, let’s reflect and discuss how the social dimension of branding can help us build stronger beverage brands in the new year. 





Close your eyes (er, well read on and then close your eyes) and imagine the following people:

1. A 17 year old female. She’s wearing lululemon leggings and a thrifted top. She’s got an enormous Hydro Flask clipped to a small, pastel backpack. She’s wearing a scrunchy on her right wrist and her hair is up in a messy bun. She’s glued to her phone (and hasn’t come up for air in fifteen minutes). 

2. A 36 year old guy. He’s wearing an expensive Filson vest, selvedge denim jeans and worn-in Red Wing Boots. He has a (magnificent) beard and is wearing a Benchmade knife clipped in his pocket. He’s enjoying a coffee and taking notes in a Moleskine sketchbook with a brass pen. 

3. A 52 year old man. He’s sitting in an airport bar with his back to the wall. He’s checking the time (on a Rolex Daytona) and not liking what he sees. He’s dressed in a bespoke suit and doesn’t have a single piece of luggage with him. His shoes are recently shined and his graying hair is high and tight. He just ordered his second Macallan. Double. Neat. Please and thank you.

What do you think each of these people does for a living? 

I bet you have some pretty good ideas. 

What does it say that we can so easily relegate people to a specific box based entirely on what they wear, how they’re dressed and the tools they use? Is this good, bad, or just how the world works?

No matter where you land on this question, the point still stands. People are constantly signaling their status and position in society. And we're all hard wired to read this and asses that very status and position.

I explained why I think signaling is such powerful force in brand building on a recent podcast. (Segment starts at the 11:15 minute mark.) 

Let's explore how we can use this insight to create more compelling beer and beverage brands that people can use to find meaning in their lives. 

Definitely a rugged, self-reliant mountain man and NOT a Creative Director from Brooklyn.





Role Theory


There’s a concept in sociology called Role Theory. Its premise is that every one of us is living our lives according to a specific role we either occupy (or want to occupy) in society. 

To do this, we use brands like an actor might use a prop to clarify our personality and status. And this phenomenon drives almost all of our purchasing and consumption decisions. 

Now let’s pause here and look inward. Did those last few sentences make you feel icky?

Maybe just a little bit? 

This is something I’ve struggled with myself throughout my career as a designer. 

Whenever I read about how branding (or a Brand) can help someone feel better about themselves, or help them shape their identity, this all starts to feel kind of icky. And I feel that old urge to sell everything I own and build that cabin in the woods. (But hell, even a cabin in the woods is a status symbol in 2022, so there’s no escaping any of this.)

But, if we can set aside this initial gut response, I think we’ll find that there is immense value in thinking about how a brand—your brewery's brand—can become an integral part of your customers’ lives. 

And when we break branding down to its most essential elements—beyond helping people identify your packaging on shelf, beyond differentiating one product from another, beyond Intellectual Property—I believe that helping people to gain a better sense of themselves and how they navigate the world is actually one of its most important functions.

People have to fit in 

People have an innate drive to fit in. I think we all recognize this on some level—we all want to be a part of something. This belonging can be found in a family or friend group, or your workplace, or a political party or sports team, or a gym or a gang or social movement.

And as we discussed with Role Theory, people are increasingly finding this belonging through the brands they buy and follow.

This insight is such an important part of contemporary brand building that marketeers will often throw out cringe lines about joining “tribes” and so forth. But this belies just how important, and how deeply engrained the drive to be part of a group actually is. 

This isn’t just about wanting to fit in. We have to fit in—this is a genetic drive.

And we can use this to build stronger brands.

What does sitting in your taproom say about someone?





So what can we do with this idea? 

If we know that people need to find belonging, how can we shape your brewery's brand to be something with which people will want to align? 

How can we make your brewery so compelling that someone can improve their own standing in their social circles simply by posting an image of your packaging on Instagram or by bringing your beer to a gathering? 

This comes down to defining what story your brand allows your customers to tell the world about themselves. 


Take some time over the coming weeks to think through the following questions / prompts:

1. What does sitting in your taproom say about someone? (What sort of person regularly visits your place?) How does sitting in your taproom make someone feel? Would they be proud to be seen there?

2. What does bringing your beer to a party say about the person bringing it? (Is this a flex? Or a reasonable, dependable pick?)

3. What does wearing your brewery’s shirt allow someone to signal? (What is it about your brewery that they’re proud to rep? And what does that tell everyone around them?)

4. In as few words as possible, what does your brewery stand for?

5. What type of person would benefit from engaging with your brand? 





Once you've answered all of these, think about your brand experience as it stands today. Do your answers align with reality or is there a disconnect? If you're not sure, or aren't happy with the answer, take some time and think about your positioning and brand personality. 

What changes could you make that would close that gap between your ideal vision for your brewery and where you are today?

If brands really are props for people to use to signal their identity and personality, what story does your brewery's brand allow them tell?



 

I (and the entire CODO team) hope you have a wonderful, restful holiday break. Drink loads of beer, eat too many cookies and get in an embarrassing shouting match with your uncle.

But above all else, make sure you recharge so we can make 2023 the best year your brewery (or Bev Alc company) has ever had. 

Actionable Takeaways

1. Revisit our thinking on Lifestyle Brands. This positioning, when done well, perfectly illustrates how powerful signaling and in-group identification can be in branding.

2. Grab a copy of 4-D Branding. This is an older book, but the Brand Code framework, particularly the social dimension chapter, is as relevant as ever.

Around the Shop

CODO on the Beer Mighty Things Podcast

Had a great conversation with Kyle on the Beer Mighty Things podcast last month. We touched on a wide variety of topics including: 

Brand dilution (via extensions)
What does “CODO” stand for?
Branding the Boot Strapped Brewery 
Sub Brands 
Hop Water vs. NA beer 
Gen Z’s drinking habits 
Branding cannabis beverages
Naming Breweries 
Brand Architecture

A return to a 1 truckload minimum order for painted cans

Great news for our clients (and readers) who were impacted by Ball's new minimum order requirements for printed cans announced at the end of last year. 

This deal between American Canning and Ball brings the new minimum order down from 1,020,000 cans (5 truckloads) to 204,000 cans.

Now word yet on whether this can be split amongst a few different SKUs or has to be a single design. 

But this is great news for smaller operations, regardless.

Those are rookie numbers…

Thanks to everyone who has listened to a BBT Podcast episode this year.

We've got some fun things on this front planned for 23, including more client interviews. 

And you have my word that we'll never stop making fun of ESBs. 

Listen & subscribe on Apple or Spotify

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-role-theory-and-signaling-build-stronger-craft-brewery-brands/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the Hop Water category, and why they believe it could be a big trend in 2023.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Beer Branding Trends Newsletter Issue on Hop Water

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/hop-water-the-next-big-beyond-beer-trend-codo-design/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*

VOL. 027

What is a Modular Brand Identity System?

Morning.

We've put together a short year end survey (less than 3 minutes) to make sure this newsletter stays sharp and provides value for your team in the coming year. 

Please take the survey here (if you have time).

Thanks!

Now, onto today's issue.




Most of our BBT issues focus on upstream brand strategy considerations—positioning, Brand Architecture, portfolio management, creative process management, etc. 

Today, I want to focus on something more tactical because I think it will be valuable for startup breweries and those who are considering a rebrand alike. 



When Cody and I graduated and founded CODO back in 2009, a common pain point we’d hear from our clients was that their current logo was "too long and skinny" to use on Facebook. 

"We need a circular (or square) logo to use as our profile pic. But also a wider one to work on our banner." 

I tell this story because it's funny to look back on how simple this all was just ~13 years ago (remember when Facebook was an important channel?). But it also highlights an early need for a logo system that works across multiple formats. Something that works equally well in print and digital. Something that can be scaled up to the size of a billboard and down to fit on a business card while still being legible (and attractive). 

Our process, and specifically, what we develop for our clients has evolved a lot over the last 13 years. And even more so over the last few years as a brewery’s digital footprint (on social media and third party eCommerce platforms) has become even more important. 

Let’s explore what makes a Modular Brand Identity System work and why, if built correctly, it can set your brewery up for long term visual consistency and success.

Modular Brand Identity System for Lost Nomad Brewing.




What is Brand Identity 

Your Brand is your customers’ perception of your company, including your products and your culture. It’s their gut feeling about what you do, and ultimately shapes why they love you, hate you, or completely disregard you. Why do they think you’re different? How do they describe you to friends? Why do they, or don’t they, support you? 

Your Brand captures what you stand for, what you value and believe, the value you offer, the promises you make and the role you play in your customers’ lives.

Your Brand Identity is surface level. It is a collection of visual elements—symbols and signifiers—that work in concert to tell this story to consumers so they can identify and differentiate you from your competitors. 


This can include things like your:


Primary Identity Components

– Logo system

– Color palette

– Typography palette 
 

Secondary Touch Points 

– Packaging (primary & secondary)  

– Website & social channels 

– Print materials 

– Merch 

– Point of Sale materials (PoS)

– Environmental design (taproom design, wayshowing, vehicle wraps, festival booths, etc.) 

 

 

A logo, on its own, is no more a brand than it is a brand identity. 

Your brand is your story, reputation and promise. 

Your brand identity is a collection of visual tools you use to convey this story to the world.

Top: Modular Brand Identity System for Good George Brewing out of New Zealand. We're working up full case study on this rebrand now. Stay tuned. 

Bottom: Modular Brand Identity System for Mission Brewing.




A point of contention 

There are those in the design industry who would argue that my Brand Identity definition is incorrect. They would argue that your Identity also includes deeper strategy components—things like your brewery’s positioning, brand voice & personality, Brand Essence, key messaging pillars and brand values as well as your visual signifiers. 

Those people are wrong. 

All of these things live under your Brand and broader Brand Strategy. And the distinction between your Brand and Brand Identity matters.

For example: If we’re helping a brewery navigate a Brand Refresh, that usually means that their Brand—that is, their positioning and messaging (and Essence and brand voice, etc.) are all working well and in a good place to support their business into the future. 

In this case, the work—the actual deliverables we’re designing—are more surface level and centered around their Brand Identity than with addressing structural Brand and Brand Strategy issues. 

If we’re rebranding a brewery, then we’re defining (or redefining) all of that upstream Brand Strategy stuff (Brand Essence, positioning, messaging, brand voice & personality, key differentiators and value props, etc.) en route to designing the surface level Brand Identity elements.

Top: Modular Brand Identity System for Left Field Brewery

Bottom: Modular Brand Identity System for Southern Brewing.




What is a Modular Brand identity System? 

A Modular Brand Identity System (a churched up term we coined more than a decade ago) is a flexible system of identity elements that can be deployed as needed to best suit a particular touch point. 

This is our answer to that problem we outlined up top. You need a logo that works equally well large and small. In one color and multicolor. On different materials and across various print and digital applications. 

But one logo can’t do all that. 

This approach helps your brewery’s brand identity stay fresh and lively across different channels and touch points while still being consistent and familiar (and building visual equity).


A Modular Brand Identity System includes: 
 

A Primary Mark 

This is your main mark, and as such, should be used on all major touch points. Think packaging, website and social avatars, building signage, etc. 
 

Secondary Marks 

This includes a few key icons that clearly relate to the primary mark. These are set up to accommodate specific use cases you’ll run into out in the wild—horizontal builds, vertical builds, one color applications, comically small logo placements, etc.
 

Tertiary Assets 

This is the supporting cast that provides extra spice and depth to your entire identity system. This can include things like tagline builds, other non-secondary icons (“bugs”), textures, and alternate logo builds. These are usually used in conjunction with your primary mark to add more detail to something (e.g. the admin panel on a can or the side of a 6-pack box, etc.).



Another important part of this system is a concise visual style guide. This keeps your team and any vendors on track so your identity remains consistent over time without wandering off course.  

Visual style guides outline the following:

– All of your logo files and hierarchy (e.g. Primary, Secondary, Tertiary marks)

– Your color palette (including CMYK, RGB and Hex values)

– Your typography palette (including specific weights and combinations as well as directions to purchase your own licenses for continued use)

– Application examples (showing how the system can be used across merch, packaging and built environments)

– General rules that your brewery can follow once you deliver all of these assets (e.g. "don't stretch this icon, you bastard," don't change the color, only use this typeface) 

 

A change that’s happening right now…

Motion is becoming an increasingly important element in brand identities. You can thank Instagram, Tik Tok and now YouTube Shorts for this.

I don’t think having a logo that lends itself to motion graphics is a necessity yet, but it will become an important consideration in the coming years. So keep this in mind if you're planning to brand or rebrand your company.

Modular Brand Identity System for BitterRoot Brewing.




Another benefit: A Modular Identity System sets you up for easy merchandising 

Breweries in planning often want merch, but don't have thousands of ravings fans (yet) to buy any of it. So in most cases, it doesn't pencil out to have your branding partner make some cool, custom stuff. 

This is another place where Modular Brand Identity Systems shine: They essentially give you a baked in merch program. 

All those secondary icons and tertiary elements help you move beyond the dreaded “logo slap” that is endemic in startup brewery merch. This is when you apply a single logo to a bunch of different stuff so your customers’ only real choice is whether they want your logo on black shirt or a green one. Thrilling.

With a Modular Brand Identity System, you can build out a decent merch program and spin up an important revenue stream right off the bat (without having to pay your branding partner to develop additional bespoke, merch-specific pieces). 

Top: Left Field Brewery's stellar merch program, built following our brand refresh.

Bottom: Our work with Frankie's Pizza Parlor is a good example of how a Modular Brand Identity System can also lend itself to interior design and way showing.




An important caveat 

 

Modular Brand Identity Systems require a deft hand

It would be easy to learn about this concept and think, "Okay, got it. Create a bunch of extra icons and call it good." 

But an effective Modular Brand Identity System isn't about creating a bunch of extra stuff. It's about creating only the most important additional elements that work together to help you tell your story.

Anything beyond this core group of assets is just noise. 

And it can actually work against you, making your branding less cohesive and more frenetic.

So if you have any additional elements that you're on the fence about through your identity design process, ditch them. While you do need more than one standalone logo, paradoxically, less can actually be more under this approach.
 

 

If you’re starting a new brewery or beverage company, make sure your branding partner develops a Modular Brand Identity System.

This will set you up for long term success (and far less headaches) as your business grows.

Around the Shop

Talking Shop with Upland Brewing Co.

It's always fun grabbing a beer and taking shop with David Bower, former CEO of Upland Brewing.

In this conversation, we discuss the merits of chasing distribution vs. doubling down on tap room experiences, how to build brands over time and what it takes to revive a legacy IP beer brand.

Downsizing vs. Right Sizing

"If you’re not growing, you’re dying." 

(Unless you grow too fast, over leverage, run out of cash, lay everyone off and have to move to another state under an assumed identity.) 



This is an interesting move by Lost Abbey, and frankly, it's refreshing to see a renowned brewery do something like this. I would even offer that it takes real backbone to publicly scale down your operations. 

The business world fetishizes growth. And in beer, we've seen an outsized focus on vanity metrics, specifically top line revenue and annual barrel production.

By selling their overly-large brewhouse and getting into a smaller footprint, Lost Abbey is right sizing for the coming decade. And my guess is that they'll become way more profitable because of this move.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/what-is-a-modular-brand-identity-system/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss their recent trip to speak at the Ontario Craft Brewers Conference.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Ontario brewers are cautiously optimistic (despite being a bit beat down)

2. Adam Brož’s Keynote + “Craft” vs. “Industrial” lagers

3. Discussing the LCBO (Liquor Control Board of Ontario)

4. Professional selling within the craft beer industry (KPIs, salary vs. commission, etc.)

5. Website tactics and breweries moving their main sites over to eCommerce platforms (e.g. Shopify)

6. Poll 1: Has your brewery produced (or thought about producing) a non-beer product? (40 yes / 31 no)

7. Poll 2: If you were to launch a beyond beer product in 2023, what category would you get into? (NA everything, Hop Water, RTDs, Kombucha, Cider, Cannabis & Canned Air?)

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/029-ontario-craft-brewers-conference-aar/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 026

Some early thoughts on Hop Water (the next big beyond beer trend?)

Morning.  

Today we’re going to talk about Hop Water, and why I believe it could be a big trend in the coming year. 

Before diving into this, I’d like to say that I rarely make these sorts of bold claims, and would like to outline a few caveats. I’m hesitant to trend forecast like this for a few reasons. 

1. I don’t want to be wrong — real brave, I know — but this is because… 

2. I don’t want to steer our clients and subscribers (you!) wrong. 

3. I usually find pieces like this (e.g. "XYZ is the hot new trend!") to be more throw away content and click bait-oriented than focused on actionable insights. But this is my own personal baggage, so we can disregard it entirely and make. Some. Predictions.





As of November 2022, Hop Water is not a trend in the you-see-it-everywhere-and-everyone-is-talking-about-it sense. Though the category has actually been around for several years (as far back as the early 2010’s from what I’ve seen), Hop Water is still relatively new as far as consumers are concerned. 

Indeed, this entire category could fizzle out and get lost in the veritable sea of new product development we’re currently enjoying across the beverage industry. BUT, as hard seltzer loses steam (or at least, as the newness that drove seltzer’s wild ascendency continues to wane) and the non-alcoholic (NA) category continues to expand, I think Hop Water is in a perfect position to flourish.

There are enough on-trend and compelling value props that could make Hop Water a decently-sized category in its own right, and something that any brewery who is producing beyond beer products might want to consider. 

If you’re seeing what I’m seeing, then it could be worth experimenting with this style over the winter ahead of spring/summer 2023. (Clock starts now, folks.)





This might be confirmation bias on my part (I love Hop Waters), but CODO has seen a sharp uptick in inquiries for Hop Water branding projects. Sharp uptick as in we received one inquiry in all of 2021 and nearly a dozen this year.

These inquiries (two of which became fun, ongoing projects) have come from startup Hop Water brands, to smaller breweries (~1,500 bbl per year) and all the way up to regional breweries.

Another interesting point here: We've also seen a steady decline in the number of breweries reaching out to discuss non-alcoholic beer branding projects this year. We had a lot of movement on this front throughout 2021 and even into early 2022. But this has since quieted down almost entirely.

While anecdotal, this context matters. There’s movement here, at all levels, and there are land grabs available for early movers who get it right. 

Okay, preamble over. Let’s hop to it. (Go ahead and unsubscribe, I dare you.)

Props to HOP WTR, by the way. They literally trademarked what became a category name. Brilliant.


 

What is Hop Water?

Hop Water, in its simplest form, is just hops, water and carbonation. That’s it. There’s an infinite amount of tinkering you can do with it, but it's a simple beverage. 

And it’s worth noting that most of what we’re discussing here can apply to any beer adjacent, NA hopped product, from Hop Water to Hop Tea and Soda, (coffee?), etc. 

I think Hop Water is the most immediately exciting product in this category, particularly as a potential foil against NA beer, but these will all likely grow over the coming years. 


What trends & value props could drive Hop Water's growth? 

 

It’s a sparkling water (so it’s familiar) 

Sparkling Water has been trending for years (see LaCroix, Polar, Topo Chico, Spindrift, Bubly, Waterloo, etc.). What this means for Hop Water is that you don’t have to work to educate your consumers on what this product is. They already have familiar drinking experience cues to pull from when being introduced to your brand, particularly in off-premise, where they will likely encounter your Hop Water for the first time. (Consumer eduction is an ongoing issue for the kombucha category, for example.)

 

It’s got nothing (which makes it better for you)

Hop Water has no alcohol, no calories, no carbs, no sugar, no sodium, no gluten, no adorable bunnies harmed during the brewing process. Nothing. This means that it's healthy to drink, which follows a broad cultural shift towards balance, wellness and overall fitness. 

Look for this to be a major point of differentiation, particularly if Hop Water starts squaring off with NA beer. And as far as what categories Hop Water could steal share from, my bet is squarely on NA beer because of the shared audience and this key differentiator.

 

For the brewer specifically (COGs and path to market)

1. Hop Water could hit a sweet spot for (the growing number of) brewers who are interested in releasing a non-alcoholic beverage, but aren’t set up to properly make NA beer.

2. In its base form, Hop Water can be high margin (similar to hard seltzer) and relatively easy to make (compared to NA beer). However, the COGS can increase significantly depending on what additions go into your final beverage. 

I reached out to a CODO partner in the flavor development & ingredients industry to discuss the costs to produce Hop Water and he gave me a thorough run down. I’m including this at the bottom of this email for anyone who is interested in exploring these products. 

3. Offering options like this in your taproom are a no brainer. You can get patrons to stick around longer and increase your average ticket size. Whether they enjoy a Hop Water as a pacer in between beers, or finish their evening off with a few, you’re still banking an extra $5 – $8 (whatever you charge for it in your taproom) per pour. And a good deal of that is profit. 

We wrote about the myriad benefits of offering great NA options in your taproom in our 2022 Beer Branding Trends Review. Revisit that piece here.

4. Hop Water, like NA beer, is good-to-go for direct to consumer (DTC) shipping. You can mail it out to anyone in the country. Hell, you can buy Hop Waters on Amazon.

This is cool because eventually, shipping beer will be made legal (or at least, easier). This is definitely a boon for larger producers, but for smaller outfits, you can still take advantage of this (or at least, put in place a DTC plan for when/if shipping beer actually becomes less onerous and more viable at your scale). 

Broad (early) thoughts on branding and positioning Hop Water 
 

Can Hop Water move beyond a beer-drinking audience? (or, does it need to?) + Opportunities for Categorical Differentiation

1. I think we’re still in Phase 1 of Hop Water (think ~2018 for hard seltzer) where consumers are still not entirely aware of it. And the breweries that are moving on this category are leaning heavily into the hop angle. 

This first cohort of Hop Water brands are being positioned as beer alternatives. Or, a beer alternative-alternative (an NA beer alternative). With as fast as trends move today, I see this phase lasting a bit longer before we start to see established brands and new entrants alike start to carve out other (categorical) positioning opportunities en masse. 

2. I've outlined my doubts before about the long term runway of NA beer. (NA discussion starts around the 26 minute mark on this podcast.) As a refresher, why would a Zoomer who isn't interested in beer, but is largely sober, reach for a non-alcoholic beer? Or in this case, a (beer-adjacent) Hop Water?

In this same vein, a key challenge for Hop Water as the category matures, will be in reaching beyond a traditional beer drinking audience who is in search of a more wellness-focused beer-ish option. Though with an aging Millennial cohort (seeking more beer alternatives), and more growth across NA beverage in general, there may be plenty of runway (or at least, opportunities for incremental growth) with a traditional beer drinking audience as is. 

 

Hop Water as a platform (or, a blank canvas)

We should think of Hop Water as a platform for experimentation. There’s the immediate angle of exploring different hops, and dry hopping and overall level of carbonation, etc. 

But I think Hop Waters are a perfect chassis to accept other macro beverage trends. Consider the litany of better for you, functional ingredients, the more emergent and esoteric the better (e.g. nootropics, adaptogens, super fruits, mushrooms, electrolytes, caffeine, THC, CBD/CBN).

All of these could work in a Hop Water, so long as they don’t add to the calorie or carb count. Again, having a traditional beer tasting note while being calorie and carb free (and refreshing) is the real value prop here.
 


Hop Water is also a blank canvas when it comes to visual rule set and category cues.

It’s so new (and hasn’t had a rocket ship to define what is and isn’t allowed, visually, like White Claw or Truly did for the seltzer category), that there are no category norms, constraints, or visual canon yet. There are no preordained formats, colors or iconography. Nothing. 

This is exciting from a brand building standpoint because we can swing big and make some beautiful stuff.

Hop Water's category nomenclature 

Similar to how Hop Water has no defined visual canon yet, there are also no rules (from a consumer standpoint) that dictate what we call these beverages on pack.

We've seen Hop Waters (and a variety of non-alcoholic water-based beverages) called "seltzer," "carbonated water," "hop-infused sparkling water," "soda water" and "sparkling water."

If I was forced to pick one of these, I think "sparkling water" is the most approachable for the lay person. Though your broader positioning goals for this product (along with any label requirements and nutritional facts) should dictate which route you go here.

Two additional thoughts to shape your customer experience: 

1. While calling a Hop Water a "seltzer" is technically correct, I think this is a mistake from a messaging standpoint. In 2022 and beyond, legal drinking age consumers will see "seltzer" and assume it's a hard (alcoholic) seltzer.

2. As your brewery continues to expand its portfolio beyond beer, it will become increasingly important to delineate between your alcoholic and non-alcoholic products.

Hop Waters are non-alcoholic and should be clearly noted as such so your customers can make an informed purchasing decision. Don't assume people know this out of the gate (the category is still too young for that). 


Think about your Brand Architecture

Hop Water could be a great beyond beer fit for many breweries because it’s so beer-centric.

From a Brand Architecture standpoint, you might not have to be overly-worried about protecting your parent brand, and can likely position your Hop Water as either a straight Brand Extension or a Sub Brand. 

But if you’re considering these two options in particular, think about the long term runway of this brand.

– Could your Hop Water sell like crazy and carve out a large part of your portfolio?

– Can you envision line extensions and even brand extensions spinning off of your Hop Water brand (into hop teas or sodas, etc.)?

– Could your Hop Water steal sales away from another Low & No offering in your portfolio? 


If you answered yes to any of these questions, then you might want to explore more of the middle ground option (Sub / Endorsed Brands) on the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum.



 

This Brand Architecture portion was painted with a super broad brush. Your positioning and parent brand’s reputation, as well as your competitive set and goals for your Hop Water line will all drive whether or not this is correct. 

Take our Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.) to make sure your Brand Architecture approach is dialed in before making any big decisions on this front.

1. Is Hop Water as big an opportunity as I think it is, or will this fizzle out before gaining any real traction.

Shoot me an email and let me know what you think.

2. Doug Veliky (Chief Strategy Officer at Revolution Brewing) has put out a few great videos on Hop Water over the last month. Check out his first one for an additional perspective. 

Additional Reading

Hop Water COGS: Let's run some numbers!

While hops are not the least expensive of products and prices continue to rise, Hop Water could have limited ingredient costs (Hops, Water, Yeast, Citric Acid (if Used), Preservative / Pasteurization (if used), etc.)

I think for a brewer, it comes down to tank space [opportunity cost] considerations, and if they would have more profits by keeping a beer or another beverage in their tanks.

I think more factors like how much hop addition, variety of hop, hop contracts and sourcing come into play as well.

Given everything I’m about to outline, it could be more effective for a local craft brewer to outsource production to a larger co-packer that has better hop contract pricing and overall economies of scale.


Let’s run some numbers:


Let’s say you add 1# of hops per 5 gallon production.

1# of hops = 453 grams. Highest production yield of 2.22 cases of final product [2.25 gallons per case of 24 units of 12oz] = up to 53 bottles max. 

Let’s decrease 10% for yield production / liquid loss sake, and say that yields 48 bottles, so 2 cases. 

Hops at $6# would be ~ $3.00 per case / $0.125 hop cost per unit (can / bottle). 

Hops at $12# would have $0.25 per unit. 

Hops at $18# would have $0.375 per unit.

(this doesn’t capture other inputs like packaging format, labeling, time in tanks, labor, etc.)




Anyone expanding into this space should ask how can I get someone to pay $1.50 to $3.00 for a can / bottle of Hop Water, and what are thresholds of premiumization?

Where a Lagunitas 4-pack may be $5.99, and a HOP WTR 6-pack is $9.99 – $11.49 / 12-pack is ~$20.99, and a Sierra Nevada 12-pack $20.00, etc…

A customer is paying $1.67 can for Sierra Nevada straight from Sierra. And Sierra Nevada simultaneously sets a benchmark for quality and cost efficiency. 

So right out of the gate, I know it is going to cost me [your brewery] more than Sierra to produce, so I would ask myself what can I do to warrant $2.25+ a bottle? 

Branding is obviously important here, but the product itself needs to step up. 

Which unique identifiers—and not necessarily hops, unless a brand does a great job educating the consumer on hops varieties and finds ways to truly market and educate that hop aspect—can command that premium cost position?

If I were starting a Hop Water brand, I think adding additional functional ingredients (e.g. electrolytes) would be the play right now. 

Around the Shop

Consumers gravitating towards Brand over Style (via: Brewers Association)

Here's a great breakdown from Bart Watson, Chief Economist at the Brewers Association, on their latest Harris Poll. 

There are loads of valuable insights in here, but the most striking was the trend line of consumers preferring brands over exploring and buying broadly across a style. So in practice: I'm going to buy Voodoo Ranger Hazy Imperial IPA vs. buying a new-to-me Hazy Imperial 6-pack. 

There are other great insights in this presentation, including changing legal drinking age demographics (women drinking more than men, Gen Z drinking hardly anything, etc.).

Shoutout to Deadwords Brewing for bringing home a *GOLD* GABF medal for best American-style Lager

CODO client Deadwords Brewing (Orlando, FL) brought home a GOLD medal at last month's Great American Beer Fest.

Well done, David (& team).

Anyone down for a road trip to Florida to crush some crispy bois?

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/hop-water-the-next-big-beyond-beer-trend-2/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the importance of a perfect (re)brand rollout in a post-pandemic landscape.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. The original question: You guys have been a thought leader in craft beer branding and package design for a while now. What have you either gotten wrong or changed your opinion about over the years?

2. On rebrand rollouts (why they’re important)

3. Why full rollouts are so complicated, if not impossible, in 2022 (and likely beyond)

4. Supply chain woes

5. Drip campaigns are still a great idea

6. Staggered launches are the new normal

7. F*ck it, we’ll do it live.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/were-we-wrong-about-brand-launches/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 025

So you bought a brewery… to rebrand or not to rebrand?

Morning! 

A few pieces of housekeeping:

1. As a reminder for our Canadian readers, Cody and I will be giving a presentation about Brand Architecture at the Ontario Craft Brewers Conference next week. If you're attending, come say hi and let's grab a beer. 

2. Cody and I recorded a podcast episode on today's topic. Listen here for more background context on how to handle branding during a brewery sale (including the important question of timing). 

Okay, let's get to it. 





Today, we’re going to discuss a quiet, behind the scenes story that we see unfolding across the craft beer industry.

Since about Q3 of 2021 to today, we’ve fielded loads of inquiries and projects centered around brewery sales. In most cases, these aren’t headline grabbing M&As like Stone or Modern Times, but rather, small-to-medium (say, 500–15k bbl per year) outfits. 

So the people we’re talking to (and working with) are usually in one of two camps: They are either about to buy a brewery and want to figure out their immediate next steps from a branding and positioning standpoint once the deal closes. 

Or they have recently acquired a brewery and as part of getting everything up and running during the transition, realized they need to address their branding and packaging in some way—generally a refresh or outright rebrand. 



I’m not sure if all of this is a good sign or a bad sign. The industry has been around, in its current form, since 2010, so it may just be that there are a lot of founders who have been at this for 5 to 10 years who are ready to move on.

And let's not forget 2020, in particular. 

The industry is still dealing with fallout from the pandemic — mandatory shut downs, revenue dropping as much as 90% over night, major channel shifts, changed consumer drinking habits, obscene input cost increases, labor shortages, inflation, and recession… But unlike 2020, there are no stimulus checks or PPP funds coming. And the RRF seems like it’s tapped out as well. And again, we’re in a recession. 

So any one of these could be the deciding factor to pack it in for many founders.

I’m guessing here since CODO’s interaction in these scenarios is almost always with the purchasing party and not the outgoing group. (But this isn't too hard to imagine, right?)

Either way, the reasons driving these sales doesn’t matter for our conversation today. What matters is that there are a lot of brewery sales happening right now in the United States. And I suspect this will continue over the next several years. 

So back to those folks who are reaching out to us to discuss these sorts of projects. What do you do with a brewery’s brand after you buy it?

Let’s discuss this situation and give you some things to think about if you’re shopping for a brewery.

We worked with the new ownership team at Three Rivers Distilling on a thorough rebrand, post-acquisition. (This isn't a brewery, but they answered the same questions we'll outline below.)




There are three important questions to consider whenever we discuss a situation like this with a potential client:

1: What are you actually buying? 

2: Is there any visual and/or Brand Equity to be retained?

3: What is your vision for this brewery?

 

 

Question 1: What are you actually buying? 

A brewery sale can include a lot of things. Firstly, you’re buying tangible assets—a commercial facility, furniture, fixtures and equipment (FFE), the brewhouse, tanks, cold storage, all that beautiful, shiny back of house stuff. 

Other things that are generally included in a brewery sale are any leases, existing contracts, sales data, account relationships and even other businesses within the brewery business. So that could be a distribution company, a catering company, etc.

For this conversation, we’re focusing on a brewery’s Brand Equity (reputation and goodwill) and Intellectual Property (I.P.). 

Tangible assets are usually the most valuable part of a sale (you’ll likely need all of that stuff to continue brewing beer and possibly for securing debt on the entire deal), unless you’re buying a hugely popular brewery. In that case, you might place more value on the brand (and I.P.) itself. 

As an example, Ballast Point wasn’t sitting on $1 Billion worth of physical assets when it was originally acquired by Constellation. The Ballast Point brand itself (and where Constellation believed it could take that brand) was an outsized portion of that valuation.

When we say brand and I.P. here, we’re talking about things like a brewery’s:

– Name
– Brand identity system
– Beer brands (specific names)
– Trade Dress
– Recipes
– Social channels
– Key events (festivals, beer releases, etc.)

If you’re buying a brewery, you need to consider whether you are buying it primarily because of its tangible assets (and the brand doesn’t really factor into your decision), OR, because it has a solid brand with loads of potential. 

The new ownership team at Mission Brewing saw huge potential in the brand's ability to find new relevancy and scale distribution throughout San Diego. And the brewery facility itself is sized appropriately to allow them to pursue that goal.

Check out our recent podcast and newsletter for more background on this rebranding process.
 




Question 2: Is there any visual and/or Brand Equity to be retained?

If you think you’ll want to maintain any of the brewery’s existing I.P. through an update, then you’ll want to conduct a thorough Brand Audit to determine what should stay and what can be jettisoned. 

We’ve discussed weighing Brand Equity and Brand Audits at length previously. In the interest of keeping this issue from becoming overly-long, here are a few resources to revisit if you’re interested in this topic:  
 

Brewery Rebrand vs. Refresh (Evolution vs. Revolution) [Podcast]
 
Brand Audits [Craft Beer, Rebranded book]


Important reminder here: Just because the existing brewery brand has some equity doesn’t mean that this equity will help you build the business moving forward.


Here’s an excerpt on this topic from BBT #014: What is Brand Equity?:


Evolution vs. Revolution (vs. Brand Equity)

… Let's start with the idea of having loads of equity when you're completely wiping the slate clean during a rebrand.

The obvious question, and one that spurred a great conversation with our brewery partner, is why are we hanging on to equity, any equity, when we're purposely moving away from all the things—the story, positioning and perception—that this equity evokes in the first place?

This is like losing 100 pounds and still wearing the same size 52 jeans.

If you've determined that a brand refresh is in order, then any positive equity may be more important to retain since any forthcoming changes could end up being more subtle and in line with your current look and feel and messaging.

If you're rebranding (updating your positioning, messaging, brand essence, identity, packaging and certainly when developing a new name) then any existing equity might not be important because you're changing the narrative in a more profound way.
 




Question 3: What is your vision for this brewery? Where do you want to take this business?

Our final question centers around why you’re buying this brewery. What do you intend to build? Here are a few scenarios:


“We’re going to build something amazing and take over our market.”

If you have grand visions for the brewery and the current branding (identity, packaging, taproom and/or reputation) hinders that in any way, then you move closer to considering a thorough rebrand. 

 

“We’re going to brew some beer and sell whatever we don’t drink!”

If you see this as more of a lifestyle business (we've seen several of these operations for sale in particular: e.g. ~3.5 barrel brewery + turnkey taproom for ~ $250k, etc.), then it might not make sense to turn around and make a large investment in your branding. 

You might still consider (or need) a brand refresh, but it’s not as pressing if your goals and vision don’t call for it.

The new ownership team at Prost Brewing purchased the brewery because they (correctly) believed there was a market for traditionally-brewed German-style beers in Denver and beyond. But in order to attract the right audience and scale, a top-to-bottom rebrand was in order.

Read about how we worked with Prost on this process, including the phenomenal ROI they’re seeing, here.





Broad Stroke Guidance 

It’s tempting for me to tell you that you’ll need to revamp your branding after buying a brewery no matter how you answer these questions because this would set you up for a running start either way. But a strategically-sound answer is going to be more nuanced than a blanket recommendation like this. 

Here are a few broad stroke ideas for you to think about if you’re in this position:
 

When buying an established, popular brewery 

The more well-known and established a brand (how long it’s been open, number of active accounts, annual bbl production, distribution footprint, etc.) the more likely you will want to retain (or at least honor in some way) the brewery’s visual and brand equity. 

And it’s a safe bet that this equity is probably a driving reason for the purchase in the first place.

So in this case, you could go through some sort of refresh—address some pain points, clean things up and set your team up to manage everything better—but probably not a sweeping rebrand. 


When buying a smaller (or even mid-size) brewery 

If you’re buying a smaller, or newer brewery (limited production capacity, limited-to-no distribution, likely a small taproom, etc.), then you likely have more leeway to change things up in a major way.

So you might consider a thorough rebrand if that aligns with your vision and goals for the business. 

As always, your project context, competitive set, broader brand strategy and goals should drive all of these decisions.





Check out our Craft Beer, Rebranded book bundle for a comprehensive overview of the rebranding process. The Workbook, in particular, will give you some great tools for conducting a Brand Audit and weighing your Brand Equity.

Around the Shop

Australian Craft Beer

What's up with Australian Craft Beer?

We sat down with Matt Kirkegaard from Australia Brews News to discuss all things Australian craft beer, including:

– What parallels are there between Aussie and U.S. beer? 

– Does craft's quintessential origin story (David vs. Goliath) resonate with today's Aussie beer drinker? 

– Why are so many Australian breweries rebranding?

– What are some labeling oversight and regulatory differences between the States and Australia (and what is our responsibility as designers, brewers and parents)?

– Where does Australian craft beer go from here?

Mission's Rebrand was featured on Brand New

Our rebrand for Mission Brewing was just featured on Brand New.

We spend a lot of time talking about ROI and helping breweries sell more beer via brand strategy, but sometimes, it's nice to have our plain old graphic design lauded (and critiqued).

Brand New is where the global design community comes together to critique and (generally) shit on branding work. And the response to Mission's update was bizarrely(?) positive. Go figure. 

Unfortunately, there's a paywall to view this article. If you don't have access, I created a high quality graphic that captures the overall spirit of the review. Enjoy.

Congratulations to Birdsmouth Beer!

Shout out to Andy, Rocco and the rest of the Birdsmouth team on opening their brewery in New Jersey.

Birdsmouth is one of a handful of startup breweries we worked with throughout the pandemic, and it's rewarding to watch them finally open their doors.

We'll develop a full behind the scenes look at this project sometime early next year. But for now, swing out to New Jersey and crush some lager.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/so-you-bought-a-brewery-to-rebrand-or-not-to-rebrand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to field Beer Branding Trends Newsletter subscriber-submitted questions.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What are some common problems you see with the executive team during a rebrand? Our brewery is planning to undergo a brand refresh, and we’re planning to try it internally, at least at first. I want to make sure we go into this with eyes wide open so we don’t sabotage ourselves.

2. We’re a brewery in planning and we don’t have much money budgeted for branding. Maybe 5–10k at most. Is this enough to actually get anything good done, and if not, what should we do?

3. You write about signaling a lot. What’s your favorite book on this subject?

4. Does CODO ever work under noncompetes? I’m a creative director at a larger agency that works primarily in CPG / FMCG and that’s the norm in our industry? I’ve seen your work with several breweries in specific markets, like Georgia, for example. Curious how those individual clients feel about this?

5. How do you guys handle client requests, revisions, etc. that you know won’t be good?

6. We’re almost 90% certain going to be switching our annual barrel aged release from bombers to 16oz cans. Do you have any thoughts on whether or not this is a good idea?

7. What do you think about putting IBU / SRM on a can label? As a brewer, I want to include as much info on the beer itself as possible, but the rest of my team disagrees and only thinks it will clutter things up.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/027-qa-branding-boot-strapped-brewery-book-recommendations-how-to-tell-client-their-idea-is-bad/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 024

How can your brewery enter the budget market? (or, on the perils of competing on price)

Morning!

I'd like to thank the 150+ of you who have purchased a copy of The Beyond Beer HandbookThe response thus far, including those of you who have written in about new products you've got in the works, has been rewarding.

Last week, Cody and I put out a Q&A podcast on Brand Architecture and it's already become one of our most downloaded episodes. We even touched on today's newsletter topic there. Give it a listen here if you're interested

Okay, onto today's issue. 



We’ve had interesting conversations with two breweries and one distillery over the last month about opportunities for creating budget products specifically as a hedge against the economic downturn. 

To give concrete examples: the distillery is planning to create a line of budget well spirits for carryout. And both breweries were considering a large pack light lager approach.

To make this even more concrete, the breweries we talked to wanted to create a real deal, cheap light lager that would be priced along the lines of a Bud or Miller 12-pack—so somewhere between 10.99 and 12.99 per.

At first blush I have two competing thoughts: 

1. This entire notion seems like more of a Big Beer / Large Craft conversation because in order to enter a lower cost space, you have to have the volume, both in ingredient costing / production capabilities and sales, to compete with a variety of already entrenched brands.

2. But then creating a budget option also makes sense at a cursory glance. If our customers are getting hammered by inflation (and at the gas pump, and on increasing rent, and groceries …) then let’s give them a cheaper option that they can still enjoy. And for what it’s worth, all three of these conversations were in this spirit—these people care about their customers and want to keep them happy.

So while noble, I want to address this idea head on because of all the Brand Architecture strategies we’ve discussed on this newsletter and podcast, releasing a markedly cheaper product can potentially be one of the most damaging moves you can make.

Now three conversations certainly don’t make for a trend, but with the economy trending the way it is, I imagine that these sorts of plays could become more common over the coming year.

In that spirit, let’s explore why creating a budget offering can be so dangerous, and discuss some practical ways to de-risk the move should you decide to ignore everything I’m saying and move forward anyway.

Why is this risky?

Can something be high quality (craft) and cheap at the same time? Not a great deal, per se, but a premium quality product at a mass market price?

Can you find a luxury vehicle for $15k? Or how about a luxury watch for $250?

Can you have an artisan burger at a McDonald’s price? I asked everyone on my team (and even bugged some people in my extended network) and couldn’t find a single example of this out in the wild anywhere in the country. (Let me know if you can think of one. I’m a fatty and will go spend all my money there.)

It’s just not possible.

You can’t use high quality ingredients, and proper manufacturing methods, and pay your people well and still offer a high quality thing at a cheap price. There’s always a catch.

And everyone knows that.

This isn’t how the world works and anyone who is paying attention would view this with suspicion. What corners did they cut to get their price this low?

When you buy a 12-pack of Bud Light, you’re buying it because it’s cheap. No value judgement there—the beer fills that mass market role well. 

By attaching your brand name to something that is of lesser quality than your typical offering, you are creating a potential level of mistrust that can spread to the rest of your portfolio. 

Yeah, they shit out this light lager. But I’m sure their IPA is up to snuff.

How to determine whether or not this is a good move


Let’s start by working through three key questions: 


1. Is there a market opportunity?

The first (and most obvious) point to consider when launching any new product is whether or not there is an actual need. Do people want something that they’re not currently able to find? Does your market need XYZ (a light lager, a budget seltzer, a cheap NA beer, affordable well spirits, etc.)?

I can’t think of a market where this sort of unmet demand exists. For any of this. That doesn’t mean there’s not a market out there where this strategy could work, but there’s a beer at basically every price point in every market in this country already. And glut of well-known options in the budget space.

 

2. Can you compete? 

The second point is whether or not you can realistically compete with any existing competition. 

I’ll use the light lager example from above because it's the most immediate move in the craft beer context. Can you, a small (hell, even medium size) craft brewery, get your COGs to pencil out in such a way that you can actually compete with Big Beer on price (and still stay in business)? 

And another fun wrinkle: Will your distributors, who may or not also be delivering truckloads of that same Big Beer, be open to carrying this new product? 

And let’s step down from Big Beer. Can you even compete with Big Craft? Can you price your beer such that you can compete with the Yuengling’s and 805’s and Oskar’s Lager’s of the world (and still stay profitable)? 

We've worked with more than 70 craft breweries, including some of the largest in the United States, and I don't think there's a single one we've come across that can actually pull this off. 


3. How will this affect your parent brand’s positioning and reputation (and ability to charge a premium)?

The third point, and perhaps most germane to this newsletter itself, is how your parent brand will be affected by this move. Not just in the short term, but over the long haul. 

Can you safely maintain a premium (craft) positioning at the parent level while also offering a lower cost, budget option? 

The real risk in all of this is of repositioning your parent brand itself. If you release a cheap (super cheap, budget) beer, what will that say about the rest of your portfolio? 

You can undo years of hard work in one move by changing what your parent brand stands for in your customers’ minds.

And that change won’t be positive. 

A few paths forward

 

Endorsed Brand vs. Creating a completely new brand 

If you decide that you still want to release a budget option, you need to be extremely careful with how much of your parent brand comes through on this product. I would think a subtly Endorsed Brand could work at the very most

But even then, I would still be hesitant. I still think your overall reputation and positioning could be damaged so much that, if you have the capacity—budget, time, ongoing resources—to do so, creating an entirely new brand might be a safer bet. 

Revisit a recent BBT Podcast on the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum for more background on these particular strategies.

 

Why not level up instead of level down?

I’ve seen some compelling YTD data this summer that suggests category loyal customers—specifically, Craft consumers—aren’t trading down thus far in this shitty economy. But this phenomenon is happening across a myriad of other CPG categories.

And even within Craft, sales in the Premium+ tiers ($40–$54.99 per case) are looking stronger than ever. (Here's a great conversation we had with the Bump Williams Consulting crew on the different tiers of craft pricing for some background.)

This may seem counterintuitive, but hear me out: If you want to hedge against a tough economic landscape, it may actually be a better move to create a higher priced, premium offering than a budget option.

Yes, not everyone one will buy it, but two things could happen. 

If you position it properly, you could get Craft buyers who are trading up (buying less, but better) on their beer spends. 

And even if that doesn't work out perfectly, you can still raise your overall level of quality perception and reputation by doing something cool and more expensive.

I’ve over-simplified this (there are certainly other Brand Architecture considerations at play if you want to go this route). But between going premium and going budget, the former tactic at least stands less of a chance of completely ruining your reputation in the long run.

Around the Shop

0–100k+ Barrels: How to Scale a Cider Brand with Schilling Hard Cider 

We had a great time catching up with Eric Phillips, CCO at Schilling Cider, to discuss how their brand has quietly scaled to become one of the largest Bev Alc companies in the country. Their production volume would actually rank Schilling as one of the largest breweries in the country (if not for those pesky apples they insist on using).

We discussed how Schilling is extending beyond cider, the concept of "drafting" into new markets to achieve a multi-regional footprint and how they genuinely use their brand values to make business decisions. Great stuff here.

Answering YOUR Brand Architecture Questions [Podcast]

Cody and I had a lot of fun fielding questions from newsletter subscribers (you!), podcast listeners and folks who have purchased The Beyond Beer Handbook. 

As a preview: What do Vince McMahon, Rolex and erotic business fiction(?) have to do with Brand Architecture? 

Do yourself a favor and listen to this one.

Grab a beer with us at the Ontario Craft Brewers Conference

Cody and I are excited to speak at the Ontario Craft Brewers Conference this October, and I believe this is one of the best presentations we've ever put together.

This talk captures everything a brewery needs to know about Brand Architecture and will give attendees immediately actionable steps to decide how they can scale their brand.

I know there are hundreds of Canadian breweries who receive this newsletter (hi, friends!). If that's you, come to our talk and let's grab a beer afterwards.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Want to learn more? Grab a book.

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/can-your-brewery-safely-enter-the-budget-market/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss some options for how to handle a brewery’s brand post acquisition.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

Points of discussion:

1. When (& When Not) to Rebrand Your Brewery [Podcast]

2. Brewery Rebrands vs. Brand Refreshes [Podcast]

3. Rebranding Mission Brewing [Newsletter]

4. Rebranding an Iconic San Diego Brewery (feat. Dan from Mission Brewing) [Podcast]

5. Three Questions to ask ahead of a brewery purchase

6. What are you actually buying?

7. Is there any visual and/or brand equity to maintain?

8. What is your vision for this brewery?

9. Email Isaac to discuss your brewery’s rebrand.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/026-so-you-bought-a-brewery-to-rebrand-or-not-to-rebrand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down for some Q&A on Brand Architecture and The Beyond Beer Handbook.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What are the differences between Brand Architecture for a new brewery vs. during a brewery rebrand?

2. When can you spin out a Sub Brand into its own family?

3. In making this, did you consider distributor interaction as part of the rubric?

4. Does the B.E.A.T. apply to beer and breweries specifically or can I use it to figure out how my distillery can release a line of RTDs?

5. What is the utility in keeping the parent brand on a wildly successful Endorsed Brand (like New Belgium’s Voodoo Ranger) long term?

6. What are the downsides to releasing a budget offering under my parent brand (cheap domestic lager, etc.)?

7. What will your next book be about?

Learn more at: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/025-beyond-beer-handbook-qa/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.) and how you can use this to scale your brewery’s brand.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.)

2. Why 14 questions?

3. How does the scoring work?

4. Why was this so challenging to build?

5. Results = Choose Your Own Adventure Novel

Learn more at: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/024-14-questions-to-ask-as-you-launch-a-new-beyond-beer-brand-the-b-e-a-t/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 023

Brand Extensions vs. Sub Brands: A Closer Look

Howdy!

Quick housekeeping before we get started: we're now shipping The Beyond Beer Handbook every where in the world (we heard you all — I'm sorry for the delay). 

Okay, let's discuss a common road block we encounter when helping breweries bring new products to market.



One of the more common problems we help breweries work through when launching a Beyond Beer product is determining how to position it within their portfolio itself. 

And perhaps counter intuitively, deciding that you want some sort of connection (a pinch? a skosh?? a dash???) with your brewery’s parent brand can actually make this all more complicated.

You’d think that would make this easier, right?

Let’s take a look at the fine line between Brand Extensions and Sub Brands, and discuss when each strategy can make sense.

We're talking about the subtle shift between a Brand Extension and a Sub Brand, highlighted in green above. This can be confusing because the parent brand plays a prominent role in each case.
 


The key difference between a Brand Extension and a Sub Brand lies in how much effort, attention and detail is brought to that secondary product in relation to the parent brand. 

With a Brand Extension, there is little-to-no effort put into developing a unique name, artwork or other branding elements related to the product itself. The entire focus is on the parent brand, and this product exists as a mere extension of your portfolio. You are simply using your brewery's brand on a non-beer category product.

By contrast, a Sub Brand will feature a fully developed name, logo or other branding cues in addition to those of the parent brand. The parent is still the main purchasing driver here, but other elements to bring more personality or clarity to the product are introduced.



The below images demonstrate Brand Extensions (Scofflaw Brewing Mimosa & Dogfish Head Distilling Co.) vs. Sub Brands (Rhinegeist Brewery's Cidergeist family).

And while we're on this topic, Cidergeist also uses a fun Brand Architecture tactic called "Linked Naming." This is a subliminal way of linking your parent and Sub Brand (e.g. McDonalds > McNugget > McMuffin > McCafe, etc. 

Recent craft examples would include Bell's Two Hearted > Light Hearted and Cigar City's Jai Alia > Jai Low. 
Fun, right?

If you've determined you want some connection with the parent brand but are stuck on just how much connection there should be (e.g. a Brand Extension or a Sub Brand), a quick way to determine which is the right path is to consider the product's future growth opportunities beyond launch.

A common path for innovation we've seen with our clients goes like this:

Brewery launches a…
Seltzer (or canned cocktail) >
Lemonade Seltzer Line Extension >
Margarita Seltzer Line Extension >
Mimosa Seltzer Line Extension >
Variety Packs with all of the above

Each one of these follow-on extensions is a step further away from your core brand and all that it stands for (here's a podcast on positioning in case you want a refresher on this).

So if you launch that hard seltzer as a Brand Extension—e.g. XYZ Brewing Hard Seltzer—each subsequent Line Extension will also be leveraging your parent brand's equity (thus diluting what that parent brand stands for in your customers' minds).

Your brand strategy, competitive set and project context will determine whether or not this is an issue (though I’d contend that in most cases it is a big ask of your parent brand and can do more long term harm than good). 

This is where a Sub Brand can shine. 

Assuming this product makes sense within your broader positioning and messaging, creating a Sub Brand can give you just enough buffer to extend and scale this new product without further diluting your parent brand’s positioning through subsequent releases.

Client Example:

While branching out to seltzer isn’t too big of a stretch for a brewery these days, Left Field Brewery still wanted some separation between their parent brand and this new product. 

Ultimately, they felt their new seltzer could (and should) still tie to the Left Field brand and occasion (a refreshing break during a baseball game). 

I’m highlighting this brand because of the leeway it gives Left Field. It would’ve been easier, faster and cheaper to bring this seltzer to market as a Brand Extension (e.g. Left Field Hard Seltzer). 

But with follow on flavor ideas and line extensions their team is already kicking around, that would’ve put much more pressure on the Left Field brand itself. 

Over time, this continual march of extensions and new flavors (the name of the game when committing to creating RTDs and FMBs) would undercut Left Field's core positioning as Toronto's baseball brewery. 

Is Left Field the baseball brewery brand or a Pink Lemonade Hard Seltzer brand?

Creating this Sub Brand (technically, a Sub/Endorsed Brand) gives Left Field just enough leeway to extend and grow the 7th Inning brand while still getting all the leverage and benefit from their parent brand. 

Win. Win. 

Actionable Takeaways

Don't lose sight of your parent brand when launching an extension.

Yes, you can leverage your parent brand's equity out of the gate (and in some cases, this makes a lot of sense), but you need to think about the long term impact these seemingly small decisions can make on your overall positioning and reputation.

#CODOreads: How Not to Start a Damn Brewery

This is a fun, quick read on the nuts and bolts of running a brewery. Or at least, trying to run a brewery. And it immediately jumped onto the shortlist of books we recommend all of our beverage clients read.

Kelly Meyer ran his brewery into the ground, but not for lack of trying. This book (and podcast) act as a post-mortem examining where he went wrong and how you can avoid making the same mistakes.

Great insight from a beer industry veteran

Here's a great article by Neal Stewart over on BrewBound (written as he's exiting the beer industry).

Neal was instrumental in resurrecting the PBR brand in the early 2000's and more recently, lead teams at Mark Anthony Brands, Dogfish Head and Deschutes. We've been fans of his work for years and think this is a timely piece.

His insights on what it takes (and how long it takes) to build a brand are worth reading. And his closing thoughts about making sure you're prioritizing the right things (e.g. your family, being a community leader, mental and physical health) over your work-identity are always worth a reminder.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/brand-extensions-vs-sub-brands-a-closer-look/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum

2. Branded House / Brand Extensions (pros & cons)

3. Sub / Endorsed Brands (overview)

4. I’m just new boot goofin’

5. Sub Brands (pros & cons)

6. Endorsed Brands (pros & cons)

7. House of Brands (pros & cons)

8. Which CODO employee housed half a box of Hard Mountain Dew?

9. Hybrid Brands

Learn more at: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/023-four-brand-architecture-strategies-launching-beyond-beer-beverages/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 023

Brand Extensions vs. Sub Brands: A Closer Look

Howdy!

Quick housekeeping before we get started: we're now shipping The Beyond Beer Handbook every where in the world (we heard you all — I'm sorry for the delay). 

Okay, let's discuss a common road block we encounter when helping breweries bring new products to market.



One of the more common problems we help breweries work through when launching a Beyond Beer product is determining how to position it within their portfolio itself. 

And perhaps counter intuitively, deciding that you want some sort of connection (a pinch? a skosh?? a dash???) with your brewery’s parent brand can actually make this all more complicated.

You’d think that would make this easier, right?

Let’s take a look at the fine line between Brand Extensions and Sub Brands, and discuss when each strategy can make sense.

We're talking about the subtle shift between a Brand Extension and a Sub Brand, highlighted in green above. This can be confusing because the parent brand plays a prominent role in each case.
 


The key difference between a Brand Extension and a Sub Brand lies in how much effort, attention and detail is brought to that secondary product in relation to the parent brand. 

With a Brand Extension, there is little-to-no effort put into developing a unique name, artwork or other branding elements related to the product itself. The entire focus is on the parent brand, and this product exists as a mere extension of your portfolio. You are simply using your brewery's brand on a non-beer category product.

By contrast, a Sub Brand will feature a fully developed name, logo or other branding cues in addition to those of the parent brand. The parent is still the main purchasing driver here, but other elements to bring more personality or clarity to the product are introduced.



The below images demonstrate Brand Extensions (Scofflaw Brewing Mimosa & Dogfish Head Distilling Co.) vs. Sub Brands (Rhinegeist Brewery's Cidergeist family).

And while we're on this topic, Cidergeist also uses a fun Brand Architecture tactic called "Linked Naming." This is a subliminal way of linking your parent and Sub Brand (e.g. McDonalds > McNugget > McMuffin > McCafe, etc. 

Recent craft examples would include Bell's Two Hearted > Light Hearted and Cigar City's Jai Alia > Jai Low. 
Fun, right?

If you've determined you want some connection with the parent brand but are stuck on just how much connection there should be (e.g. a Brand Extension or a Sub Brand), a quick way to determine which is the right path is to consider the product's future growth opportunities beyond launch.

A common path for innovation we've seen with our clients goes like this:

Brewery launches a…
Seltzer (or canned cocktail) >
Lemonade Seltzer Line Extension >
Margarita Seltzer Line Extension >
Mimosa Seltzer Line Extension >
Variety Packs with all of the above

Each one of these follow-on extensions is a step further away from your core brand and all that it stands for (here's a podcast on positioning in case you want a refresher on this).

So if you launch that hard seltzer as a Brand Extension—e.g. XYZ Brewing Hard Seltzer—each subsequent Line Extension will also be leveraging your parent brand's equity (thus diluting what that parent brand stands for in your customers' minds).

Your brand strategy, competitive set and project context will determine whether or not this is an issue (though I’d contend that in most cases it is a big ask of your parent brand and can do more long term harm than good). 

This is where a Sub Brand can shine. 

Assuming this product makes sense within your broader positioning and messaging, creating a Sub Brand can give you just enough buffer to extend and scale this new product without further diluting your parent brand’s positioning through subsequent releases.

Client Example:

While branching out to seltzer isn’t too big of a stretch for a brewery these days, Left Field Brewery still wanted some separation between their parent brand and this new product. 

Ultimately, they felt their new seltzer could (and should) still tie to the Left Field brand and occasion (a refreshing break during a baseball game). 

I’m highlighting this brand because of the leeway it gives Left Field. It would’ve been easier, faster and cheaper to bring this seltzer to market as a Brand Extension (e.g. Left Field Hard Seltzer). 

But with follow on flavor ideas and line extensions their team is already kicking around, that would’ve put much more pressure on the Left Field brand itself. 

Over time, this continual march of extensions and new flavors (the name of the game when committing to creating RTDs and FMBs) would undercut Left Field's core positioning as Toronto's baseball brewery. 

Is Left Field the baseball brewery brand or a Pink Lemonade Hard Seltzer brand?

Creating this Sub Brand (technically, a Sub/Endorsed Brand) gives Left Field just enough leeway to extend and grow the 7th Inning brand while still getting all the leverage and benefit from their parent brand. 

Win. Win. 

Actionable Takeaways

Don't lose sight of your parent brand when launching an extension.

Yes, you can leverage your parent brand's equity out of the gate (and in some cases, this makes a lot of sense), but you need to think about the long term impact these seemingly small decisions can make on your overall positioning and reputation.

#CODOreads: How Not to Start a Damn Brewery

This is a fun, quick read on the nuts and bolts of running a brewery. Or at least, trying to run a brewery. And it immediately jumped onto the shortlist of books we recommend all of our beverage clients read.

Kelly Meyer ran his brewery into the ground, but not for lack of trying. This book (and podcast) act as a post-mortem examining where he went wrong and how you can avoid making the same mistakes.

Great insight from a beer industry veteran

Here's a great article by Neal Stewart over on BrewBound (written as he's exiting the beer industry).

Neal was instrumental in resurrecting the PBR brand in the early 2000's and more recently, lead teams at Mark Anthony Brands, Dogfish Head and Deschutes. We've been fans of his work for years and think this is a timely piece.

His insights on what it takes (and how long it takes) to build a brand are worth reading. And his closing thoughts about making sure you're prioritizing the right things (e.g. your family, being a community leader, mental and physical health) over your work-identity are always worth a reminder.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/the-role-of-the-parent-brand-in-brand-architecture/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the role of the parent brand in Brand Architecture.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. The Beyond Beer Handbook

2. What is your parent brand?

3. Why is your parent brand so important?

4. Does this new extension carry the same values and promises as your brewery’s parent brand?

5. Does it mesh comfortably with the same activity or occasion as your parent brand?

6. Does it speak to the same people as your parent brand?

7. Does it make sense for your brewery to be releasing, or to be associated with, this product?

8. How will this extension add value to, or detract from, the parent?

9. How can you protect your reputation and positioning?

10. To what degree should the parent brand be present on this new beverage?

11. How can your parent brand give credibility to the extension?

12. How many categories can you credibly expand into?

13. What is a “Main Purchasing Driver?”

14. The Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum

Learn more at: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/022-the-role-of-the-parent-brand-in-brand-architecture/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss CODO’s new book, The Beyond Beer Handbook.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. The Beyond Beer Handbook

2. The Beyond Beer Handbook

3. The Beyond Beer Handbook

4. The Beyond Beer Handbook

5. The Beyond Beer Handbook

6. The Beyond Beer Handbook

7. The Beyond Beer Handbook

Learn more at: The Beyond Beer Handbook

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/020-introducing-the-beyond-beer-handbook/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss CODO’s new book, The Beyond Beer Handbook.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. www.beyondbeerbook.com

2. www.beyondbeerbook.com

3. www.beyondbeerbook.com

4. www.beyondbeerbook.com

5. www.beyondbeerbook.com

6. www.beyondbeerbook.com

7. www.beyondbeerbook.com

Buy The Beyond Beer Handbook today.

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/021-introducing-the-beyond-beer-handbook/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss CODO’s recent rebranding project with Mission Brewing + a conversation with our FIRST EVER guest, Mission’s CEO, Dan Partelow.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Rebranding Mission Brewing [BBT Newsletter]

2. Cody steps out on Isaac. Breaks his heart.

3. Cody and Dan discuss Mission’s rebrand, including: Dan’s background + Mission’s history and project context

4. Weighing different types of brand equity

5. Evolution vs. Revolution [Podcast]

6. Defining Mission’s audience [Podcast]

7. Important format changes, SKU rationalization and distribution shifts Mission is making

8. The design process is iterative.

9. Process management is just as important as great work for complex projects to be successful.

10. How to organize your internal team ahead of a rebrand [Podcast]

11. Dan’s point about not being too precious

12. How to be a great client [Podcast]

13. How do you handle history and provenance in blurry situations like this?

14. Put (two red) birds on it.

15. Email Isaac to discuss your brewery’s rebrand.

Learn more about how to rebrand your brewery at: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/020-rebranding-san-diegos-iconic-mission-brewing/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 020

Rebranding Mission Brewing: Helping a 100+ year old brewery find new relevance in one of America's most competitive markets

Hey there! Some quick housekeeping before we get started: 

1. A quick shout-out to the 82 (!!!) of you that caught our free book Easter egg in the last issue. There was actually a two-way tie for first response between Anita (Pelicon Brewery in Slovenia) and Vivienne (Lineman Microbrewery in Dublin)—hope you both enjoy the book.

2. Yesterday was CODO’s 13th anniversary. We were going to dedicate a newsletter issue to this but figured you would find the following case study more valuable and applicable to your business (not to mention far less navel-gazey). We did record a podcast to mark the event, however, on the changes we’ve seen in the beer industry since we landed our first brewery client back in 2010 (and working with 70+ breweries since).

Give it a listen if you’re interested.

Otherwise, let’s discuss how to rebrand a brewery, shall we?

We’ve worked with several legacy breweries over the last few years that have found themselves at an inflection point—do you continue to carry on as is, maybe tinkering with your portfolio a bit along the way (assuming things are going well)? Or do you, gasp, sell the entire concern and ride off into the sunset? Or, do you reinvent yourself so you can thrive in the future?

In 2020, with new leadership came a new direction for Mission Brewery, one of the standout outfits of the San Diego craft beer scene (and one of the aforementioned legacy breweries). Several years of flat-to-declining sales followed by a pandemic-wracked market presented an interesting crossroads for the brewery: Under new leadership, what opportunities exist to breathe new life back into the storied brand?

With so much noise, well-earned clout and competition throughout California beer in general (and San Diego in particular), how might we re-invigorate a 100+ year old brand to suit the needs of the contemporary scene while cutting through the din of competition?

To discuss this challenging brief, let’s first take a look back (way back) at Mission’s history.

Mission's Background & Project Context 

Founded in 1913 by German businessmen who saw an opportunity to capitalize on an exploding lager market, Mission Brewery was originally placed in an iconic facility off of Interstate 5 in San Diego. But an impending push for prohibition (paired with post war anti-German sentiment) caused the original Mission to shutter just five years later.

While other breweries would eventually make use of this original facility, the Mission brand name would sit dormant for nearly 90 years, until 2007 when the brewery was resurrected by a local home brewer. The brewery’s new location next to Petco Park led to raucous crowds of beer-loving tailgaters lining the bar with sales peaking in 2018. But hyper-aggressive local competition and no real long term vision sent the company into a downturn. 

With new leadership in place, there was an opportunity get the brewery back to sustainable growth.



Named after the Spanish missions constructed along the coasts of California, the name “Mission” evokes an inherent aspect of California history and its cultural fabric. The 2007 reboot logo, associated artwork and brand image for Mission Brewery revolved around a vaguely nautical, historic, swashbuckling aesthetic. 

This iconography can be really fun—I mean, pirates!—but at the same time, everyone involved with the project admitted that it was starting to feel dated and dusty in context. For one, not much thought had been put into consistency of the identity itself, resulting in a proliferation of confusing logo files and packaging that was a little busy, a little dull and easily overlooked in a cold box.

Brand Strategy

But at a higher level: What did this salty, hard-nosed aesthetic say about Mission's beer and the company’s overall positioning? Does it make sense to cleave to such an aggro, quasi-sinister (somewhat problematic) colonial look and feel? In a world of seltzers and RTDs and better-for-you beverages, does the dark-and-surly aesthetic of the early craft beer boom make sense in today’s market? 

Through our brand audit and brand strategy work, we determined that for the most part: no, it does not.

Ultimately, our team decided that it would be a much stronger fit to associate the brand with the local community itself. Our task was to lift Mission out of the old world and into the new, evoking the color and energy and vibrancy of the San Diego scene as it is today while sprinkling in just enough of that charming vintage aesthetic to let you know that this brand has been around for a while. 

This thinking informed our brand refresh from top to bottom.

Brand Identity

After wrapping up the brand strategy phase, we tackled a comprehensive identity overhaul; an exercise in weighing existing visual equity against broader project goals. 

Let's fast forward and look at some of the identity development work. 



Here's a collection of images spanning initial concepts presented through a few rounds of revisions, including the super in-the-weeds stuff that no one outside of our shop will ever notice. Example: "Pull the arm on that 'E' in further, Luke. No, fuuurther!") 

A refreshed brand mark emerged from this process, which allowed us to preserve the iconic red Spanish cross, albeit with a fresher and warmer presentation. 

And we're particularly proud of working in authentic Mission architecture style design cues into the typography where possible, to reinforce the history and provenance behind the brand. Mission's historic typography was quirky and fun, but a little too decorative to accomplish our present communication goals. 

Consider this phase as a balancing act achieved through hours of tweaking and comparison. Does the new typography/mark maintain that iconic “Mission” feel, while striking a fresh, relevant note at the same time?

Incidentally, we made a subtle change from “Mission Brewery” to “Mission Brewing.” Nitpicking, perhaps, but considering company goals to eventually open satellite locations, it made sense to tweak this naming convention while we were working under the hood.

Mission's updated brand identity system, complete with primary and secondary marks as well as tertiary assets for merch and way showing.



Package Design 

This first wave of package design is purpose-built to reintroduce Mission Brewing to the market, and to help customers become acquainted with the revived look and feel. Bold colors and a clean, minimal composition come together in a monolithic flagship template that allows new SKUs to be easily whipped up when necessary. 

For long-time fans, we stayed true to some design cues from the original Shipwrecked IPA, by bringing in that original skull and red/white/black color scheme.

The rest of the flagship lineup reflects a more modern and market-aware mix of beer styles with vibrant color cues to match. The intention here is to to pique the interest of drinkers who are either new to Mission (or have forgotten about them along the way), or perhaps for those completely uninitiated to craft beer itself.

So other than Shipwrecked, the portfolio is all Mission-forward. Once this work is out in the market for a year or two and has found its sea legs (sorry), we can explore developing more individualized brands within the portfolio to support future growth (exploring a proper Shipwrecked Sub Brand family, reimagining the seasonal program, developing variety packs, etc.).

Mission's portfolio received a revamp as well, introducing more current beer styles and formats. A few of these changes include a phenomenal hazy IPA, 16oz six-packs as well as stovepipes (19.2s) to drive single serve trial and get into sports and concert venues throughout San Diego. 



Process Note:
If your brewery is considering a rebrand due to any of the issues we’ve mentioned here—increased competition, flat or declining sales, not understanding your own story or purpose, etc.—it’s important that you look at your beer itself first.

Branding is obviously important, but if your beer isn't as good as it can be, or exciting enough, or on trend enough, then a rebrand might not move the needle. Set your ego aside, listen to the market and be open to changing your portfolio as needed (styles, formats, individual brands, etc.).

We've worked with several dozen breweries who have viewed a rebrand as an opportunity for some heavy duty housekeeping. This can include changing or adjusting distributor relationships (where possible), shifting how they approach chain retail sales, how they conduct field marketing, how they handle new product development, how they recruit and retain talent, etc. 

This process can serve as a hard stop and reset for how you run your business, if handled correctly. 



Here's Mission's final packaging. Look for these to roll out across San Diego this summer. 

Brand Guidelines

We concluded this batch of work with a suite of supporting artwork, typography and specced colors assembled in a thorough set of brand guidelines. This sets the Mission team up to go forth and build a merch program right off the bat (this can be a strong revenue stream if handled correctly). 

It also gives Mission something it has arguably never had before: A focused, compelling message to rally behind and support day-to-day decision making and longterm company vision. 

Mission is the official beer of your next San Diego adventure. This core piece works with the refreshed aesthetic to tell a more future-aware story, while standing tall on the legacy aspect of the brand.

Inheriting a brand with a long history like Mission is a balancing act. Recognizing which elements to honor and keep, and which to jettison can be a challenging exercise.

But whenever we have the opportunity to work with a brand with such good bones, both as beer geeks and design nerds, we get very, very excited. In this particular case, Mission’s team brought their forward-looking vision to the table, and the resulting work is better for it. 

In a market fraught with so much turnover and upheaval, a unique opportunity exists for Mission to reassert its place as a vanguard of the finest craft beer market in the world.

And we’re honored to have played a small part in this endeavor.

Actionable Takeaways

No matter how many breweries we rebrand, the conversation always comes back to Evolution vs. Revolution. The appropriate strategy for honoring your past while setting yourself up to get where you want to go is rarely black and white, and there is real magic to be found in the nuanced middle. 

1. Revisit our podcast episode on this topic.

2. Grab a copy of Craft Beer, Rebranded if your brewery is thinking about undergoing a refresh.

3. Shoot me an email if you'd like CODO's help navigating this process.

Latest CODO Resources / News

Major Moves over at Prost Brewing

Congratulations to the team at Prost for locking down a spot for their new production facility and regional headquarters. Expect to hear a lot more from this outfit in the coming years.

And revisit our case study on Prost's rebrand from a few years back if you want to see a great example of how a rebrand can set the stage for this sort of expansion.

When a Lawyer Opens a Brewery

Here's a deep dive on everything your beverage brand needs to accomplish from an Intellectual Property standpoint, courtesy of CODO's legal partner, Matthew McLaughlin (McLaughlin PC).

And if you want a lawyer with skin in the game, Matthew recently opened his own brewery, Fertile Ground, down in Jackson, Mississippi. We've included a sneak peek of that work in this interview as well.

Lessons from 20 Years of Selling Beer

We first met Al Pils (his real last name) when rebranding KettleHouse back in 2018. And we've worked with him and the KettleHouse team on dozens of new packaging and brand development projects since. 

Al celebrated his 20th anniversary (!!!) of selling KettleHouse beer this year, and we were excited to be to grab an hour of his time to discuss lessons learned along the way.

 

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/rebranding-mission-brewing-a-san-diego-icon/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss CODO’s 13th anniversary, and how the beer industry has evolved along the way.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. The Gold Rush years (2010–2016)

2. On dealing with bullshit artists and degenerates (mostly in cannabis)

3. Craft Beer Branding Guide

4. Rebrands!

5. Craft Beer, Rebranded

6. Beyond Beer

7. Where does the industry go from here?

8. What does Craft Beer mean to you?

9. Is the craft beer industry, in fact, 99% asshole free?

Learn more at www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

 

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/019-reflecting-on-13-years-of-craft-beer-branding/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss what makes for a great brewery name and how to actually find one.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Criteria for a great brewery name: able to be trademarked, tells a story, fun to say, flexible and portable.

2. Shoutout to Roachdale, Indiana?

3. Can you just make up a word?

4. Make sure you’re not using some horrible slang term.

5. How to include your clients in the process.

6. Different idea buckets to get you started—your town’s history, landmarks, anything that speaks to your differentiator.

7. How to narrow your list from hundreds of ideas to 20 or so.

8. How to save money by pre-vetting names before sharing with your IP attorney.

9. A super suspect explanation of the trademarking process from Cody Fague, Attorney at Law.

10. Do yourself a favor and hire a lawyer for this.

A Designer and a Lawyer Walk into a Brewery

Intellectual Property Advice for Breweries

Learn more at www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-name-a-craft-brewery/